ADMIN GUIDE AND ENTRY CODES QUALIFICATIONS 2015/16 NOVEMBER 2015 JANUARY 2016 JUNE Oxford Cambridge and RSA

Transcription

1 ADMIN GUIDE AND ENRY CODES QUALIFICAIONS 2015/16 NOVEMBER 2015 JANUARY JUNE Oxford Cambridge and RSA

2

3 Overview of the Admin Guide his document is structured in chronological order of activity for each examination series. Each box in the flow chart below corresponds to a section in this Guide. Section 2 he Assessment Year Section 3 Entries Section 4 Access Arrangements Section 5 Moderated Assessment Arrangements Section 6 Arrangements for Orals, Practicals, Performances and Set Assignments Section 7 Examination Arrangements Section 8 Results Section 9 Post-Results Services Section 10 Certificates OCR 2015

4

5 Contents 1 Introduction Purpose and scope Changes to this Admin Guide erminology: unitised or linear Obtaining further support and information Contacting OCR 4 2 he Assessment Year 7 3 Entries Intention to teach Preliminary entries and material orders Estimated entries What are final entries? Current GCSE entry rules (including carry forward) Current Level 3 entry and resit rules Level 2 Award and Level 1/2 Certificate entry rules Current linear qualification entry rules New AS/A Level and GCSE (9 1) (first teaching 2015) entry rules Deadlines for submitting final entries Entry fees What entry information is required? Private candidates Methods of submitting final entries Making entries via A2C Making entries using Interchange Checking final entry information Identifying entry problems AS ransfers ransfer candidates Assessment in Welsh 32 4 Access Arrangements What are access arrangements? Applying for access arrangements Key dates 34 5 Moderated Assessment Arrangements Consortium arrangements ext, task and title approval for new GCE qualifications Carrying out internal assessment ing the assessments Carrying out internal standardisation Submitting marks and authentication Special consideration Sample requests Submitting a sample of candidate work External moderation Centre accreditation (Applied GCE only) Outcomes of moderation Use of candidate work Externally assessed coursework/controlled assessment 48 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

6 6 Arrangements for Orals, Practicals, Performances and Set Assignments Current/new GCE Sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Physics) GCSE (9 1) English Language Spoken Language endorsement Art and Design practical examinations Authenticating pre-release tasks (GCE Applied IC) Speaking tests (MFL) Listening tests in Languages and Music extual analysis in GCSE and GCE Media Studies Performance GCSE and GCE Design and echnology: Innovation Challenge in Product Design 58 7 Examination Arrangements Examination regulations Contingency planning imetabling of examinations Despatch of materials from OCR Posters Reporting suspected malpractice Despatch of scripts from centres Use of candidate scripts Special consideration 65 8 Results What are provisional results? When will results be issued? What will be issued? Certification grade scales Other results indicators Unitised qualification results Principal Learning and Project results points system Linear qualification results weighting factors 77 9 Post-Results Services Enquiries about results (EARs) Access to scripts Late certification requests Missing and incomplete results (MIR) Certificates and Certifying Statements Certificates Certifying statements of results Reference Glossary Useful websites Documents referred to in the text 90 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

7 1 Introduction 1.1 Purpose and scope his Admin Guide is designed to help exams officers and teachers in registered OCR centres administer OCR assessments. It should be read together with the JCQ guidance and is governed by the Ofqual GCSE, GCE, Principal Learning and Project Code of Practice. he qualifications included are: AS and Advanced GCE (including Applied GCE) GCSE (including Applied GCSE) Entry Level Certificate FSMQ Level 2 Award Level 1/2 Certificate Level 3 Certificate Principal Learning Project. he following qualifications have their own admin guides, which can be downloaded from the OCR website ( Apprenticeships Cambridge Progression in English and Mathematics Cambridge Nationals Cambridge echnicals Essential Skills Wales Functional Skills Vocational qualifications. 1.2 Changes to this Admin Guide he first version of this Admin Guide is v1.0, published online August If there are any subsequent changes to this Admin Guide, we will update the online version, available to download from the OCR website ( Any changes will be clearly identified on the version control page in the Admin Guide and the version number will be updated accordingly in the footer. We will also notify centres of any updates to this Admin Guide in our monthly Subject Information Update . hese can also be found on the OCR website ( Major changes to this Admin Guide from last year include: Adding a contact us table with all the addresses included within the Guide. Moving the assessment year into the main body of the admin guide as Section 2 Combining the preliminary, estimated and final entries sections into one entries section (Section 3) Removing the estimated grades section as these are no longer required Splitting the information about special consideration and adding it to the internal assessment and examination arrangement sections, as relevant OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 1

8 Adding information on the changes required by qualifications as part of the GCSE and A Level reform. Please note: within each sub-section the first reference to a webpage provides a live link and the full URL address. Subsequent references within the same sub-section provide a live link to the website. addresses throughout this guide are always provided in full. 1.3 erminology: unitised or linear hroughout this document, qualifications are referred to as being unitised, linear or linear with a unitised entry structure. Unitised qualifications he following are unitised qualifications, where the assessment has been split into separately assessed units, often taken at different stages of the course: Current GCEs (excluding the new GCEs first teaching 2015) Level 2 Award Level 1/2 Certificate Principal Learning Level 3 Certificate Quantitative Methods (MEI) (H863). Linear qualifications he following are linear qualifications, where a single entry is made for the qualification and candidates sit the examination(s) at the end of the course: FSMQ Entry Level Certificates Projects GCSE Mathematics B (J567) Most Level 3 Certificates New GCE AS and A Levels (first teaching 2015) except GCE AS and A Level History, which are linear with a unitised entry New GCSEs (9 1) (first teaching 2015). Linear qualifications with a unitised entry structure he following qualifications are linear with a unitised entry structure. his means entries are made for individual units, but all assessment takes place at the end of the course: Current GCSEs except GCSE Mathematics B (J567), which is a linear qualification. New GCE AS and A Level History (first teaching 2015). A glossary of common terms has been provided at the end of this Admin Guide, together with a list of where to obtain copies of documents referred to in the Guide. 2 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

9 1.4 Obtaining further support and information OCR website he best way to obtain up-to-date information is via the OCR website ( he website includes essential support materials such as copies of specifications, specimen assessment materials and teacher support materials together with details about entries (including basedata), results and fees. New administrative and qualification information is added regularly. Interchange Interchange ( is a free, secure website that has been developed to help exams officers and teachers carry out day-to-day administrative functions online quickly and efficiently. he site supports every stage of the exam cycle allowing you to make entries, submit internal assessment marks, view results, download controlled assessment, past papers and mark schemes, and apply for post-results services. It also provides links to allow you to request access arrangements, modified papers and special consideration. As Interchange is updated daily, it is always the place to view the most accurate information. In order to use Interchange for the first time, you just need to register your centre by returning the Interchange Agreement. his, together with a quick start guide, can be downloaded from the OCR website ( OCR Customer Support Managers Our Customer Support Managers are a dedicated team of staff covering England, Wales and Northern Ireland. We are committed to supporting our centres and do this in a number of ways: Network meetings for exams officers We attend as many of your local network meetings as possible bringing you all the latest news and information that will impact you in the Exams Office. If you would like us to attend your meeting then please get in touch by contacting networks@ocr.org.uk. Network meetings for teachers We are running free regional network meetings for teachers of our specifications. Each event will give teachers the opportunity to hear the latest news, discuss teaching specifications and resources, talk to our subject experts and connect with other teachers of their subject. Our support networks will run each term and are designed to keep teachers up-to-date. hey are also a great opportunity to share passion for a subject and pick up tips from colleagues. You can view a full listing of the events we are running on the OCR website ( If you are interested in hosting a network at your centre please let us know by contacting us at networks@ocr.org.uk. raining for exams officers We deliver bespoke training for exams officers to help them understand the administration aspects of our qualifications and use of OCR systems. We will consider all requests for training and work with you to make the session relevant to your needs. If you would like to find out more please contact cast@ocr.org.uk. Via our blog and witter feeds o provide you with additional support and information we ve created a regular blog post, available at OCR blogs ( You can also find useful hints and tips on witter ( Follow or hear from our Customer Support OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 3

10 OCR professional development We also offer professional development for teachers. You can find out what professional development is available for each qualification by accessing the CPD hub ( Our professional development includes online training, a series of premier events and face-to-face training. If you would like more information, please contact us at cpdhub@ocr.org.uk. Community Our social network site enables teachers to share best practice, offer guidance and upload and access a range of support materials such as lesson plans, presentations, videos and links to other helpful sites. Visit to find out more. 1.5 Contacting OCR For general enquiries, please contact the OCR Customer Contact Centre: elephone: (08:00 17:30 Monday to Friday) Fax: general.qualifications@ocr.org.uk (Please include centre name and number in the .) Post: OCR, 1 Hills Road, Cambridge, CB1 2EU As part of our quality assurance programme, calls may be recorded or monitored for training purposes. When providing your contact details, please ensure the address you provide is either the main address of the centre or the address of the person responsible for the administration of exams. Personal addresses should not be used. Section Query Contact address and notes Info about network meetings and training Personal detail changes after the entry deadline Entry withdrawals on medical grounds/ after bereavement 3.11 Fees invoice query 3.12 Multiple unique candidate identifier (UCI) Customer Support Managers Entries eam Entries eam OCR Credit Control Entries eam networks@ocr.org.uk OCRGQ.entryprocessing@ocr.org.uk Amendments should be ed from your centre s registered address OCRGQ.entryprocessing@ocr.org.uk Cases must be supported by a medical certificate or, in the case of a bereaved or deceased candidate, a letter on centre-headed paper credit.control@cambridgeassessment.org.uk Quote your centre number and invoice number in all correspondence OCRGQ.entryprocessing@ocr.org.uk details of the UCIs in use and the candidate s name 3.17 ULN validation query Entries eam OCRULNAdmin@ocr.org.uk 3.19 AS ransfer request Centres eam OCRASransfers@ocr.org.uk 4 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

11 3.20 ransferred candidates request EAR eam A JCQ ransferred Candidates Form (JCQ/C), must be completed and signed by the entering and host centres 3.21 Assessment in Welsh request Assessment Materials eam GCSE Latin A401 A405 only Applying for vocational access arrangements Consortium arrangements Coursework mark amendments 5.8 Update centre details 5.11 Centre accreditation Programme Leader updates Special Requirements eam Deployment eam Post Assessment Services Centres eam Post Assessment Services JCQ Form 1 or JCQ Form 8, as appropriate. For GCSE and GCE please use Access Arrangements Online, accessed via Interchange raditionalcov.raditionalcov@ocr.org.uk an Application for Centre Consortium Arrangements for centre-assessed work (Form JCQ/CCA) centre.markamends@ocr.org.uk Amendment to Centre s form from a centre address, ensuring a copy is also sent to the moderator ncn@ocr.org.uk updated details as an attachment on centreheaded paper to the JCQ National Centre Number Register centre.accred@ocr.org.uk If the Programme Leader leaves their post or their responsibilities change 5.11 Centre accreditation authentication forms Post Assessment Services centre.auth@ocr.org.uk centre authentication forms for accredited units (with entries) each series GCEsciencetasks@ocr.org.uk Current GCE A Level Sciences 6.1 GCE Sciences alert services Science eam positiveaboutpractical@ocr.org.uk New GCE A Level Sciences your centre number, centre name, contact name and the name of the GCE specification in the subject line 6.1 Questions about new GCE Sciences practical activities Science eam pass@ocr.org.uk 6.6 Request to reuse listening tests after the exam Assessment Production eam ocr.copyright@ocr.org.uk 7.3 Provisional timetable feedback JCQ/OCR Centres eam centresupport@jcq.org.uk November and 2017 series ocr.timetable@ocr.org.uk January 2017 series Centres have approximately two months to comment once the provisional timetables are published OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 5

12 7.3 Managing timetable clashes Special Requirements eam For unplanned situations or circumstances not specifically outlined in the JCQ ICE booklet. Quote imetable deviation and your centre number in the subject line 7.6 Report suspected malpractice Malpractice and Appeals eam a JCQ Report of Suspected Malpractice form (JCQ/M1) as soon as possible 9.1 Cancelling enquiries about results EAR eam result.enquiries@ocr.org.uk Quote Cancellation of EAR in the subject line 9.1 Appeal against the outcome of an enquiry about results Appeals eam appeals@ocr.org.uk his must be done by your Head of Centre within 14 calendar days of receipt of the outcome 10.1 Different certificate delivery address Results eam ocr.results@ocr.org.uk Send your request on centre-headed paper 10.1 Request replacement certificates Results eam ocr.results@ocr.org.uk For missing or damaged certificates and any amendments 6 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

13 2 he Assessment Year his table shows the key dates of the assessment year month by month. All deadline dates are important; please ensure they are met. he statements in italic are included as helpful reminders. September October November Date Action Collect information on likely entries for January series and liaise with your SENCO for information on any access arrangements. 1 November 2015 basedata (EDI series code Ba15) available on the OCR website. 10 Latest date for the receipt of priority copies of scripts by centres for 2015 series. 11 January basedata (EDI series code 1a16) available on the OCR website. 20 Deadline for receipt of enquiries about results (other than Priority Service 2) for 2015 series. 20 Deadline for receipt of missing and incomplete results queries for 2015 series. 20 Deadline for late certification requests for 2015 series. 20 Deadline for applications for access arrangements involving modified question papers for November 2015 series. 21 Earliest date non-priority scripts will be returned to centres for 2015 series. 21 Deadline for estimated entries for January series. 4 Deadline for the submission of non-priority script requests for 2015 series. 4 Deadline for final entries for November 2015 series. 4 4 Deadline for applications for access arrangements for November 2015 series (other than modified question papers). Deadline for applications for access arrangements involving modified question papers for January series. 5 Late November 2015 entries attract Stage 1 late entry fees. 6 Deadline for requesting transferred candidate arrangements for November 2015 series. 15 Deadline for GCSE, GCE and ELC Physical Education Special Activity Submission Forms to be sent to OCR. 21 Deadline for final entries for January series Deadline for applications for access arrangements for January series (other than modified question papers). Deadline for applications for transferring GCE credit from other specifications for series. 22 Late January entries attract Stage 1 late entry fees. 31 Latest date by which certificates will be despatched by OCR for 2015 series 2 Nov 13 Nov Check certification warning reports for January series and, using Interchange, check candidate details are correct send amendments electronically to OCR. NOVEMBER EXAMINAIONS Applications for special consideration must be made within 7 days of the examination. 4 Last date for November 2015 entries to be withdrawn with refund of entry fees. 5 November 2015 late entries and changes of tier attract Stage 2 late entry fees. 5 Deadline for internally assessed marks for November 2015 series to reach OCR and the moderator. 13 basedata (EDI series codes 6a16 and 6b16) available on the OCR website. 13 Latest date for the receipt of non-priority scripts by centres for 2015 series. 20 Earliest date for the disposal of scripts by centres for 2015 series. 21 Last date for January entries to be withdrawn with refund of entry fees. 22 January late entries and changes of tier attract Stage 2 late entry fees. 30 Deadline for all replacement certificate requests for January 2015 series. 30 Deadline for free replacement certificate requests for 2015 series. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 7

14 March February January December Date Action Collect information on candidates who may need access arrangements for series. Finalise arrangements for internally assessed units and components. 1 Deadline for requesting transferred candidate arrangements for January series. 5 Deadline for GCE Music visit arrangement forms to be sent to OCR. 22 Final date for entry withdrawals for November Jan 15 Jan JANUARY EXAMINAIONS Applications for special consideration must be made within 7 days of the examination. 1 Earliest date New AS Level Art and Design (H200 H206/01) materials will be available. 6 Restricted release of results via A2C and Interchange for November 2015 series. 7 Release of results to candidates for November 2015 series Deadline for internally assessed marks for January units or components to reach OCR and the moderator. Deadline for GCE, GCSE and ELC PE, GCE Performing Arts and Performance Studies and GCSE Drama and Expressive Arts visit arrangement forms to be sent to OCR. Deadline for applications for access arrangements involving modified question papers for series. 31 Deadline for comments on November provisional timetable to be sent to the JCQ. Collect information for final entries for series. 4 Deadline for receipt of enquiries about results for November 2015 series. 4 Deadline for receipt of missing and incomplete results queries for November 2015 series. 4 Deadline for late certification requests for November 2015 series. 5 Earliest date non-priority scripts will be returned to centres for November 2015 series. 14 Earliest date Sampling, esting and Processing Applied Science (G628) case studies will be despatched to centres. 21 Deadline for final entries for the series. 22 Late entries attract Stage 1 late entry fees. 24 Last date for withdrawing or amending January entries. 28 Deadline for the submission of non-priority script requests for November 2015 series. 28 Latest date by which certificates for November 2015 series will be despatched by OCR. Check resit entry requirements. Enquiries about results for January series. 2 Restricted release of results via A2C and Interchange for January series. 3 Release of results to candidates for January series. Advance Notice materials available on OCR website for GCE Chemistry B (F332), Human 13 Biology (F222) and Physics B Advancing Physics (units G492 and G495) for series. 11 Deadline for the submission of requests for priority copies of scripts (Advanced FSMQ, Level 3 Principal Learning and Level 3 Certificate) for January series. 21 Deadline for applications for access arrangements for series (other than modified question papers). 21 Last date for entering resit entries following the issue of the January results without incurring late entry fees. 21 Deadline for applications for access arrangements involving modified question papers for series for those candidates taking resits following the publication of January results. 21 Last date for entries for GCSE, Level 2 Award, Level 1/2 Certificate and Entry Level Certificate to be withdrawn with refund of entry fees. 22 Late entries and changes of tier attract Stage 2 late entry fees. 30 Latest date for the receipt of priority copies of scripts by centres for January series. 31 Deadline for free replacement certificate requests for November 2015 series. 31 Deadline for comments on January 2017 provisional exam timetable to be sent to OCR. 31 Deadline for GCE PE units G452 (with the exception of summer-only activities) and G454 marks to reach the OCR moderator for series. 8 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

15 April May Date Action Check certification warning reports for series and, using Interchange, check candidate details are correct send amendments to OCR. Finalise arrangements for internal assessments. 1 Deadline for GCSE D& visit arrangement forms to be sent to OCR. 1 Latest date for the receipt of non-priority scripts by centres for November 2015 series. 7 Deadline for receipt of enquiries about results for January series. 7 Deadline for receipt of missing and incomplete results queries for January series. 7 Deadline for late certification requests for January series. 8 Earliest date non-priority scripts will be returned to centres for January series. 15 Deadline for the submission of non-priority script requests for January series. 18 Deadline for requesting transferred candidate arrangements for series. 21 Last date for entries for GCE, FSMQ, Principal Learning, Project and Level 3 Certificate to be withdrawn with refund of entry fees. 30 Deadline for all replacement certificate requests for 2015 series. 30 Deadline for comments on 2017 provisional exam timetable to be sent to the JCQ. 16 May 1 Jul 15 JUNE EXAMINAIONS Applications for special consideration must be made within 7 days of the examination Deadline for GCE (excluding Art and Design), GCSE, ELC, Principal Learning, Level 1/2 Certificate and Projects internally assessed marks for series to reach OCR and the moderator. 20 Latest date for the receipt of non-priority scripts by centres for January series. 31 Latest date by which certificates for January series will be despatched by OCR. 31 Deadline for GCE Art and Design marks for series to reach OCR and the moderator. October September August 30 Deadline for free replacement certificate requests for January series Enquiries about results for series. Check resit requirements. Last date for withdrawing or amending entries for GCE, FSMQ, Principal Learning, Project and Level 3 Certificate. Last date for withdrawing or amending entries for GCSE, Level 2 Award, Level 1/2 Certificate and ELC. Restricted release of results via A2C and Interchange for GCE, FSMQ, Extended Project, Level 3 Principal Learning and Level 3 Certificate. Release of results to candidates for GCE, FSMQ, Extended Project, Level 3 Principal Learning and Level 3 Certificate. Restricted release of results via A2C and Interchange for GCSE, ELC, Project, Levels 1 and 2 Principal Learning, Level 2 Award and Level 1/2 Certificate. Release of results to candidates for GCSE, ELC, Project, Levels 1 and 2 Principal Learning, Level 2 Award and Level 1/2 Certificate. 26 Deadline for receipt of Priority Service 2 enquiries about results for series. 26 Deadline for the submission of requests for priority copies of scripts (GCE, Level 3 Principal Learning) for series. 31 Deadline for all replacement certificate requests for November 2015 series. 10 Latest date for the receipt of priority copies of scripts by centres for series. 20 Deadline for receipt of enquiries about results (other than Priority Service 2) for series. 20 Deadline for receipt of missing and incomplete results queries for series. 20 Deadline for late certification requests for series. 21 Earliest date non-priority scripts will be returned to centres for series. 4 Deadline for the submission of non-priority script requests for series. 31 Latest date by which certificates for series will be despatched by OCR. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 9

16 November Date Action 11 Latest date for the receipt of non-priority scripts by centres for series. 30 Deadline for all replacement certificate requests for January series. 30 Deadline for free replacement certificate requests for series. 10 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

17 3 Entries 3.1 Intention to teach September 2015 is the start of a significant programme of change to the UK curriculum and, as such, we need to collect additional information from centres about the specifications that will be taught from We are referring to this process as intention to teach and we will be asking for information about which of our new specifications you will be teaching at your centre, the size of the cohort, and a contact name and address for the subject. You will receive an e-alert in September with a link to the online form and instructions on how to complete this form. 3.2 Preliminary entries and material orders We currently collect preliminary entries for GCE Applied Art & Design and GCE IC, where in-course teaching guides and question papers are required at a very early stage of the teaching process. All preliminary materials for other subjects will be available online from Interchange ( or, from 1 September, the OCR website ( You will be ed a link to the preliminary entry form at the beginning of the 2015/16 academic year for Additional copies of this form can be downloaded from the OCR website ( Please return the form by the date shown so we can send you the materials. You still need to make estimated (see Section 3.3) and final entries (see Section 3.4). If you are not teaching any of the subjects shown, or are not intending to enter candidates for the 2017 series, you do not need to complete or return this form. If your centre is planning to teach the new GCSE English Literature (9 1) J352 specification from September 2015, you can order free paper copies of the poetry anthology set text from the OCR website ( 3.3 Estimated entries What are estimated entries? Estimated entries are your centre s best projection of the number of candidates that will be entered for a unit or option in a particular series. hey are not required at certification level. Estimated entries are free and do not commit your centre in any way. If you do not make estimated entries, you will not receive despatches of early examination materials (for example, instructions for practical examinations and pre-release materials) when you require them. For subjects with a visiting examiner/moderator, we will not be able to allocate an examiner/moderator to your centre, which could cause delays in the examination/moderation process. If you do not update your entry information, you may receive materials based on last year s entry data which you may not need. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 11

18 o help with your estimates, estimated entries are automatically calculated from your final entries for the last appropriate series. For example, final entries from the 2015 series will be used to create estimated entries for the series; however, it is important to update this information to ensure it is as accurate as possible. In particular: If you wish to make entries for a new qualification, e.g. AS Levels (first teaching 2015) If the volumes you plan to enter change greatly If you are no longer going to make entries for an OCR unit or option. Estimated entry deadlines Deadlines for submitting estimated entries are as follows. Estimated entries are not required for the November series. Series Deadline January 21 September October 2015 Submitting and amending estimated entries Estimated entries can only be submitted through Interchange ( Just log in to Interchange, hover over Entries in the left-hand menu and then click on Submit estimated entries. At this stage, we do not need full details of the candidates; these will be required when you make final entries (see Section 3.4). If you need to change your estimated entries after you ve submitted them, you can amend your estimates via Interchange until the relevant final entry deadline. Informing OCR of a nil return If you do not intend to enter any candidates for the January or series, please log in to Interchange and click the nil return box in the Estimated entries area. Letting us know this means you won t be chased for information unnecessarily and won t receive unwanted materials. 3.4 What are final entries? Key points For unitised qualifications (and linear qualifications with a unitised entry structure), both unit and certification entries must be made to claim a full award. Where we are running an old specification alongside a new specification, please ensure you use the correct entry codes. Final entries provide OCR with detailed data for each candidate, showing each assessment to be taken. Final entries are used to: Personalise key documents with candidates details Allocate moderators to centres 12 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

19 Allocate exam scripts to examiners Send centres essential assessment materials, such as question papers Establish whether you wish to submit centre-assessed candidate work by post or upload the work via the OCR Repository (see Section 5.9) Supply candidates with results. here are three different final entry structures (see Section 1.3): Unitised qualifications o claim the full qualification, unit entries must be made first, followed by certification entries once the candidate is eligible for certification. Not all units are available in each series; details of available series are shown alongside the unit details in the Entry Codes booklet. Units remain available for certification for the life of the qualification. Linear qualifications A single entry is made at the end of the course. he qualification may be made up of a number of examination papers and/or internal assessment. Linear qualifications with a unitised entry structure Both unit and certification entries must be made, but % of the assessment is taken at the end of the course. You must use the correct entry codes. As you make your final entries, you might find our Essential Entries Guide useful. his can be downloaded from the OCR website ( and has been designed to help new and experienced exams officers avoid common entry issues and make final entries smoothly. 3.5 Current GCSE entry rules (including carry forward) When making your entries, you must plan carefully, taking the entry, certification and carry forward rules into consideration. You will need to check that: Unit combinations are valid Using the Entry Codes booklet. All units have been entered in the same series as certification (the % terminal rule has been satisfied) You may find the section below useful. Certification rules for current GCSE and GCSE (Short Course) For GCSE and GCSE (Short Course), a % terminal rule applies. Candidates must enter for all their units in the series in which the qualification is certificated. In specifications with both GCSE and GCSE (Short Course), the two qualifications can be certificated concurrently if all units are taken in the same series. Candidates who have claimed GCSE (Short Course) and decide to move on to the GCSE from the same specification will need to retake all of the GCSE (Short Course) units alongside the additional units required for GCSE. he new results for the units that have been retaken will then be used to calculate the GCSE grade. Any results previously achieved cannot be re-used. We strongly advise you make certification entries for your candidates by the final entry deadlines (see Section 3.10), and before results are released at the latest. However, if you have not made a certification entry, you may use the post-results late certification process up until the closing date for this service see Section 9.3. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 13

20 Certification rules for current GCSE (Double Award) For GCSE (Double Award), where a candidate is taking a GCSE (Double Award) for the first time and where they have not previously been awarded the GCSE from the same specification, a % terminal rule applies. Candidates must be entered for all their units in the series in which the qualification is certificated. Candidates who have already been awarded the GCSE and decide to move on to the GCSE (Double Award) from the same specification have three options available to them for certification of the double award: Retake all of the GCSE units alongside the additional units required for GCSE (Double Award). he new results for the units that have been retaken will then be used to calculate the GCSE (Double Award) grade; any results previously achieved will not be re-used. Retake the externally assessed unit from the GCSE alongside the additional units required for GCSE (Double Award) and carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit that was previously used towards the GCSE. he new result for the externally assessed GCSE unit will then be used in the calculation of the GCSE (Double Award) grade. Where a candidate decides to carry forward a result for the GCSE controlled assessment unit, they must be entered for this unit in the series in which the double award is certificated, using the carry forward entry code option (see the Entry Codes booklet). here is no charge for carry forward units. ake just the additional units required for GCSE (Double Award) and carry forward the result for the GCSE. Where a candidate decides to carry forward the complete result for the GCSE, they must be entered for the carry forward code in the series in which the double award is certificated (see the Entry Codes booklet). Candidates must choose which of these options they want to follow before entries for the double award are made. All new and retaken units must be entered in the series in which the double award is certificated. In specifications with both GCSE and GCSE (Double Award), the two qualifications can be certificated concurrently if all units are taken in the same series. Rules for retaking a qualification and carrying forward results Candidates may enter for current GCSE, GCSE (Short Course) and GCSE (Double Award) qualifications an unlimited number of times. Where a candidate retakes a qualification, all units must be re-entered and all externally assessed units must be retaken in the same series as the qualification is re-certificated. he new results for these units will be used to calculate the new qualification grade. Any results previously achieved cannot be re-used. For controlled assessment units, candidates who are retaking a qualification can choose either to retake a controlled assessment unit (Option 1) or to carry forward a result for that unit used towards the previous certification of the same qualification (Option 2). Option 1: Retaking controlled assessment Where a candidate decides to retake the controlled assessment, the new result will be the one used to calculate the new qualification grade. In this case, any results previously achieved cannot be re-used. Option 2: Carrying forward a result for controlled assessment his option is only available if the controlled assessment unit was used in a previous certification. 14 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

21 Where a candidate decides to carry forward a result for controlled assessment, they must be entered for the controlled assessment unit in the retake series using the entry code for the carry forward option. his will not happen automatically. Results for controlled assessment units can be carried forward even if the previous certification was entered at a different centre; please make sure the candidate is entered with the same unique candidate identifier (UCI) as before (see Section 3.12). For further details about carrying forward controlled assessment, including examples of permitted combinations, see GCSE Controlled Assessment Carry Forward Rules from the 2014 series: FAQs for centres, available from the OCR website ( Foundation and Higher ier rules Many current GCSE units are tiered and, where this is the case, the entry option F is used for the Foundation tier and the entry option H for the Higher tier. he Higher tier option is targeted at grades A* D and the Foundation tier option is targeted at grades C G. In the Foundation tier option, the maximum uniform mark available will be equivalent to a top grade C. In tiered subjects, candidates may take different units at different tiers. Common units in current English, Religious Studies and Sciences GCSE English, English Language, Religious Studies and the Science suites have common units across different specifications or certification titles. Where two certifications of the same size have a common unit, these two qualifications cannot be certificated in the same series, as both qualifications have a % terminal rule and a single result is only allowed to count towards one qualification of a given size. Where a controlled assessment unit is common to more than one certification, a result for the controlled assessment unit that has been used towards one qualification cannot be carried forward for use in a different qualification. Controlled assessment unit results can only be carried forward for use in a retake of the same qualification, except for GCSE English (J350) and GCSE English Language (J355) (see the Entry Codes booklet for further information). November 2015 retake series GCSE English, English Language and Mathematics have a retake opportunity available in November For the purpose of this rule, English and English Language are treated as the same subject. For example, a candidate could take GCSE English in 2015 and then use the November 2015 series to take GCSE English Language. his opportunity is only available to candidates who have previously certificated in the same subject with any awarding body. Candidates who have not certificated for the same subject in a previous series will not be permitted to enter in the November series. However, awarding bodies are required to have evidence of the previous attempt before accepting an entry, unless the learner is aged 16 years or older on 31 August in the year that they wish to take an examination in November, in which case no evidence is required. herefore, a candidate who is 16 years or older on 31 August can use the November series to sit an examination for the first time. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 15

22 3.6 Current Level 3 entry and resit rules Current GCE, Principal Learning and Level 3 Certificate entry rules here are no resit rules for GCE, Principal Learning and Level 3 Certificate; candidates may resit units as many times as they wish. Centres simply need to make the required unit entries. he best result will then count towards certification. o retake a GCE or Principal Learning qualification, candidates can resit all units or resit some units and re-use others. he best result for each unit will then count towards certification. However, candidates may only re-enter for certification if they have retaken at least one unit which was used towards the first certification result or, where there are optional units, if they have taken another option. Otherwise, candidates may not re-certificate with a set of unit results which is identical to that which existed previously, whether for the purpose of getting all their subject grades on the same certificate or for any other reason. o obtain an Advanced GCE/Advanced GCE (Double Award), candidates do not need to have been entered for AS GCE/AS GCE (Double Award) first. A carry forward option exists for GCE MEI Mathematics Units 4753, 4758 and 4776 which allows candidates to carry forward a coursework mark from a previous series, whilst resitting the examined component. Current GCE Mathematics: Unit locking rules Once certification has been achieved and a unit has been used towards a qualification, it will become locked to that qualification s group. his means this unit can only subsequently be used towards qualifications in the same qualification group ; the unit cannot be used towards a qualification in a different group. he qualification groups are defined as follows: Group A Group B Group C Mathematics Further Mathematics Further Mathematics (Additional) AS Level Mathematics A Level Mathematics AS Level Further Mathematics A Level Further Mathematics AS Level Further Mathematics (Additional) A Level Further Mathematics (Additional) here are two types of locking: Single locking A unit has been used towards the award of only one of the qualifications in the group. o unlock the unit from a qualification group, you need to make a new certification entry for that qualification. Double locking A unit has been used for the awards of both the AS and the A Level qualifications in the group. o unlock the unit from a qualification group, you need to make a new certification entry for the A Level qualification only. When a candidate certificates for a GCE qualification in Mathematics, we strongly advise centres to make a new certification entry for any GCE Mathematics qualification for which they have previously certificated. his will ensure all units become unlocked and the best set of grades can be awarded. For more information, see the JCQ GCE Mathematics Aggregation Rules Guidance for Centres available on the JCQ website ( guidance-for-heis). 16 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

23 Current GCE Art and Design and GCE Classics: Unit locking rules Once a unit has been used towards a qualification at either AS Level or A Level, it becomes locked to that certification title at that level. No results for that unit can be used towards another certification title at that level, unless it becomes unlocked (see below). However, results from that unit can be used in a re-certification of the original qualification, or used towards any certification at the other level. A unit becomes unlocked from a certification if that certification is re-entered and where the re-certification result does not use that unit. Once a unit has been unlocked from a certification at a particular level, it can then be used towards any certification at that level. Where a candidate is following both endorsed and unendorsed courses, we recommend all certification entries should be made at the end of the course. 3.7 Level 2 Award and Level 1/2 Certificate entry rules he following rules apply to both the Level 2 Award and the Level 1/2 Certificate. Unit resit rules before certification Candidates may resit each unit once before certification, i.e. each candidate can have two attempts at a unit before certification. If the candidate takes a unit twice and does not obtain a certification grade, a third entry for this unit will be rejected. If the candidate is absent from a unit, this is not considered to be one of their two attempts. Where there are optional units, candidates may have a maximum of two attempts for each optional unit before certification. For the purposes of the resit rule, units with entry options which provide a choice of moderation methods (e.g. postal or OCR Repository) are treated as the same unit, and hence may be resat only once. Where a candidate has taken a unit twice, the best result counts towards the final grade. Rules for retaking a qualification Candidates may enter for Level 2 Award and Level 1/2 Certificate qualifications an unlimited number of times. Candidates can retake a qualification either by resitting all of the units or by resitting some units and re-using previous results for others. However, candidates may only re-enter for certification if they have retaken at least one unit which was used towards the first certification result or, where there are optional units, if they have taken another option. Candidates may not re-certificate with a set of unit results which is identical to that which existed previously, for the purpose of receiving all their subject grades on the same certificate, or for any other reason. When a qualification is retaken (i.e. after certification), a candidate is allowed two further attempts at each unit. However, only the better of the two most recent nonabsent results will count towards the final grade. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 17

24 3.8 Current linear qualification entry rules When retaking a linear qualification, candidates must take all the components. 3.9 New AS/A Level and GCSE (9 1) (first teaching 2015) entry rules Since new AS, A Level and GCSE qualifications (9 1) (first teaching 2015) are linear qualifications, entries need to be made for the relevant qualification using the correct option code (just a single entry code). his includes A Level Sciences (Biology, Chemistry and Physics) and GCSE (9 1) English Language, whereby entering for the correct option also includes entry for the new endorsements (see Section 6). AS and A Level History are the exception to this as they are linear qualifications with a unitised entry structure. Before making entries for A Level History, your centre must use OCR s Specification Creator, available from the OCR website ( to confirm that the units make up a valid course. As for current linear qualifications, when retaking a new linear qualification, candidates must take all the components Deadlines for submitting final entries Series Qualification Deadline November 2015 January GCSE (Maths, English and English Language) resits only Level 2 Award, Entry Level Certificate, FSMQ, Principal Learning, Project, Level 1/2 Certificate, Level 3 Certificate 4 October October 2015 * All available qualifications 21 February * he entry deadline for the series is the same date for all available qualifications. January series resit deadlines Where a candidate is resitting exactly the same unit in as taken in January, the entry deadline of 21 February is extended as follows: Original entry series Resit series Deadline January 21 March 18 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

25 Late entries Centres should make entries as soon as possible as essential exam materials will be despatched following their receipt. We cannot guarantee materials (e.g. question papers) will be supplied on time if you submit entries within two weeks of a timetabled exam. Late entry fees will apply to entries made after the deadline (see Section 3.11). Entry amendments and withdrawals After you have made final entries, we automatically send you entry feedback documents (see Section 3.17) to confirm the entries made and candidate s personal details. Please double-check all entry information before the examination period. If changes need to be made, you should make the amendments and/or withdrawals via A2C or Interchange ( by the following deadlines (hard copy amendments will not be accepted): Series November 2015 (GCSE Maths, English and English Language) Resits only January (Level 2 Award, Entry Level Certificate, FSMQ, Principal Learning, Project, Level 1/2 Certificate, Level 3 Certificate) (GCE, FSMQ, Principal Learning, Project, Level 3 Certificate) (GCSE, Level 2 Award, Level 1/2 Certificate, Entry Level Certificate) Deadline 22 December February 10 August 17 August After these deadlines, only corrections to a candidate s name, date of birth, UCI or ULN will be accepted and we do not process electronic amendment files this is to avoid any mismatch of entry and results data. Amendments should be ed to the Entries eam at OCRGQ.entryprocessing@ocr.org.uk from your centre s registered address. We may request a copy of a legal document (birth certificate or passport) where proof of identity is necessary. Where a candidate sits an examination but has no entry or is incorrectly entered for a different option/tier (referred to as a pirate candidate ), please ensure you submit an entry amendment via either A2C or Interchange immediately after the examination. If you make the amendment via Interchange, you must update your I system to ensure it will accept the result later. Note that late entry fees will apply (see Section 3.11) Entry fees Entry fees are as follows: For unitised qualifications (and linear qualifications with a unitised entry structure), a basic charge is made for every final unit entry; certification entries are free, with the exception of GCSE Short Courses, for which a certification entry fee is made, see the Fees List ( Unit entries for carried forward GCSE controlled assessment are also free. For linear specifications, a charge is made for each option entry. Details of fees are provided in the Fees List. Unit and option entries made after the final entry deadlines will incur late entry fees. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 19

26 Late entry dates and charges Submitting entries accurately and on time is critical to the successful delivery of OCR s services to centres, including the final production and delivery of results. Late entry fees are, therefore, applied in addition to the original entry fee, both to recover the costs associated with the additional processing requirements and to encourage centres to submit entries by the deadlines. Late entry fees will be applied as follows (fees are provided in the Fees List). Series Entry deadline Stage 1 late entry fees November Oct 5 Oct 4 Nov January 21 Oct 22 Oct 21 Nov (GCSE, Level 2 Award, Level 1/2 Certificate, Entry Level Certificate) (GCE, FSMQ, Principal Learning, Project, Level 3 Certificate) 21 Feb 22 Feb 21 Mar 21 Feb 22 Feb 21 Mar Stage 2 late entry fees/ tier changes 5 Nov onwards 22 Nov onwards 22 Mar onwards 22 Mar onwards Refunds for withdrawn entries available until 4 Nov 21 Nov 21 Mar 21 Apr Refunding withdrawn entries Withdrawals received up to the deadlines above will be refunded automatically. Withdrawals received after this deadline will not be eligible for a refund. he only exceptions to this are candidates withdrawn on medical grounds or following bereavement we will refund these entry fees if they are withdrawn up to one week before the results publication date (see Section 8.2). hese cases must be supported by a medical certificate or, in the case of a bereaved or deceased candidate, a letter on centre-headed paper. o claim a refund, please forward the supporting documentation together with a copy of the invoice to the Entries eam at OCRGQ.entryprocessing@ocr.org.uk. Querying a fees invoice o query an invoice, please forward a copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to OCR Credit Control at credit.control@ocr.org.uk, quoting your centre number and invoice number in all correspondence What entry information is required? Qualification details Entries are made using a four-digit entry code and option codes (where needed). hese details are provided in the Entry Codes booklet. 20 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

27 Candidates must be entered for the correct entry option. he option code can represent any of the following: A legitimate or true choice between papers For example, in the current GCSE History, each option determines which paper a candidate will take. A choice between tiers For example, Foundation and Higher. A choice between methods of moderation For many moderated units/components or externally marked speaking tests, the option specifies whether the work is uploaded electronically to the OCR Repository (see Section 5.9), submitted via post or, in some cases, moderated by a visiting moderator. For each of these units, all candidates work must be submitted using the same entry option. A choice to carry forward a candidate s result for an internal assessment. A choice between languages For GCSE Latin only (see Section 3.21). his subject is offered in Welsh as well as English, and the option determines the language in which the candidate will take the assessment. Example You have ten candidates taking GCSE Citizenship Studies (J269). here are two internally assessed units: For the Rights and Responsibilities unit (A341), you choose to submit the work via the OCR Repository so make ten entries for A341A (component 01). For the Identity, Democracy and Justice unit (A344), you decide to submit the work via post so make ten entries for A344B (component 02). You cannot have different submission methods within the same unit in the same series. A candidate must not be entered for more than one option for a single assessment in the same series. Candidate personal details You need to provide the following personal details for each candidate: Name Ensure names can be verified in future against legal documents. You should enter candidates under names that can be verified against suitable identification, such as a birth certificate, passport or driver s licence. You may need to check the name they are using within the centre is their legal name rather than a known as name. his helps prevent issues at a later date, when they need to verify they are the person named on the certificate. Please ensure candidates know the name they are entered under and use that on their exam script. Date of birth Be careful not to transpose the information We often receive requests to swap the day and month. Gender his is mandatory. he candidate s name and date of birth appear on the certificate exactly as you make the entry so, if you don t get it right, making changes after the certificate has been issued will mean you have to pay for replacement certificates (see Section 10). OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 21

28 Candidate number Candidates must be allocated a four-digit candidate number, which they will need to write on their question papers. Centres normally allocate these candidate numbers at the time of entry. You should ensure the four-digit candidate numbers are unique for the series and a GCSE candidate does not have the same number as a GCE candidate. Candidate numbers cannot be changed during a series. If you can, it is best to use the same candidate number throughout the candidate s exam career. Unique candidate identifier (UCI) he unique candidate identifier (UCI) is a 13-character code which is used as a unique attribute in addition to a candidate s name, gender and date of birth. he UCI is used mainly to link a candidate s unit results so they can be certificated. herefore, candidates must not be issued with multiple UCIs. A candidate s UCI should remain with them even if they move to a different centre or progress to higher qualifications. If you find a candidate has more than one UCI, please our Entries eam at OCRGQ.entryprocessing@ocr.org.uk from your centre s registered address with details of the UCIs in use and the candidate s name. We will then merge the candidate details. Any entries submitted without a UCI will be rejected and you will be requested to supply them. Examination administration software packages will usually have the facility to generate UCIs. Please check with your software provider. A UCI check character calculator is provided on the OCR website ( he following diagram shows the components of a UCI: A Centre number Normally National Centre Number but may include alpha characters (e.g. for international centres). Unitary awarding body (UAB) identifier Normally 0 (zero) unless there is a danger that the centre number is not unique, in which case the UAB code of the awarding body which allocated the centre number is used (e.g. OCR would use 1). Year of registration he last two digits of the academic year in which the UCI is allocated, e.g. any time in the academic year commencing September 2015 is 15. Candidate number Normally starting at 0001 and increasing within the academic year, but may be derived in other ways, provided that numbers are unique within the year. Check digit Used to verify keyed data. Provides a check that the first 12 characters are correct in relation to the check digit. Providing centres supply the first 12 digits, OCR can generate this. Unique learner number (ULN) he unique learner number (ULN) is a personal ten-digit number, which is used to ensure learner achievement information can be provided to the Personal Learning Record (PLR). If a candidate does not have a ULN, the ULN field should be left blank; you must not add a piece of placeholder text, such as or BC. Where a ULN is included with an entry, we will check the ULN and candidate details with the PLR. Candidate details submitted to OCR need to match exactly with those held on the PLR. If there are any differences, we will not be able to validate the ULN. his will not prevent your entries from being processed, but OCR will not be able to send result data to the PLR until 22 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

29 the ULN and candidate details held by OCR have been validated correctly with the PLR. If you need to make a change to a learner s details, you must update them in a number of places: Within the PLR Within your management information system You then need to send updated candidate details to OCR. For more information, and to generate a ULN, please refer to the Learning Records Service ( Private candidates OCR examinations are designed primarily for candidates who follow courses of study at schools and colleges acting as registered centres. However, there are learners who may not attend schools or colleges but who wish to enter for OCR examinations. hese are referred to as private candidates and must enter through a registered centre. If you wish to make an entry for a private candidate, please ensure the Private status is selected. It is also good practice to ask private candidates if they have any entries at another centre. his helps to avoid timetable clashes when the exams take place. Our Guidance for Private Candidates is available to download from the OCR website ( Methods of submitting final entries here are two methods of submitting final entries: A2C An electronic method of transmitting entry and results data to and from OCR using EDI (electronic data interchange) files. More information can be found on the A2C website ( Interchange OCR s secure extranet ( If your centre does not currently have an Interchange account, please complete and return the Interchange Agreement, which can be downloaded from the OCR website ( to receive your login details. If your centre has an account but you are a new user, or your existing account needs to be updated, please contact your Centre Administrator (usually the exams officer) Making entries via A2C Basedata o make entries via A2C, electronic entry files (EDI files) need to be created using OCR s basedata. Basedata is examination data which is used to process entries and results using EDI files. Designed to be electronically imported into a centre s administration software, it includes the specification codes, entry codes, timetables and fees. Basedata is seriesspecific and needs to be uploaded for each new series. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 23

30 here are separate basedata files for centres in Northern Ireland (for the November 2015 and series). OCR basedata can be downloaded from the general qualifications basedata page of the OCR website ( as soon as it is published (as shown in the table below). How you load the basedata will depend upon your examination administration software. We will issue the following basedata files: Series EDI series Qualification Basedata publication November 2015 November 2015 (Northern Ireland only)* January (Northern Ireland only) 1 Ba15 Ba15 1a16 6a16 6a16 GCSE GCSE Unit CAMNA Award CAMNA Certificate CAMNA Diploma CAMNA Unit GCSE GCSE Unit CAMNA Award CAMNA Certificate CAMNA Diploma CAMNA Unit Int FSMQ Entry Level Cert Level 1/2 Certificate Level 1/2 Certificate Unit Level 2 Award Level 2 Award Unit Level 3 Certificate Principal Learning Principal Learning Unit Project CAMNA Award CAMNA Certificate CAMNA Diploma CAMNA Unit GCSE GCSE Short Course GCSE Unit Entry Level Cert Level 2 Award Level 2 Award Unit Level 1/2 Certificate Level 1/2 Certificate Unit CAMNA Award CAMNA Certificate CAMNA Diploma CAMNA Unit GCSE GCSE Short Course GCSE Unit Entry Level Cert Level 2 Award Level 2 Award Unit Level 1/2 Certificate Level 1/2 Certificate Unit CAMNA Award CAMNA Certificate CAMNA Diploma CAMNA Unit 1 Includes GCSE English Language (Northern Ireland only) J September September September November November OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

31 Series EDI series Qualification Basedata publication 6b16 Adv GCE Adv GCE (Double Award) Adv Sub GCE (Double Award) Adv Sub GCE Adv GCE Unit Adv FSMQ Int FSMQ Level 3 Certificate Principal Learning Principal Learning Unit Project 13 November 2015 How to submit your EDI entry file via A2C Instructions on how to send your EDI file via A2C are provided on the A2C Migration Application download website ( Acknowledgement of EDI files Once OCR has downloaded your entry or amendment file, this will be acknowledged within the Logs screen of the A2C migration application under the Sent Files tab. We download files at least four times each working day. However, an acknowledgement does not mean the file has been successfully loaded to our system as, at this point, no validation checks have been performed. Validation checks Once OCR receives your entries, a number of checks are carried out. If your entries fail the validation checks, we will contact you. It is important for you to be available once files have been submitted, in case we have any queries on your entries. Avoiding A2C entry issues Each series, many entry files fail to load to our systems, which leads to processing delays. o avoid any problems, please ensure you check the following: Correct EDI version Ensure your management information system (MIS) is set up to generate files in the current JCQ file format currently version 14. hese are defined in the JCQ document, Formats for the Exchange of Examination Related Data, available on the JCQ website ( If you are unsure which version you are using, check with your MIS provider. Correct basedata Use the right basedata for the series. More than one entry file Entry files begin with E. Amendment files begin with A. You should only produce one entry file for a series code, ensuring you generate amendment files beginning with A thereafter. here is no limit to the number of amendment files you can send us. However, if you send us more than one entry file, each new entry file will overwrite previous ones, which could mean previous entries are deleted. Amendment files If you make your initial entries via Interchange ( but submit EDI files subsequently, please ensure your system can generate EDI amendment files beginning with A straight away without producing an E entry file first. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 25

32 Different file extensions EDI files end with a number which indicates the sequence of production, for example x02. Please ensure your files end in different numbers; otherwise, they may overwrite each other during our processing, which could mean previous entries are deleted. Candidates without entries Please do not submit files including only a candidate s details, with no associated entries. Only include candidates that have entries for that series with OCR. We do not need details of the candidates you plan to enter in future series or with other awarding bodies. Duplicate entries for different options Ensure you enter candidates for just one entry option. Don t enter all candidates for both the Repository and postal moderation entry options. echnical support for A2C entries echnical support for examination software packages used by centres is not available from OCR; please contact your software supplier. If you have any queries about the receipt of your entry files or require technical support for A2C, please contact our Customer Contact Centre (see Section 1.6). JCQ A2C data exchange project he JCQ A2C data exchange project is replacing legacy systems and sets out to modernise and upgrade the electronic data interchange (EDI) process. he first stage, which removed the need for files to be sent via an approved EDI carrier, was implemented in September he next stage will be piloted with a small number of centres from September It will be rolled out from September 2015 and will finally replace the old-style EDI files by the end of December. his will result in much more streamlined transfer of data between awarding organisations and centres. All centres can still download the migration application, for use with the old-style EDI format files, from the A2C website. More information can be found on the A2C website ( Making entries using Interchange Getting started o make entries using Interchange ( for qualifications listed in this guide, once you are logged in, hover over Entries in the left-hand menu and then click on Make entries. Click on GCE, GCSE, Entry Level Certificate, FSMQ, Cambridge Nationals, Principal Learning, Project and then Use web-based entry form. Select your assessment You will be asked to select your assessment. You can find your assessment by entering the assessment code, title or part title in the search box. Note that entering an assessment code together with part of a title will not bring up any results; e.g. to find GCE Mathematics 7890, you would need to enter 7890 or math not 7890 math nor maths. 26 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

33 Select your candidates Next, you need to select your candidates. You should select existing candidates rather than creating new ones; however, if you cannot find a candidate, you can enter their details. When searching for existing candidates, you can restrict the search to show only candidates added during a given time period, from today to in the last five years. Selecting entry options and submitting entries You will be asked to select your entry options, if applicable. (Please see Section 3.12 for guidance on choosing the right entry option.) You can then review your entries before submitting them. Please ensure you are submitting entries for the correct series. Update your management information system Once you have made your entries via Interchange, you must update your management information system with this entry information. Otherwise, your entries may be overwritten if you make any subsequent amendments via A2C even if they are for a different qualification or candidates. his also applies to making any entry amendments via Interchange. Useful features Whilst creating entries for a unit or qualification, you can go back and add/remove candidates or change entry options without cancelling your entry. Once you have selected a group of candidates, you can add additional entries to the same group without having to search for them again. If you find you have duplicated a candidate, provided you have not yet made an entry for both candidates, it is possible to delete one of the candidates. Within Interchange, you can also create candidate groups, which can be tailored to include candidates of your choice. o create a bespoke candidate group, log in to Interchange, hover over Candidates in the left-hand menu and click on Candidate groups Checking final entry information Please do not assume your entries have automatically been received and processed by OCR. here are a number of ways to check your entries, as described below. ry to resolve any problems or errors at this stage. Using the entry feedback documents We will send you entry feedback documents automatically to confirm the entries you have made. his is another chance to check candidates personal details do not wait until certificates are issued as charges are made for replacement certificates. We issue the following reports: Report Certification warning report Shows For unitised qualifications only. Warnings for any candidates entered for certification who have an error with their entry, e.g. the wrong certification entry or an invalid combination of units or not satisfying the terminal rule. You must resolve any problems so candidates will receive the correct certification grade. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 27

34 Report Centre summary of entries Centre statement of entry by candidate Individual candidate statements of entry (if a centre has opted to receive them) imetable clash report Shows he total number of entries made for each unit/component, option and certification. A summary of all entries made for your centre, listing candidate details and the units, options or certifications for which they have been entered. Details of candidates entries and the associated timetable details by candidate. OCR will not send these unless you have opted to receive them via Interchange ( Statements of entry can also be printed from Interchange. Details of timetable clashes between OCR exams. Using Interchange Interchange is ideal for checking your entries as it always displays the most up-to-date information. You can view entries by assessment or by individual candidate. You can do this, once you have logged in, by hovering over Entries and then selecting View entries or Make and view entries under the relevant heading in the left-hand menu. View the entry submission history to check we ve processed your entries. o access the entry submission history, once you have logged into Interchange, hover over Entries and click on Entry submission history in the left-hand menu. Click on the GCE, GCSE, Entry Level Certificate, FSMQ, Cambridge Nationals, Principal Learning, Project tab at the top of the page, then click the View entry submission history link. You can search or filter to find any entries that have not been processed. If you have any entries with No in the Processed column for more than 72 hours, please contact our Customer Contact Centre (see Section 1.5). Receiving an invalid ULN notification In cases where a candidate s ULN cannot be validated, we will send an automatic notifying you of the problem. At this point we will then ask you to: Check the details held by the LRS are correct and update them if required. If you do amend the details, there is no longer any need to notify us as we will revalidate it automatically but please allow ten days for the record to be updated within Interchange. Provide us with either the correct ULN for the candidate, or updated candidate details (name, gender and date of birth) that match the details held in the LRS. If you use a management information system (MIS), please send candidate detail updates via A2C in an amendment file. In order to import results to your MIS it is important the candidate details contained within the results file match your centre records. Alternatively, you can update the candidates details via Interchange. Once logged in to Interchange, hover over Candidates in the left-hand menu and click on Find candidates. You can then search for a candidate and view or edit candidate details. If you make amendments to your candidate s OCR details, Interchange will show if the ULN is valid within ten days. If you have any ULN validation queries, you can our Entries eam at OCRULNAdmin@ocr.org.uk 28 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

35 3.18 Identifying entry problems Many of the issues to look out for apply to all qualifications, as suggested below; however, we have also listed issues which relate specifically to the current GCE Maths, Classics and Art and Design qualifications, which have complex rules of combination. Please see the Entry Codes booklet for details of valid combinations. General issues When looking at the feedback documents and/or Interchange ( you may wish to consider the following general questions: Have the right entries been made? For the correct option and tier? Is the candidate eligible for certification? Should you have made the certification entry or do you need to withdraw it? If the candidate is taking a qualification for the second time, has a new certification entry been made? Are the candidate s details correct? Has the candidate s ULN validated? he following questions relate specifically to the certification warning report: Has the candidate been entered for the correct certification code? If some of the candidate s units are missing from the report, has the candidate got more than one UCI? Has the candidate been entered for a valid combination of units? For current GCSEs, has the % terminal rule been satisfied? For current GCEs, Principal Learning, Level 2 Award and Level 1/2 Certificate re-certifications, has the candidate taken any new units since the last certification? For current GCEs, has the candidate transferred from another specification (see Section 3.19)? Current GCE Mathematics Are some units locked? his is often the greatest problem within GCE Maths. It may appear as though a valid combination is possible, but if the candidate has entered for some certifications previously, some units may be locked to the original certification. Re-certification of all previously entered certifications solves this problem in almost all cases. Have the certification dependencies been satisfied? For example, it is only possible to certificate Further Mathematics if you certificate Mathematics as well; either at the same time or earlier (see Section 3.5 and the Entry Codes booklet for more details). Is there a valid combination of units for all entered certifications? Common errors include: he candidate wants to certificate AS Mathematics, but has not taken one of the three optional units permitted in AS Mathematics. he candidate wants to certificate A Level Mathematics, but they have not been entered for one of the seven pairs of optional units permitted for A Level Mathematics. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 29

36 he candidate wants to certificate for A Level Mathematics and A Level Further Mathematics, but all possible combinations for A Level Mathematics do not leave enough A2 units available for A Level Further Mathematics. Current GCE Art and Design and GCE Classics Are some units locked? If the candidate has entered for some certifications previously, some units may be locked or used up towards those certifications and not available for the new certifications. As long as there are enough units in total for all certifications, in most cases, re-certification of all previously entered certifications solves this problem. Have you entered the wrong certification code? Candidates do not need to be entered for the same subjects at AS and A2. For example, if they took two Classical Civilisation units at AS, and then one Classical Civilisation and one Ancient History at A2, they should be entered for AS Classical Civilisation (H041) followed by A2 Classics (H438). hey must not be entered for AS Classics (H038) AS ransfers AS ransfers are not available for the new GCE AS and A Levels (first teaching 2015). ransferring GCE credit from one specification to another Candidates who started a unitised GCE course at another centre that used a different specification (possibly from a different awarding body) may be able to apply to complete their course with OCR. Current regulations and an application form (Application for the transfer of a GCE AS award between specifications and/or awarding bodies) are available on the JCQ website ( your completed and signed applications to OCRASransfers@ocr.org.uk by the following deadline: Series Deadline 21 October 2015 We will consider whether to approve a combination of units to ensure the candidate has covered the whole course, but cannot guarantee the application will be accepted. his provision will not be possible when there is undue overlap between the already assessed content of the first specification and the remaining units of the second specification. Nor will it be possible if the candidate has already certificated the A2 with the original awarding body. Current GCE Mathematics and Further Mathematics o take OCR s current GCE AS or A Level Further Mathematics, candidates must previously have taken GCE AS or A Level Mathematics. However, candidates who completed AS or A Level Mathematics using a different specification (e.g. from a different awarding body) may take AS or A Level Further Mathematics with OCR. A manual certification form (Application for manual certification of Further Mathematics when AS/A Level Mathematics is from a different specification or awarding body), available on the OCR website ( must be completed. Further details can be found in the Current GCE section of the Entry Codes booklet. 30 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

37 Legacy and new specifications It is not possible to transfer credit from legacy specifications to new specifications. his includes the new qualifications involved in GCSE and A Level reform which are for first teaching from herefore, it is not possible for candidates to combine legacy and new units to make up a whole qualification. ransfer of credit is only possible between specifications that have been written to the same criteria, as specified by the regulator. Entry warnings In the case of a candidate transferring credit, we will not have that candidate s historical results on our system. You will, therefore, receive a certification warning report (see Section 3.17) but there will not be a problem (grades will be calculated manually for such candidates), as long as the transfer has been satisfactorily completed ransfer candidates ransferring centre after final entries (in exceptional circumstances) After final entries have been made, in exceptional circumstances, a candidate may transfer to another school or college. In these cases, the candidate remains the responsibility of the centre through which the entry was made and retains his/her candidate number and unique candidate identifier (UCI) throughout the examination series. o ensure the integrity of the examination process is maintained, candidates may transfer only to centres approved by one of the unitary awarding bodies. A JCQ ransferred Candidates Form (JCQ/C), available from the JCQ website ( must be completed and signed by the entering and host centres before being returned to OCR at the address on the form or to OCR.ransferredCandidates@ocr.org.uk by the following deadlines: Series Deadline November October 2015 January 1 December April Once we have approved the proposal, arrangements will be made for sending question papers, stationery and other essential materials to the centre to which the candidate is transferring (the host centre). It is essential the attendance register at the centre of entry clearly indicates the candidate has transferred to another centre do not write absent. We charge an administrative fee for the transfer of each candidate. Details can be found in the Fees List ( Any administrative fees charged by the host centre are the responsibility of the candidate s centre of entry. Where necessary, arrangements must be made between the two centres to complete any internal assessments and the associated marks must be submitted to OCR with the centre of entry s marks. For further instructions on transferring candidates, please refer to the JCQ Guidance Notes Concerning ransferred Candidates, available on the JCQ website ( OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 31

38 3.21 Assessment in Welsh his section applies to GCSE Latin: Question papers in Welsh for all of the examined units, A401 A405, for which assessment is available in the Welsh language. his qualification is only available to centres in Wales. Informing OCR of your requirements Please use the JCQ form Request for Welsh Medium Papers to tell us you will have candidates taking units in Welsh for each series. his form is available to download from the relevant qualifications pages of the OCR website ( Please return the form to the address given on the form or by to as early as possible in the academic year, and by the date below at the latest. If you submit your form by , you will receive an automatic acknowledgement of its receipt. Series Deadline (GCSE Latin) 15 January Please ensure you include on the form all units for which you will require Welsh arrangements. We will use the information provided to ensure you are provided with a question paper in the medium of Welsh. Arrangements for externally assessed units When making entries, please note that the examined units have a specific entry option for assessment in Welsh. Please ensure you use the correct codes for both estimated and final entries (see the Entry Codes booklet). For assessment in Welsh, the entry code is suffixed with W. Specific Welsh question paper materials will be provided for candidates entered for the Welsh option. Please note: If a candidate entered for the Welsh option decides on the day of the exam to answer the English version of the paper (or vice versa), they will be classed as a pirate candidate. his means their entry will need to be amended to the correct option and the standard late entry fees will apply (see Section 3.11) 32 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

39 4 Access Arrangements 4.1 What are access arrangements? Access arrangements are made before an examination series to enable a candidate with particular requirements to demonstrate attainment. Detailed information about access arrangements can be found in the JCQ Access Arrangements and Reasonable Adjustments. his is available on the JCQ website ( 4.2 Applying for access arrangements Access arrangements should be applied for as soon as possible after the course has begun: For GCSE and GCE qualifications, centres should use the online tool, Access Arrangements Online, which is accessed via Interchange ( to apply for appropriate arrangements for disabilities, learning difficulties, permanent or temporary conditions. Centres must record whether the candidate has a medical condition or a temporary injury. More information about Access Arrangements Online can be found on the JCQ website ( For all other qualifications (including vocational qualifications such as Cambridge Nationals, which are not covered in this Guide), where a candidate has been granted approval for GCSE/GCE via Access Arrangements Online, this approval will be automatically extended. For any application exclusively for other qualifications, please JCQ Form 1 or JCQ Form 8, as appropriate, to the OCR Special Requirements eam at ocrspecialrequirementsteam@ocr.org.uk. In all cases, centres should consider the nature of the assessment being undertaken. For example, a scribe or practical assistant would not be allowed in the realisation of design, performance and artwork. More information is available in the JCQ Access Arrangements and Reasonable Adjustments, please see the JCQ website ( Emergency access arrangements Emergency access arrangements can be made for unforeseen circumstances arising at the time of the examination by applying online or via the appropriate forms above. Modified papers Access Arrangements Online also allows centres to request modified papers for GCSE, GCE, Entry Level and FSMQ timetabled assessments. However, these must be ordered separately in the relevant section of Access Arrangements Online and not as part of other Access Arrangement applications. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 33

40 4.3 Key dates Requests for modified question papers must be received by the following dates: Series Deadline November September 2015 January 4 October January * *For those candidates who decide to resit units in 2015, following the publication of the January 2015 examination results, applications for modified papers must be received by 21 March. All other access arrangements requests should be made by the following dates: Series Date November October 2015 January 21 October March It is possible to make applications after these dates; however, if a referral to OCR becomes necessary, we cannot guarantee we will be able to process the application in time for the assessment. For Physical Education, in some circumstances, specialist activities may allow candidates better access to the qualifications. In such cases a Special Activity Submission Form must be completed and returned to OCR by 15 October Forms can be downloaded from the relevant qualification page of the OCR website ( 34 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

41 5 Moderated Assessment Arrangements Key points Centres must make an entry for a unit or option in order for us to supply the appropriate forms and moderator details. Before submitting marks, centres must undertake a thorough check for accuracy against their source document. Centres can submit marks using Interchange ( A2C or internal assessment mark sheets (MS1s). Moderation cannot begin until OCR has received the marks. Moderated assessment arrangements include non exam arrangements, coursework, portfolios and controlled assessment, which are all referred to as candidate work. his section should be read in conjunction with the JCQ Instructions for conducting coursework, Instructions for conducting controlled assessments and Instructions for conducting nonexamination assessments (new GCE & GCSE specifications). All Instructions are available on the JCQ website ( Approximately one month before the exam series, centres can also view the OCR exams directory on Interchange which provides information on the materials that are required for each assessment they have made entries for. For details of how to present candidate work, please see the JCQ Instructions. 5.1 Consortium arrangements Where candidates from different centres have been taught together, you must inform us you wish to be treated as a consortium. he centres in the consortium must nominate a consortium co-ordinator, who liaises with us on behalf of all the centres. An Application for Centre Consortium Arrangements for centre-assessed work (Form JCQ/CCA), which is available from the JCQ website ( should be completed every series by the consortium co-ordinator for each specification that has one or more centre-assessed units/components. his includes Principal Learning consortia. he forms should be sent to OCR E&L Deployment, OCR, Progress House, Westwood Way, Business Park, Westwood Way, Coventry, CV4 8JQ or can be ed to raditionalcov.raditionalcov@ocr.org.uk by the following deadlines: Series Deadline November October 2015 January 31 October January We will allocate the same moderator to each centre in the consortium and the candidates will be treated as a single group for the purpose of moderation. he sample is selected randomly so it is possible not every centre in the consortium will receive a sample request. Moderator reports will be produced for the consortium sample and provided to each centre in the consortium, either by download from Interchange ( if the consortium centre was sampled, or in hard copy to arrive on restricted results release if the OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 35

42 consortium centre was not sampled. If scaling is required, the same scaling will apply to all centres in the consortium. 5.2 ext, task and title approval for new GCE qualifications For some of the new qualifications for first teaching from 2015, approval is required from OCR for the texts, tasks and/or titles of the non exam assessment that candidates will be carrying out: GCE A Level English Language and Literature (EMC) (H474) GCE A Level English Language (H470) GCE A Level English Literature (H472) GCE A Level History A (H505) Centres must submit the chosen texts, tasks and/or titles using an online form, which can be accessed via the relevant qualification pages of the OCR website. his must be done by 31 January in the year of submission for each series even if the same texts, tasks and/or titles have been approved previously. Centres should wait for approval before candidates begin working on their non exam assessment. Approval will be provided within ten working days of submitting the online form. 5.3 Carrying out internal assessment Locating internal assessment materials Centres can obtain materials as follows: Coursework materials are made available to centres on the basis of estimated entries. he exams directory will indicate whether these are sent out by OCR. Alternatively, they will be available to download from the OCR website ( GCSE controlled assessment tasks and other documents can be downloaded from Interchange ( Centre access to the Interchange controlled assessment area is available via the Interchange Centre Administrator (normally the exams officer). However, the Centre Administrator can allow others within their centre, e.g. heads of department, subject leaders or subject teachers, to access the materials by giving them the utor/eacher role within Interchange. schemes and criteria are included in the specifications and can be accessed from the OCR website. Entry Level English tasks can be downloaded from Interchange. Principal Learning controlled assessment tasks (known as the OCR Model Assignment for Principal Learning) and other documents can be downloaded from the relevant qualification pages of the OCR website ( AS/A Level Art and Design (from 2015) non exam assessment materials are sent to centres on the basis of estimated entries. hey will be available to download from the OCR website. See Section 6.1 for details of where to obtain materials for the endorsements. 36 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

43 When to obtain internal assessment materials Materials will be available as follows: Coursework materials will be made available to centres in October for the November series, December for the January series and March for the series. Please see the key dates calendars on the OCR website ( for details. GCSE controlled assessment tasks will be available (at the latest) on 1 of the year prior to an assessment series, i.e for assessment in. However, for certain subjects, they may be available up to two years in advance or even from the start of first teaching. asks will be regularly reviewed (often on a yearly basis) and it is the responsibility of centres to make sure candidates are submitting the correct task depending on when the centre is planning to submit the work to OCR. For GCSEs, centres can conduct the controlled assessment at any time during the course, but you must use the tasks that apply to the year in which the qualification is being certificated. Principal Learning controlled assessment tasks are available from the start of first teaching for the life of the assessment. Occasionally, new tasks, which can be used as alternatives, are uploaded to the OCR website. AS/A Level Art and Design (from 2015) non exam assessment materials will be available to download from the OCR website from 1 January and 1 February respectively in the year of assessment. 5.4 ing the assessments Centres should mark each piece of work according to the instructions and criteria provided in the specification for each unit. Forms to help you mark and administer candidate work many of them interactive are provided on the qualification pages of the OCR website ( Cover sheet his may be called a cover sheet, unit recording sheet or centre assessment form, depending on the specification. Complete one per candidate and attach it to the front of the work. Centre authentication form (CCS160) Complete one per unit/component. Authenticating candidates work Both candidates and centres must declare that the work is the candidate s own. Candidate authentication Each candidate must sign a declaration before submitting their work to their teacher to confirm the work is their own and any assistance given and/or sources used have been acknowledged. A candidate authentication statement that can be used is available to download from the OCR website ( It is the responsibility of centres to ensure every candidate does this; please see the JCQ Instructions for conducting controlled assessments and Instructions for conducting coursework which are available on the JCQ website ( hese statements should be retained within the centre until all enquiries about results, malpractice and appeals issues have been resolved. A mark of zero must be recorded if a candidate cannot confirm the authenticity of their work. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 37

44 Centre authentication eachers are required to declare the work submitted for internal assessment is the candidate s own work by sending the moderator (or uploading to the Repository) a centre authentication form (CCS160) for each unit at the same time as the marks. (his is also a requirement for private candidates.) If a centre fails to provide evidence of authentication, we will set the mark for that candidate to Pending (Q) for that component until authentication can be provided. See Section 6.4 for information about authenticating prerelease tasks for GCE Applied IC. Incomplete candidate work Where the internally assessed element of the specification requires candidates to produce several distinct pieces of work (e.g. three assignments or ten essays), a candidate who does not complete all parts must still be credited for the parts they have completed. Candidates who have an entry but do not submit any work for assessment must be recorded as absent. his means the candidate can be awarded a certification grade if they have completed other units which meet the requirements of the specification. See Section 5.7 for applications for special consideration. 5.5 Carrying out internal standardisation Centres must carry out internal standardisation to ensure marks awarded by different teachers are accurate and consistent across all candidates entered for the unit from that centre. If centres are working together in a consortium, you must carry out internal standardisation of marking across the consortium. It is the responsibility of centres to check the marks they are submitting carefully in order to minimise errors. You must ensure marks for all candidates, not just those in the sample, are checked for both addition and transcription errors before submission. Using the electronic methods of submitting marks as outlined in Section 5.6 will help reduce the risk of error. 5.6 Submitting marks and authentication Deadlines All marking and internal standardisation must be completed in good time and before the marks are submitted to OCR and the moderator. Please ensure marks are submitted to arrive by the following deadlines at the latest: Series Qualification Deadline November 2015 GCSE English and GCSE Maths 5 November 2015 January Entry Level Certificate, Level 1/2 Certificate, Principal Learning, Project 10 January GCE PE Units G452 (with the exception of summer-only activities) and G March GCE, GCSE, Entry Level Certificate, Level 1/2 Certificate, Level 3 Certificate, Principal Learning, Project 15 May 38 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

45 Current GCE Art and Design New GCE AS Art and Design (first teaching 2015) GCSE PE Units B452 and B May See the visit arrangement form Ways to submit marks s may be submitted to OCR by one of the following methods: Interchange ( EDI files sent via A2C Internal assessment mark sheets (MS1). Moderation cannot begin until we have received all the marks. Submitting marks electronically (either via Interchange or A2C) allows marks to be loaded more quickly to our systems and reduces the risk of mark sheets being damaged or lost in the post. However, whichever method of submission is chosen, marks must also be posted to the OCR moderator (or uploaded to the OCR Repository). If there are 15 or fewer candidates, the work of all candidates needs to be sent to the moderator. In this case, the candidate work should be provided to the moderator at the same time as the marks and the centre authentication form (CCS160) are submitted. For GCSE English (J350) and GCSE English Language (J355) Speaking and Listening Units A640, at the same time as sending marks, the centre must send the moderator the completed internal standardisation record together with the controlled assessment forms (GCW316) for a sample of seven candidates for each teaching group (including the top and bottom mark in the group and a spread across the intervening mark range). If a candidate did not produce work, the candidate should be submitted as absent rather than giving them zero marks or an X or leaving the mark blank. Using Interchange to submit marks eachers and other support staff can be given access to Interchange by their Centre Administrator in order to submit the marks: the Add coursework marks role allows you to enter marks and the Submit coursework marks role allows you to check marks and submit them to OCR. o submit marks, log in to Interchange, hover over Coursework and tests and click on Enter coursework marks in the left-hand menu. hen carry out the following steps: Enter and save marks. Check and save marks. Submit marks via the separate Enter and submit coursework marks page. We will not receive your marks until the Submit button has been clicked. You can see whether your marks are submitted by checking the status has changed to Submitted. Read and tick declaration. Finally, you need to print a copy of the marks (IMS1). Keep a copy for your centre and post a copy to the moderator with the centre authentication forms (CCS160) or upload them to the Repository. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 39

46 Summary Send to OCR Submit marks via Interchange Send to moderator/ upload to Repository Copy of marks from Interchange (IMS1) Centre authentication forms (CCS160) Retain in centre Copy of marks from Interchange (IMS1) Candidate authentication forms Using A2C to submit marks Follow the instructions in your own management information system for inputting marks for the relevant units/components. he common format for submitting marks is outlined in the JCQ Formats for the Exchange of Examination Related Data, available on the JCQ website ( It is essential you use the correct EDI version. You should print a copy of the EDI file and sign it, ensuring your centre number is clearly marked on the printout, before posting to the moderator together with the centre authentication forms (CCS160). Alternatively, you could scan them and upload them to the OCR Repository. Summary Send to OCR Submit marks via an EDI file using the A2C migration application Send to moderator/ upload to Repository Signed copy of EDI file Centre authentication forms (CCS160) Retain in centre Copy of marks submitted Candidate authentication forms Using internal assessment mark sheets (MS1) to submit marks When completing the mark sheets, remember to: Enter marks in the mark column, as well as filling in the lozenges on the right-hand side. he scanner reads the lozenges, but the moderator will look at the written marks, so you need to fill in both. If errors have been made with the mark lozenges, make sure the mark given in the mark column is clear. Always shade the tens and the units for example: o o o enter a mark of 30, shade the 30 lozenge and the 0 lozenge on the row underneath. o enter a mark of 9, shade the 9 lozenge and the 00 lozenge on the row above. For marks over : o o o enter a mark of, shade the lozenge, the 00 lozenge and the 0 lozenge. o enter a mark of 110, shade the lozenge, the 10 lozenge and the 0 lozenge. 40 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

47 Check marks entered are not above the maximum mark, which can be found in the top right-hand corner of the sheet. Enter the details of any extra candidates at the bottom of the last sheet, using the candidate number lozenges where possible, so the MS1 can be scanned. Ensure the relevant entries have been made for the additional candidates. If a candidate has withdrawn, or you are submitting a candidate as absent, ensure the A lozenge is shaded. It is important we receive notifications of absence as well as marks. Always sign each sheet. Check the marks and any additional candidates can be clearly read on all copies of the MS1. Summary Send to OCR op copy of MS1: OMR Unit, Cambridge Assessment DC10, Hill Farm Road, Whittlesford, Cambridge, CB22 4FZ Send to moderator/ upload to Repository Middle copy of MS1/ scanned copy of MS1 Centre authentication forms (CCS160) Retain in centre Bottom copy of MS1 Candidate authentication forms Submitting mark amendments If you discover an error with a previously submitted candidate mark, you will need to complete the Amendment to Centre s form. here is now an interactive form for you to use, which can be downloaded from Interchange. Click on Resources and Materials and then Pre-release Materials. he form should be ed to the Post Assessment Services eam at centre.markamends@ocr.org.uk from a centre address. You must provide the original total and amended total mark(s) for the component. Please ensure a copy is also sent to the moderator. Where a mark is amended by the centre after moderation has started, we may require the work relating to the relevant candidate to be submitted for validation purposes. If this is the case, we will notify you and provide you with a despatch address. If your moderator informs you of a clerical error, please follow the instructions in Section Moderator address information You will be sent address labels to send the marks and forms to the moderator. (You will also be sent enough copies of the labels to send candidate work to the moderator.) If you have still not received your labels three days before the mark submission deadline, you can request emergency moderator address information from Interchange. o do this, log in to Interchange, hover over Resources and materials in the left-hand menu, click on Emergency exam labels and follow the on-screen instructions. Requests should be processed within 12 hours. Before posting the sample of work to the moderator, please ensure the address on the moderator label corresponds to the address provided on the sample request. If it does not, please contact the OCR Customer Contact Centre (see Section 1.5). If we do not receive your marks, we will contact you. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 41

48 5.7 Special consideration Special consideration is a post-assessment adjustment reflecting temporary injury, illness or other indisposition at the time the assessment was taken. As assessments are designed to assess what the candidate knows and can do, some circumstances which affect learning or preparation (e.g. staffing difficulties) cannot be taken into account. Centres should refer to the JCQ A guide to the special consideration process for detailed information about eligibility. his is available on the JCQ website ( Incomplete internally assessed work Candidates who, for good reason, are unable to meet the full internal assessment requirements of a specification should submit as much work as possible. We may give special consideration if the candidate has actually submitted their work: Unitised qualifications (and linear qualifications with a unitised entry structure) Where internally assessed work is set in a very short, timetabled period, candidates who have not submitted any work cannot be given special consideration unless certification has been requested in the same series and the minimum requirements have been met (see above). Candidates must have been fully prepared for the course but unable to finish their writing up of the work. For ephemeral assessments (e.g. in subjects such as Physical Education, Music or Performance Studies), it is good practice to keep a record of participation and achievement by candidates on an ongoing basis throughout the course, using appropriate forms of evidence such as witness statements, awards achieved, performance logs/records and filmed evidence. he unit must otherwise be taken in a later series. Linear qualifications here will be no enhancement where the internally assessed component has not been submitted at all. A hash symbol (#) displayed next to the candidate s grade on results documents and certificates will indicate not all components were completed. Applying for special consideration Applications must be submitted to the OCR Special Requirements eam via the online tool, Special consideration online, which can be accessed via Interchange ( Applications must be submitted by the deadlines for receipt of marks (see Section 5.6) and must be accompanied by a breakdown of marks across assessment criteria. Enhancement is not always possible where components are testing different skills in different pieces of coursework or where only one piece is required. Lost or damaged internally assessed work If all or part of a candidate s work is lost or damaged inadvertently, in certain circumstances, we may make special arrangements to enable the candidate s attainment to be assessed. s should be submitted in the normal way and an application must be made via Special consideration online and a copy of the application must be sent to the moderator. Where this is not possible, a Notification of Lost Centre Assessed Work (JCQ/LCW Form 15), which is available from the JCQ website ( must be submitted to the moderator. Moderators should be informed of lost work applications only and should not be informed of candidate s circumstances relating to any present but disadvantaged applications. 42 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

49 If the candidate was included in the sample requested for moderation (see Section 5.8), the work of the candidate with the nearest mark should, where possible, be sent instead. 5.8 Sample requests Once you have submitted your marks to OCR and your moderator, you will receive a moderation sample request. If you are part of a consortium, we will wait until we have received marks from each centre before sending a sample request. If there are fewer than 15 candidates, all the work should have been submitted at the same time as the marks were submitted. Samples will include work from across the range of attainment of the candidates work. For GCSE English (J350) and GCSE English Language (J355) Speaking and Listening Units A640, the sample is not requested by OCR, as you will have already selected the sample when you sent the marks to the moderator. Sample requests via For most specifications, you will receive a sample request via . A list of the exceptions, which will request the sample via post, is available on the internal assessment page of the OCR website ( entitled Electronic enhancements to moderation How moderators communicate with you. Once we have received your marks, you will receive an from no-reply@ocr.org.uk requesting a sample for moderation. s will be sent to the exams office address we hold for you within your centre records. his is not necessarily the address you use for your Interchange ( account. It is therefore essential this address is correct. If you need to change the address we hold for your exams officer, please notify us by ing the updated details as an attachment on centre-headed paper to the JCQ National Centre Number Register at ncn@ocr.org.uk. If you have already submitted all of your candidates work (if there were fewer than 15 candidates), please ignore the if the moderator has not received the work, they will contact you directly. If you receive more than one for the same specification, please read the carefully you may have received a request for an additional sample. An additional sample request will be sent if the moderator needs you to provide additional candidates work for moderation. 5.9 Submitting a sample of candidate work here are several ways to submit a sample, as described below. When making your entries, the entry option specifies how the sample of work for each unit is to be submitted. For each of these units, all candidate marks and work must be submitted to the moderator using the same entry option, as per Section 5.6. It is not possible for centres to offer both options for a unit within the same series, but you can choose different options for different units. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 43

50 Electronic candidate work (OCR Repository) he OCR Repository is a system which has been created to enable centres to submit candidate work electronically for moderation (and, in the case of MFL, for marking). It allows centre staff to upload work for several candidates at once but does not function as an e-portfolio for candidates. he OCR Repository is an option for most specifications. o check whether the OCR Repository is available for a specification, see the Entry Codes booklet. You should then select this option when you make your entries. Once you receive your sample request, you should upload the work to the OCR Repository within three days of receiving the request. o access the OCR Repository, you need either the Centre Administrator or utor/eacher role within Interchange ( Log in to Interchange hover over Coursework and tests in the left-hand menu and click on OCR Repository. It is good practice to store candidates documents using their four-digit candidate number at the beginning of the file name followed by an indication of the contents of the file. For example: _ ask1_report.doc Candidate number Indication of the file contents File extension his will allow you to use the bulk upload facility when submitting work, which matches the files electronically to the correct candidates. Individual files should be no larger than 20MB, but an unlimited number of files can be uploaded. However, you must ensure you submit the minimum number of files necessary to provide evidence of candidate achievement we would encourage you to collate documents wherever possible. It is the centre s responsibility to ensure any work submitted to OCR electronically is virusfree. Paper-based candidate work (postal moderation) he sample of candidate work must be posted to the moderator within three days of receiving the request. Please ensure the address on the moderator label corresponds to the address provided on the sample request. Please ensure you use labels for the correct series (not leftover labels from previous series). On rare occasions, work can get lost in the postal system. We strongly advise you to keep evidence of work submitted to the moderator, e.g. copies of annotated versions of written work or photographs of practical work. You should also obtain a certificate of posting for all work posted to the moderator. Please ensure you include a return address on the packaging, just in case there is a problem with the delivery. We recommend you do not use courier services or other specialist postage methods, as moderators may experience difficulty receiving deliveries, which can delay moderation. 44 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

51 Visiting moderation For some units/components (see the Entry Codes booklet), rather than posting or uploading the sample, the sample will be viewed by a visiting moderator. he moderator arranges a visit at a date and time convenient to both parties. For GCE/GCSE Art and Design (current and new specifications), the moderator will contact centres once the marks are received to arrange a visit. For the following qualifications, visit arrangement forms are sent to centres and can also be downloaded from the relevant qualification pages of the OCR website ( Forms should be returned to OCR by the following dates: Qualification Subject series ELC Physical Education (R462) 14 January GCE Physical Education (G452, G454) 14 January GCSE Physical Education (B452, B454)* 14 January *For GCSE PE Units B452 and B454, deadlines for submitting marks to the moderator can be found on the visit arrangement form External moderation Usually, unless a centre has accredited status (specific to Applied GCE) (see Section 5.11), internally assessed units are externally moderated. Moderation is designed to bring the marking of internally assessed units in all participating centres to an agreed standard by checking a sample of the marking of candidate work. Resolving issues with internal marking At this stage, centres may be required to resolve any issues the moderator discovers during the external moderation. Centres may receive one of the following requests, usually by . Exceptions, which will be sent by post, can be found on the internal assessment page of the OCR website ( in a document entitled Electronic enhancements to moderation How moderators communicate with you: Additional sample request If the moderator needs you to provide additional work for moderation, please ensure you respond as quickly as possible to ensure your candidates results are not delayed. Notification of clerical errors his is sent to advise you we have amended the internally assessed marks you provided, usually following an incorrect transcription or incorrect addition of the marks. If you disagree with the amendment, you should notify us as soon as possible (instructions are provided with the notification). Please encourage teachers to make use of the relevant subject-specific interactive assessment forms (where available) from the OCR website ( as this should help to reduce the number of clerical errors. Notification of invalid order of merit If, on the evidence of the sample, the moderator is not satisfied the marking has produced a single valid and reliable order of merit of your candidates performances, the work will be returned to you to re-mark. You will need to submit the new marks to OCR and return the sample to the moderator before moderation can continue. Please ensure you respond as quickly as possible to ensure your candidates results are not delayed. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 45

52 5.11 Centre accreditation (Applied GCE only) If your centre demonstrates accurate marking of internally assessed units, you may be offered accredited status (by specification and level). his means you do not need to submit work for moderation for those specifications within a specified period. he standard accreditation period begins in the series of the academic year in which it is granted and lasts for the following two academic years. However, accreditation periods may differ in length for a number of reasons and you will be informed of any changes to your accreditation status before each series. Reasons include: If A2 Level accreditation is acquired in a subsequent series to AS accreditation, the A2 accreditation period will be shorter than the AS. he AS and A2 end dates will match (see example below): Level Start date End date Length of accreditation period AS 2014 hree series A wo series If a centre is selected for random sampling for AS Level only and scaling is not applied, the AS end date will extend, but the A2 will not. If the centre is subsequently selected for random sampling for A2 Level and scaling is not applied, the A2 end date will extend to match the AS end date. Consequently, the A2 will have a shorter extended accreditation period (following reaccreditation) than the AS Level has (see example below): AS A2 January Gained accreditation Gained accreditation Sampled Reaccredited until Sampled Reaccredited until Accreditation period ends Accreditation period ends Eligibility for accreditation is offered to a Programme Leader (nominated by the centre), who is responsible for the standardisation of internal assessment and must be personally involved in the assessment of candidates work. he eligibility criteria which centres must meet are as follows: AS Level Must demonstrate competence of marking in at least two units. Must have entries of five or more candidates (with marks) for at least two units. Must not have scaling applied to any unit within the specification. For Applied Art and Design, either Unit F142 or F143 must be included, as these are OCR-set, teacher-marked and OCR-moderated units. AS and A2 Level Must be accredited or eligible for accreditation at AS Level. Must demonstrate competence of marking in at least three units (of which two must be at AS Level and one must be at A2 Level). 46 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

53 In addition to the required AS entries described above, must have entries of five or more candidates (with marks) for at least one A2 unit. Must not have scaling applied to any unit within the specification at either level. For Applied IC, Unit G048 must be included, which is an OCR-set, teacher-marked and OCR-moderated unit. For Applied Art and Design, Unit F149 must be included, which is an OCR-set, teacher-marked and OCR-moderated unit. In each examination series, a number of accredited centres will be randomly selected for moderation as part of the control procedure. Every accredited centre will be sampled at least once in every period of accreditation. If random sampling shows moderator adjustments are required, that centre will no longer have accredited status for that specification. Moderator adjustment of an AS unit removes all accreditation, whereas adjustment of an A2 unit removes A2 accreditation only. he normal moderation process will be resumed for all further series until accreditation is offered again. As accredited status is awarded to a Programme Leader based on their accurate marking, it must be reviewed when a centre informs OCR of a change to that Programme Leader. his may result in the removal of a centre s accredited status for the subject concerned. Centres must ensure that: he Head of Centre/exams officer provides the Programme Leader details and initially accepts accreditation for each level. OCR is informed immediately if the Programme Leader leaves the post or their responsibilities change with respect to the specification(s) by ing centre.accred@ocr.org.uk. All marks are submitted to OCR by the published deadlines (marks should not be sent to the moderator unless you have been selected for random sampling). Centre authentication forms for accredited units (with entries) are completed and ed to centre.auth@ocr.org.uk each series. Centres must have work available in case they receive requests for work required for awarding purposes Outcomes of moderation Centres will usually receive the outcome of moderation when the provisional results are issued (see Section 8.2). he following reports will be issued via Interchange ( Moderation adjustments report his lists any scaling that has been applied to internally assessed units or components. Moderator report to centres his is a brief report by the moderator on the internal assessment of candidates work. For a few units/components, the reports will be sent in hard copy on results publication day (rather than being published online). A list of these is available from the OCR website ( in a document entitled Electronic enhancements to moderation How moderators communicate with you. For consortia, a single report will be produced for centres sampled in the consortium. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 47

54 Centres may request a review of moderation of internally assessed coursework or a review of marking of externally assessed coursework by submitting an enquiry about results (see Section 9.1). If one centre in a consortium submits an enquiry about results, the work must be available from all the centres, as it is the original sample that is reviewed Use of candidate work If work was posted to OCR for moderation or selected during visiting moderation, it will normally be returned to centres. However, we may be required to retain some items as exemplar material for awarding, regulation and archive purposes. We will inform you if work is required. In some circumstances, we may need to request work from a centre. In such cases, your co-operation in supplying material is much appreciated. Candidate work should be retained by centres for a minimum of six months from submission Externally assessed coursework/controlled assessment For externally assessed coursework or controlled assessment, e.g. GCSE French Writing (A704), candidate work should be submitted to OCR by the deadlines listed in Section OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

55 6 Arrangements for Orals, Practicals, Performances and Set Assignments Key point Centres must make estimated entries so that materials can be supplied and examiners/moderators allocated in time (see Section 3.3). 6.1 Current/new GCE Sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Physics) Access to practical tasks and activities Where practical tasks are set by OCR, they may only be obtained by downloading them from Interchange ( (you will need the Science Co-ordinator role to access these materials, even if you already have the Centre Administrator role). Details of the units concerned are given in the specifications, and instructions and further guidance are provided in the Practical Skills Handbooks (for GCE). hese documents are available from the OCR website ( It is the centre s responsibility to ensure downloaded tasks, mark schemes, instructions (including any copies made of these documents) and candidates scripts are stored securely. Subject staff must trial practical tasks before they are attempted by candidates, to ensure appropriate materials and equipment are available and the experiments work and generate the data expected. Please check Interchange before using a task for assessment to ensure no modifications have been posted. Advance Notice materials including for the new practical endorsements In the following specifications, candidates will need to study Advance Notice materials in preparation for questions on external examination papers: Current and new Chemistry B (Salters) Current Human Biology Current and new Physics B (Advancing Physics) New Biology B (Advancing Biology) Advance Notice materials for the above units/components will be available on the qualification pages of the OCR website ( as follows: Series Available from (current AS/A Levels only) 13 March 2017 (current AS/A Levels and new A Levels) 13 March 2017 Hard copies will be supplied in the examination only. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 49

56 alert service alert services are available for GCE Sciences. o be notified by when changes are made to GCE subject pages and Advance Notice materials are published, please the following addresses, including your centre number, centre name, contact name and the name of the GCE specification in the subject line. Current GCE A Level Sciences GCEsciencetasks@ocr.org.uk New GCE A Level Sciences positiveaboutpractical@ocr.org.uk We recommend that the Head of Science or eacher in Charge Biology/Chemistry/Physics at all centres registers for these services. New A Level Sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Physics) practical endorsement (from 2015) he practical skills and techniques relevant for each science will be assessed directly using the Common Practical Assessment Criteria (CPAC) in the practical endorsement. he practical endorsement will be reported separately on the certificate with a straightforward pass or not classified. he assessment of the practical endorsement is undertaken by teachers as they directly observe students carrying out practical activities. Quality assurance of the practical endorsement will be through visiting monitors from the awarding organisations. As the practical activities for the endorsement take place throughout the two years of the A Level course, monitoring will also take place throughout the duration of the course (i.e. visits could be in either the first or second year of the A Level). Each centre will be monitored once during the two years in one of the sciences, with that visit being limited to one of the sciences, except for very large centres who will be monitored for all sciences. he monitor who visits will be appointed by the awarding organisation with which the centre has registered for the science selected for the visit. here is a distinct difference between monitoring and moderation, particularly in that the monitoring process is not intended to moderate (adjust) individual candidates results. Rather it is to ensure that the centre is applying the CPAC, implementing the procedures and maintaining records as required to fulfil the requirements of the practical endorsement, as laid down in the specification. In the first year of teaching, monitoring will not take place until January and it will not take place during the summer examination period. In subsequent years monitoring can take place from September, as A Level students are expected to have been undertaking work towards the practical endorsement and then continue until the start of the summer examination period. By the end of September 2015 (and each September thereafter), each centre should register details for each science detailing the awarding organisation whose specification they intend to deliver and the named lead teacher for each science. his registration is free of charge and does not commit you to a specific awarding organisation for your final entries. If you have any questions about the practical activities, please pass@ocr.org.uk. More information about how to register will be sent to centres at the start of September OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

57 6.2 GCSE (9 1) English Language Spoken Language endorsement he centre is responsible for task setting for the Spoken Language endorsement. Candidates must undertake a prepared spoken presentation on a specific topic. As a guide, the duration should be no more than ten minutes. eachers should assess candidates live, using the common assessment criteria which have been developed collaboratively by the awarding bodies. Centres are required to submit audio visual evidence of presentations for a sample of their candidates. Centres with 30 or fewer candidates are required to provide audio visual evidence of the presentations of all candidates at the centre. he assessments for these small cohorts may be carried out using the audio visual recordings. Centres must not assess some candidates live and others from recordings, unless there are exceptional circumstances. More information about how to submit audio visual evidence will be provided later in the year. Centres must make arrangements for internal standardisation of assessments. eachers will assess candidates performances and award a result, Pass, Merit or Distinction, using a competency approach with common assessment criteria which have been developed collaboratively by the awarding bodies. Candidates who do not reach the Pass standard will be recorded as Not Classified. Further details are given in the Spoken Language guidance outlined in the specification and in the support materials provided on the OCR website ( Monitoring arrangements are in place for the Spoken Language endorsement to ensure that centres are using the assessment criteria correctly and are applying the national standards accurately when assessing their candidates. Awarding bodies will carry out monitoring by assessing samples of presentations from the audio visual recordings made by centres. More information about the monitoring arrangements will be sent to centres later in the year. 6.3 Art and Design practical examinations his information relates to Entry Level Certificate, GCSE, GCE and Applied GCE Art and Design. Centres are reminded Art examinations are public examinations and they must comply with the JCQ Instructions for conducting examinations, available on the JCQ website ( For example, no music is allowed in the examination room. Question paper despatch and security Question papers will be sent on the basis of estimated entries (see Section 3.3). Once the question papers arrive, the subject teacher can have brief access to them in the Exams Office (in the presence of the exams officer) to ensure adequate resources are available for candidates during their examination. he papers must then be stored securely until given to candidates. For Applied GCE (H013/H213/H413/H613) Units F142, F143 and F149, question papers are despatched earlier (in May of the previous academic year), on the basis of preliminary entries (see Section 3.2). he question papers can be viewed as soon as they are received, and can be made available to candidates at any time to suit centres. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 51

58 ime allocation he table below outlines the amount of controlled examination and preparation time allocated to a specific qualification: Qualification Examination window Examination time Preparation time Entry Level Certificate/GCSE Applied GCE GCE AS GCE Advanced 1 January to marks submission on 15 May None specified; marks to be submitted by 15 May 1 February to marks submission on 31 May 1 February to marks submission on 31 May 10 hours (including one block of 3 hours) No time limit Determined by centre No time limit 5 hours 3 weeks minimum 15 hours 3 weeks minimum hese time limits must not be exceeded. All candidates must be given all the hours allocated for their examination. If a minimum or maximum preparation or examination time is not specified, this can be determined by centres. Weeks refers to school teaching weeks. Preparatory and examination periods For the AS/Advanced Level qualifications (H160/H560), candidates must label their work as either preparatory or controlled assignment. Candidates can discuss ideas with the teacher during the preparatory period. Candidates must not communicate with each other during the examination period. Candidates should take their preparatory work into the examination at the start and, from that point onwards, no work for an examined unit should leave the centre. After the start of the examined time, candidates are not allowed to add any work to their preparatory work or bring in any additional work for the examination. All preparatory and examination work should be left in the room and then locked away. his must happen after each examination sitting if the examination runs over more than one day. After the allotted examination time has been completed, work should again be stored securely awaiting marking and internal standardisation. Electronic resources Centres must also ensure use of computers during the examination (i.e. the supervised time period in the OCR-set task or controlled assignment) is controlled as per the examination regulations. herefore, access to computers and the Internet needs to be monitored and even restricted if necessary. Work stored electronically must be stored safely and securely, i.e. candidates must not be able to access it outside the examination time. If candidates save their work using devices such as data sticks, these must be left in the examination room and the centre should have a backup procedure in place should the data stick become corrupted. Invigilation he art teacher is allowed to be the sole invigilator of the examination, since s/he should be aware of any health and safety issues and can provide clarification for candidates. 52 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

59 Authentication It is the centre s responsibility to authenticate each submission, including preparatory work, as the candidate s own work (see Section 5.4). Centres must also be satisfied the work was completed solely in the allocated time. Centres must retain all candidates work until results have been issued. Work should not be released under any circumstances (for example, for candidates to take to an interview) until the centre is absolutely clear that an enquiry about results is not required. 6.4 Authenticating pre-release tasks (GCE Applied IC) hree GCE Applied IC units (G041, G054 and G055) have pre-release tasks and a case study which, together with the examination, provide the external assessment for the unit. he tasks and case study are sent to centres on the basis of estimated entries. Candidates can be given the pre-release tasks at any time before the examination, but it is essential candidates are adequately prepared before starting the pre-release tasks. he work produced in response to the pre-release tasks must be submitted to the teacher when it is completed and kept secure until it is returned to the candidate at the start of the examination. his work should be submitted, in its entirety, with the question paper at the end of the examination. Both candidates and centres must declare that the work is the candidate s own: Each candidate must sign a declaration before submitting their work to their teacher to confirm the work is their own. A candidate authentication statement (CCS271) available from the OCR website ( should be retained within the centre. eachers are required to declare the work submitted is the candidate s own work. A centre authentication form (CCS272) available from the OCR website should be completed and sent with the examination scripts to the examiner. 6.5 Speaking tests (MFL) he speaking tests for AS/Advanced Level GCE and GCSE take place as follows: Series Qualification esting window GCE AS/Advanced 15 March 15 May GCSE externally assessed: Dutch, Gujarati, Persian, Portuguese, urkish 7 March 15 May GCSE controlled assessment: French, German, Spanish No specified date: please refer to the OCR Guide to Controlled Assessment Speaking for full instructions. his is available from the qualification pages of the OCR website ( Centres will be allocated examiners/moderators based on both estimated and final entries. Materials are despatched based on estimated entries. It is, therefore, very important to make estimated entries for these tests. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 53

60 Confidential materials can be opened as follows: GCE hree working days before the set date (unless there is a visiting examiner, in which case they should be given to the examiner unopened when s/he arrives at the centre). GCSE Four working days before the set date. eachers must ensure sufficient time to prepare and familiarise themselves with the materials and procedures. Materials must not be removed from the centre. GCE externally assessed speaking tests In the French, German and Spanish GCE AS and Advanced specifications, there are three submission options (centres should choose one option for each unit when making entries): Option A (Component 01) Centres record candidates tests digitally in MP3 format and upload them to the OCR Repository. Option B (Component 02) Centres record candidates tests digitally in MP3 format, copy them onto CD and post them to an OCR examiner. Please ensure CDs are finalised before sending so they can be played on all devices. Option C (Component 03) Centres can be provided with a visiting examiner if they have a minimum of 20 candidates. Centres should send a completed visit arrangement form to OCR by 10 January, using the address given on the form. his will then be sent to a visiting examiner, who will contact the centre. Centres will be sent: Assessor details Instructions for the conduct of speaking tests Working mark sheets interactive electronic forms are available from the OCR website ( Oral opic Form Blank CDs (components 02 and 03 only) please ensure you retain these in the centre until the tests take place. Unless there is a visiting examiner, centres should complete the working mark sheets with details for all candidates and send these with the completed Oral opic Form and the recordings of all candidates to the examiner, or upload all of these to the OCR Repository (depending on the entry). GCSE moderated speaking tests (French, German and Spanish) For GCSE French, German and Spanish specifications for both the full GCSE and the Spoken Short Courses there are two submission options (centres should choose one option for each unit when making entries): Option A Components 01 and 03. Option B Components 02 and 03. he components are as follows: Component 01 Centres conduct and mark ask 1. he task is recorded digitally in MP3 format and a sample is uploaded to the OCR Repository for moderation. 54 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

61 Component 02 Centres conduct and mark ask 1. he task is recorded digitally in MP3 format and a sample is copied to a CD and posted to an OCR moderator. Please ensure CDs are finalised before sending so they can be played on all devices. Component 03 Centres conduct and mark ask 2. he mark is recorded on the same working mark sheet as ask 1 and the mark sheet is either uploaded to the OCR Repository or posted to the OCR moderator (depending on the entry). Centres will be sent: OCR Instructions for the recording and submission of digitally recorded speaking tests (form CWI747) Internal assessment mark sheets (MS1) Blank CDs (components 02 and 03 only) Working mark sheets interactive electronic forms are available from the OCR website ( Moderator details. All related forms and instructions are available on the OCR website. For all moderated components, teachers must assess candidates work according to the specification, the information given in Section 5 of this Guide and the JCQ Instructions for conducting controlled assessments, available on the JCQ website ( s should be submitted as described in Section 5.5. GCSE externally assessed speaking tests For GCSE Dutch, Gujarati, Persian, Portuguese and urkish specifications, all speaking tests are conducted in the centre no visiting examination for GCSE speaking tests is available. Centres record candidates tests digitally in MP3 format and copy them onto CD. Centres must then ensure the CD is complete: recordings should be checked on a different player before posting them to the OCR examiner. Centres will be sent: Assessor details Instructions for the conduct of speaking tests Blank CDs Working mark sheets interactive forms are available from the OCR website. Centres should complete the working mark sheets with details for all candidates and send these and the recordings of all candidates to the examiner. he original recordings must be kept securely as we may need additional copies if the CD does not reach the examiner or the examiner is unable to access the recordings. Please ensure CDs are finalised before sending so they can be played on all devices. 6.6 Listening tests in Languages and Music Centres will be supplied with a CD for the listening tests. (hese may be retained after the examination. Please contact the OCR Assessment Production eam at ocr.copyright@ocr.org.uk should you wish to reuse the CD after the exam.) We strongly advise centres to hold the listening test in a room which is suitable for no more than 30 candidates. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 55

62 If a centre has equipment which is especially powerful, more candidates may be accommodated without special permission, but no applications for special consideration will be considered on the grounds of inaudibility. Language laboratories may be used, but particular care must be taken to ensure adequate supervision. he use of digital playback is permitted and the normal security requirements apply. Certain specifications allow the use of personal CD players with headphones. Checking GCSE and GCE recordings Listening tests in Languages Listening CDs must be spot-checked for recording and sound quality upon receipt. In order to check the acoustics, one of the CDs (GCSE) should be spot-checked in the examination room in accordance with the instructions supplied with the CDs. he CDs must not be listened to in full and must not be removed from the centre for checking. After each check, the materials must be returned to the centre s confidential examination materials store. Centres should contact OCR if equipment fails during the examination in order to make alternative arrangements for the conduct of the recorded listening test. Listening tests in Music he CD(s) must be spot-checked for recording and sound quality two working days before the date of the examination, preferably in the exam room using the playback equipment that will be used for the tests. For GCE, a single selected CD should be fully checked using the same equipment to be used by candidates if possible. CDs must not be removed from the centre for checking. After each check, the recording must be returned to the centre s confidential examination materials store. Conduct of the listening test In GCE AS/Advanced Level specifications, the operation of the listening CD is under the control of the individual candidates. In specifications where the recordings are controlled by the invigilator, the CD, once started, must not be stopped except in the case of a serious emergency. Noise from outside the examination room does not constitute a serious emergency and the recording must not be stopped in these circumstances. Candidates should be warned of this before the test begins. In the event of the CD being stopped in a serious emergency, it should be restarted at exactly the same place once the emergency has been dealt with. A statement from the invigilator indicating at which point on the recording the interruption took place, the nature of the incident and the length of the interruption, should be included with the candidates scripts. If there is good reason to doubt whether certain items have been heard by all candidates, these items should be identified in the report and the reason for doubt given. 6.7 extual analysis in GCSE and GCE Media Studies he textual analysis examination papers for GCE Media Studies (G322/3) and GCSE Media Studies (B322/3) each comprise a textual analysis activity where candidates have to analyse an excerpt provided on DVD by OCR (audio extract only for G323). For Unit B323, candidates have to analyse an excerpt from a lifestyle magazine (the hardcopy excerpt is provided by OCR). Centres need to follow carefully the instructions to teachers, which are issued with these DVDs, and ensure DVDs are checked (as stated in the instructions) two working days before the exam, maintaining confidentiality at all times. 56 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

63 6.8 Performance Externally examined performances he following arrangements apply in particular to: GCE Performing Arts Units G382, G383, G386, G387 GCE Performance Studies Unit G404 (Performance Project) GCE Music Units G351 and G354 GCSE Drama Unit A583 (Practical Examination) GCSE Expressive Arts Unit A693. he following materials are provided by OCR, based on estimated entries for externally assessed units that are examined by a visit to the centre: Visit arrangement form Instructions to teachers Starting points/commissions (where applicable). Visit arrangement forms should be returned to OCR by the deadlines below. Examiners will contact centres to arrange a convenient time for their visit. Qualification Subject series Music (G351, G354) 5 December 2015 GCE Performing Arts (G382/3, G386/7) 14 January Performance Studies (G404) 14 January GCSE Drama (A583) 14 January Expressive Arts (A693) 14 January Internally assessed performance in Physical Education he following arrangements apply to: GCE AS Physical Education controlled assessment unit (G452) GCE Advanced Physical Education controlled assessment unit (G454) GCSE Physical Education controlled assessment units (B452 and B454) Entry Level Certificate Physical Education (R462). Estimated entries (see Section 3.3) are used as the basis for allocating a moderator, so it is important all centres intending to enter candidates provide estimated entries as well as final entries. he following documents are provided by OCR for internally assessed units/components that are externally moderated: Visit arrangement form Name and address of moderator Instructions including deadline dates and controlled assessment forms. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 57

64 Visit arrangement forms will be sent at the end of November and are to be completed and returned to OCR, using the address given on the forms, by the deadline below. he information will be used by the moderator to select a host centre and the activities to be moderated. Qualification Visit arrangement deadline Entry Level Certificate, GCE AS/Advanced, GCSE 14 January Moderation is usually by means of cluster groups based on geographical distribution. Moderators will contact centres to provide details of the date and venue of the cluster moderation meeting. Filmed evidence of candidates performances should be retained by centres. his is a requirement for all activities; centres should retain filmed evidence for all activities offered in case of candidate injury, centre appeal or issues which prevent moderation visits. Full details about the quantity, range and format of the filmed evidence required can be found in the relevant specifications and associated support materials on the OCR website ( 6.9 GCSE and GCE Design and echnology: Innovation Challenge in Product Design he Designing and Making Innovation Challenges, for GCSE Design and echnology (Unit A552) and GCE Design and echnology (Unit F521), are teacher-led externally examined units, which are primarily designed to take place in a design room, studio or workshop rather than an examination hall. GCSE Design and echnology: Unit A552 Centres have a window in which they can run the Designing and Making Innovation Challenge examination for Unit A552: Series esting window 1 April 21 he activity lasts six hours 30 minutes, during which time the candidates record information in an OCR answer booklet. It is usual to run the activity over three sessions: two three-hour sessions followed by a 30 minute session. Once centres have decided when they wish to run the challenge, they must let OCR know so that OCR can arrange to collect the work of a sample of centres for examiner standardisation. o do this, please return a visit arrangement form by the deadline below. Forms are available to download from the relevant qualification page of the OCR website ( Series Visit arrangement deadline 1 April Work not selected for standardisation must be sent to the allocated examiner as soon as the last session is completed. Full instructions concerning the conduct and pace for running this unit are provided in the eachers notes (available from the OCR website). 58 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

65 GCE Design and echnology: Unit F521 Unit F521 is a seven-hour design challenge set by OCR, to be held under normal exam conditions. It is taken in two three-hour sessions over the period of one day in a design studio environment, and a one-hour session at a later date in an examination hall. All sessions are completed on dates set by OCR, which are available in the timetables on the OCR website ( A theme is released in September prior to the examination. Each theme runs for a year, enabling students to research and gather resources to form a personal handling collection known as a job bag. here is a teacher script that guides the activities through sessions one and two. Centres preparing for the challenge must consider in detail the teacher script and use this and the theme to establish the nature of the job bag, which the candidates have limited time to access during the challenge. Photocopied pages, books and printouts of webpages (with material lists, swatches, iconic design for instance) are all permitted. Computers are also permitted, but the Internet must be disconnected. However, please note candidates may find using Computer Aided Design packages more time-consuming than hand sketching in this environment, and therefore may risk losing marks. Materials bought into the examination which might aid candidates when sitting the F521/02 paper, such as revision notes or theory notes, must not be attached to the F521/01 answer paper; this paper is handed out to candidates in session two. Any evidence of this will be treated as malpractice. Once candidates have started session two, they cannot add additional work to the boxes in session one, although they are able to refer to this work. he answer booklet from sessions one and two must be retained by the centre in a secure location until it is issued again for session three, the Reflection est. Candidates may not take their job bag or their model from the earlier sessions into the Reflection est examination. Further instructions concerning the conduct and pace for running this unit are provided in the eachers notes, available from the OCR website. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 59

66 7 Examination Arrangements Key points his section must be read in conjunction with the JCQ Instructions for conducting examinations, available on the JCQ website ( instructions-for-conducting-examinations). You will receive question papers at least five working days before the relevant exam. You must return examination scripts, together with the completed attendance register(s), on the same day as the examination. If this is not possible, please keep them secure overnight and send them within one working day. Scripts for different components must not be sent in the same envelope, even if the address is the same. Please make applications for special consideration within seven days of the last examination in the series in each subject. 7.1 Examination regulations Regulations governing examination arrangements are contained in the Instructions for conducting examinations (published by the JCQ on behalf of the awarding bodies) and within this section of this Guide. 7.2 Contingency planning For the academic year 2015/16, and with effect from the examination series onwards, all centres must have an examination contingency plan/examinations policy on file for inspection. he Joint contingency plan in the event of widespread disruption to the examination system in England, Wales and Northern Ireland, which can be downloaded from is a good starting point. 7.3 imetabling of examinations he common structure of the timetable is agreed by all the JCQ awarding bodies and many factors are considered. We do not timetable examinations for weekends, bank holidays or school holidays, and religious festivals are taken into account wherever possible. We also use clash statistics from previous series to avoid major clashes and feedback from centres to identify significant problems. he provisional timetables are produced approximately a year in advance of an examination series and, once they are available, centres have two months to comment. If we do not receive any feedback, we assume centres are happy with the timetables. 60 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

67 For the following series, feedback should be sent to the JCQ at by the following dates: Series Deadline November 31 January April For the following series, feedback should be sent to OCR at by the following date: Series Deadline January March imetables can be viewed via the OCR website ( Start and finish times he published start times for examination sessions are 9.00am and 1.30pm. Candidates are not permitted to take a paper before the date shown on the timetable. Managing timetable clashes and variations Any clashes of OCR examinations will be reported on a timetable clash report (see Section 3.17). It may, therefore, be necessary to implement timetable variations. For guidance on how to manage timetable variations, please refer to the JCQ Instructions for conducting examinations, available on the JCQ website ( instructions-for-conducting-examinations). Most variations can be managed by centres, provided appropriate supervision is maintained and all guidelines laid down in the guidance are followed. he JCQ form imetable Variation and Confidentiality Declaration for Overnight Supervision must be completed before the exam and kept on file within your centre. It must not be sent to OCR. It can be found on the JCQ website ( For unplanned situations or circumstances not specifically outlined in the JCQ Instructions for conducting examinations, please your requests to ocrspecialrequirementsteam@ocr.org.uk, quoting imetable Variation and your centre number in the subject line. Additional sessions Centres that have insufficient equipment to enable all their candidates to take an examination at the same time may arrange one or more additional sessions, as long as the normal security arrangements are applied (see the JCQ Instructions). However, accurate seating plans and attendance records for each session must be kept and may be asked for by OCR at any time up to the enquiries about results deadline (see Section 9.1). OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 61

68 7.4 Despatch of materials from OCR Despatch of question papers Question papers are despatched to arrive in centres at least five working days before the relevant exam. Question papers are provided on the basis of final entries for a particular unit or component and thus we cannot guarantee question papers will be supplied where late entries have been made less than two weeks before the examination date. We recommend you check thoroughly you have submitted all final entries before the deadline and received all the relevant materials in advance of the examination. Under exceptional circumstances, we can make question papers available for secure download from Interchange ( shortly before the start of the examination. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre (see Section 1.5) if you have not received the necessary materials for an exam. he regulations governing the security of question papers are contained within the JCQ Instructions for conducting examinations, available on the JCQ website ( Despatch of early question paper materials Early question paper material for particular units or components is despatched to centres based on entry information (usually estimated entries). Instructions for the distribution of the materials to candidates are included within the despatch. he dates for the despatches of early question paper materials are given on the OCR Key Dates document, which can be downloaded from the OCR website ( Attendance registers Attendance registers and instructions for their use will be sent to centres before the examination. Please indicate presence or absence of candidates; all candidates listed on the attendance register should have an annotation. If you know the candidate has withdrawn, please cross through their candidate number and name. Do not forget to include on the attendance register those candidates who have: Been entered late and whose names do not appear on the register (even if they are absent) aken the exams in separate rooms ransferred elsewhere mark them as ransferred to [centre no]. Accurate attendance records for each session must be kept and may be asked for by us at any time up to the enquiries about results deadline (see Section 9.1). he names on the attendance register must match the names on the scripts. If a candidate has used a different name on the script, please indicate this on the attendance register. Examination stationery Stationery items such as envelopes, graph paper, drawing paper and data booklets are sent to centres before the examination. A list of contents is provided for checking purposes and a list of all the items can be found in the exams directory, which is available from Interchange. If you would like to receive a paper version of the exams directory, you can opt in to this service via Interchange. o do this, once you have logged in, hover over Centre information 62 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

69 and then click on Set centre preferences in the left-hand menu. Ensure the tick box is selected. Heads of Centre/exams officers must ensure they have everything they require well in advance of the examination. Formulae booklets are issued by us for use in Mathematics examinations of certain specifications and, where appropriate, will include mathematical and statistical tables. Candidates must not take their own copies of tables or formulae booklets into the examination room. Centres will receive one copy of the appropriate booklet for each candidate for the series. Examination stationery must be stored under secure conditions. As the adhesive on envelopes can deteriorate over time and we supply new ones each series, please ensure you dispose of the old ones. A use-by date can be found in the bottom right-hand corner of some envelopes. You should not be able to reopen a sealed envelope without damaging it. Please check envelopes containing scripts are securely sealed before despatching them. It is also worth checking there is an OCR return address on the label or the packet in case there is a problem with the delivery of the scripts. Either OCR, 1 Hills Road, Cambridge, CB1 2EU, or DC10 (OCR) Hill Farm Road, CB22 4FZ, can be used for this purpose. Answer booklets Information about answer booklets will be found on the front cover of relevant question papers, in the grey box under the heading of OCR Supplied Materials. In most cases, a generic answer booklet will be supplied. hese are sent to centres separately from question papers, as part of the general exam stationery despatch. hese are 12-page answer booklets (OCR12) and four-page continuation booklets (OCR4). o find out which units require the use of the 12-page generic answer booklet, please consult the exams directory, which is available from Interchange. In a few cases, a specific answer booklet may be required. hese are sent to centres as part of the confidential question paper despatch and come in three formats: Answer booklet with the question paper inserted he front covers of the answer booklet and question paper give details of the assessment they are to be used for. As the grey box on the front cover of the answer booklet says, the question paper should be inserted into the booklet. Question paper with an answer booklet inserted he front covers of the question paper and answer booklet give details of the assessment they are to be used for. As the grey box on the front cover of the question paper says, the answer booklet should be inserted. Answer booklet separate from the question paper If the answer booklet is not provided as an insert, it will be sent in a separate envelope in the same despatch as the question paper. Remember: the correct answer booklet must be used for each paper. If a candidate runs out of space, they should be given one or more of the OCR four-page continuation booklets (OCR4) to continue their answers. Continuation booklets are sent as part of the general exam stationery despatch. he candidate s name, candidate number, centre number and unit code must be clearly written on any continuation booklets, which should be inserted inside their exam script or 12-page answer booklet. reasury tags should not be used. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 63

70 Ordering additional assessment materials If you require any additional stationery or assessment materials, please the Customer Contact Centre (see Section 1.5). 7.5 Posters he JCQ Notice to Candidates is now called Information for candidates and is only issued electronically. he JCQ No Mobile Phones Poster and the JCQ Warning to Candidates are similarly only issued electronically. he JCQ No Mobile Phones Poster must be displayed outside the exam room. he posters are available on the JCQ website ( 7.6 Reporting suspected malpractice It is the responsibility of the Head of Centre to report in writing all cases of suspected malpractice involving centre staff or candidates. A JCQ Report of Suspected Malpractice form (JCQ/M1), available to download from the JCQ website ( should be completed and ed to malpractice@ocr.org.uk as soon as possible after the incident. Delays in reporting cases of suspected malpractice may lead to delays in the issue of results. When asked to do so by OCR, Heads of Centres are required to investigate instances of malpractice promptly and report the outcomes to OCR. Further information is contained in the publication OCR Malpractice Procedures A Guide for Centres, available on the OCR website ( and the JCQ publication: General and Vocational Qualifications Suspected Malpractice in Examinations and Assessments, available from the JCQ website ( 7.7 Despatch of scripts from centres Centres are sent the following materials for each examination series: Attendance register(s) for each examination Address labels (for the despatch of scripts) Plastic OCR script return packets. hese must be stored safely when not in use. After an examination, centres should despatch the scripts with the attendance registers in accordance with the JCQ Instructions for conducting examinations, available on the JCQ website ( You must ensure packages containing scripts are securely sealed. It is essential the scripts are returned in the correct envelope; scripts for different components must not be despatched in the same envelope, even if the address is the same. 64 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

71 If labels have not been received at least one week prior to the relevant examination, please call the OCR Customer Contact Centre (see Section 1.5) to request replacement labels. Within three days of an examination, centres can download or request emergency replacement labels (depending on the type of label) from Interchange ( Handling contaminated scripts Occasionally, scripts can become contaminated during an examination. Examples of contamination include bodily fluids (e.g. vomit or blood) or warnings of a specific infectious illness that the candidate was suffering from. If you are despatching a contaminated script, we advise you to follow the instructions below when handling the script: Wear gloves when handling the script and then dispose of the gloves in a clinical waste bag. Even though you have been wearing gloves, wash your hands immediately after handling the script. Restrict access to the script. Scan a copy and then disinfect the scanner. Seal the script in a plastic folder and then in an envelope. Clearly mark the envelope as containing a contaminated script and indicating gloves must be worn when handling it. Put the clean, scanned copy in a separate envelope and seal securely. Clearly mark the envelope as containing a scanned copy of the contaminated script. Pack both envelopes into the script envelope with the rest of the scripts for the component and return as normal. 7.8 Use of candidate scripts We may be required to retain some scripts as exemplar material for awarding, regulation and archive purposes. 7.9 Special consideration Special consideration is a post-assessment adjustment reflecting temporary injury, illness or other indisposition at the time the assessment was taken. As assessments are designed to assess what the candidate knows and can do, some circumstances which affect learning or preparation (e.g. staffing difficulties) cannot be taken into account. Centres should refer to the JCQ A guide to the special consideration process, which can be found on the JCQ website ( for detailed information about eligibility. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 65

72 Applying for special consideration Applications must be submitted to the OCR Special Requirements eam within seven days of the last exam in the series in each subject, via the online tool, Special consideration online, which can be accessed via Interchange ( Examined units missed for acceptable reasons Special consideration is available only when the candidate has been fully prepared for and covered the whole course. If a unit is missed, and there is no result from a previous series, the unit must be taken in a later series. If the unit was missed in the certification series, an estimated mark for the unit will be issued, provided the minimum requirements have been met (see below). Certificating candidates will receive zero for a missing unit/component where no application for special consideration has been made or where we have not been able to accept the application. GCE he minimum requirement for current GCE qualifications is 50% of the total assessment. An Advanced GCE award will not be issued based on AS units only (even if AS units constitute 50% of the total assessment). At least one A2 unit, which may be coursework, must be completed. Please refer to the JCQ A guide to the special consideration process. For a two-unit AS award, 50% must be completed, or one externally assessed unit out of two AS units that contributes at least 40% of the assessment. If an AS grade has been given and certificated, the candidate is not required to re-enter the missed unit if it is required for an Advanced award. Where a candidate has received an estimated mark for an AS unit and also is absent for an A2 unit, the 50% minimum requirement must be met overall. Example aking a two-unit AS then a four-unit Advanced GCE award where all units are mandatory. Series 1: Candidate takes Unit 1, worth 50% of the AS certification. Candidate is entered for Unit 2 and AS certification but misses the unit for acceptable reasons. An enhanced AS GCE grade is issued to the candidate. An estimated mark is issued for Unit 2. Series 2: Candidate takes Units 3 and 4 and enters for certification of Advanced GCE. An Advanced GCE grade is issued, including the estimated mark used to calculate the AS grade. For the new GCE AS linear specifications (first teaching 2015), 50% of the total assessment must have been completed. GCSE he minimum requirement for GCSE is normally 50% of the total assessment. However, an exception will be made for those GCSE specifications originally designed to operate as unitised assessments. his is in recognition of the fact that the current terminal requirements were not in place when these qualifications were first developed. In cases where there is a single examined unit worth 60% of the overall qualification, or two examined components totalling 60%, the minimum requirement for enhanced grading is reduced to 40%. Please refer to the JCQ A guide to the special consideration process. 66 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

73 8 Results Key points Results will be provided to centres electronically before the candidate release dates, as long as confidentiality conditions are observed (see Section 8.2). o access the most up to date results information, please go to Interchange ( o view results statistics, including raw mark and UMS grade boundaries, please go to the OCR website ( It is not possible to withdraw entries once results have been issued. 8.1 What are provisional results? Results are released to centres and candidates to allow any queries to be resolved before certificates are issued. Until certificates are issued, results are deemed to be provisional and may be subject to amendment. 8.2 When will results be issued? Unless specified otherwise by OCR or the JCQ, electronic results, via A2C or Interchange ( will be available to centres from 00:01 the day before results can be issued to candidates: Series November 2015 January Qualification GCSE (Maths, English and English Language) resits only Level 2 Award, Entry Level Certificate, FSMQ, Principal Learning, Project, Level 1/2 Certificate, Level 3 Certificate GCE, FSMQ, Extended Project, Level 3 Principal Learning, Level 3 Certificate GCSE, Entry Level Certificate, Project, Level 2 Principal Learning, Level 2 Award, Level 1/2 Certificate Restricted release to centres only Release to candidates 6 January 7 January 2 March 3 March 17 August 18 August 24 August 25 August hese arrangements are conditional on the results files and their contents remaining strictly confidential to the Head of Centre, Exams Office staff and those teaching staff who, in the opinion of the Head of Centre, need to be made aware of the information, until 06:00 on the candidate release date. Under no circumstances should these results be released to any third party (including universities, HE colleges, other teachers and candidates) before this time. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 67

74 Centres must not release results data to Local Authorities until after 09:30 on the appropriate date for the publication of results. Similarly, centres must not release press releases or statements to the media under any circumstances until after 09:30 on the appropriate date for the publication of results. If a centre breaches a confidentiality condition imposed by OCR or any other examining body, we reserve the right at any time to refuse to provide results to the centre before the approved candidate release date. We also reserve the right to exchange information regarding breaches of confidentiality with other awarding bodies. We will not usually provide results directly to candidates. However, we reserve the right to inform candidates in extreme circumstances upon satisfactory proof of identity. 8.3 What will be issued? he following materials are published or issued on the restricted results release date (unless specified otherwise). A2C Results files which can be downloaded to your management information system will be issued on the restricted results date. Interchange ogether with results data, a number of separate reports will be available for you to download from the restricted results release date. o access the reports, log in to Interchange ( hover over Results and click on Results documents in the left-hand menu. You can then choose the report you wish to access from the list. (o access the report on coursework moderation, hover over Results and click on Reports on moderated work.) What is available For Details Results data EOs Access to all your centre s results. You can view results by candidate and specification, with unit and qualification data. Results and grade thresholds report Results broadsheet Moderation adjustments report HoDs and teachers EOs and teachers EOs and HoDs Shows results for linear specifications and units. For each candidate, it shows raw marks, any weighted or uniform marks and grades. It also includes a results summary and the grade thresholds. his report is updated twice once after results are released and once after the post results period. A matrix showing all candidates and their qualification grades. Grade A* is represented by an asterisk (*). his report is dynamic and updated taking into account any changes that are made. Lists any scaling adjustments that have been applied to internally assessed units/components. his report is updated twice once after results are released and once after the post results period. 68 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

75 Cumulative specification results report Statement of results Report to a centre on coursework moderation EOs, HoDs and teachers Candidates EOs and HoDs Shows results for unitised specifications. For each candidate it shows their qualification grade, total uniform mark, unit uniform marks and an indicator to show which units were used towards the qualification grade. It also includes a results summary and the uniform mark grade thresholds. his report is updated twice once after results are released and once after the post results period. One statement per candidate showing the unit and qualification results achieved. his report is dynamic and updated taking into account any changes that are made. For each internally assessed component or unit, a brief report by the moderator on the internal assessment of candidates work. OCR website he following PDFs will be published on the results statistics page of the OCR website ( What is available Raw mark grade boundaries A2 units showing 90 per cent conversion points Provisional examination statistics Details Lists raw mark grade boundaries for all specifications and UMS grade boundaries at unit level for unitised specifications. Lists 90 per cent conversion points used in the calculation of uniform marks for all A2 units. Published on the release to candidates date, this lists the cumulative number and percentage of candidates achieving each grade, for all specifications. Active Results Available each series from the release to candidates date, Active Results is a free results analysis service for GCSEs, A Levels and Cambridge Nationals designed to help teachers review the performance of individual candidates, cohorts, or whole schools. You can compare your centre against national averages, gain information to support resit decisions and analyse question level results where available. For more details, see the OCR website ( OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 69

76 8.4 Certification grade scales Qualifications will be awarded on the following grade scales: Qualification Grade scale Entry Level Certificate Entry 3, Entry 2, Entry 1 AS GCE (current and new qualifications for first teaching 2015), FSMQ A, B, C, D, E Advanced GCE (current and new qualifications for first teaching 2015), current Level 3 Certificate (apart from A*, A, B, C, D, E H863) Level 3 Certificate (H863 and new qualifications for first teaching 2015) A, B, C, D, E AS GCE (Double Award) AA, AB, BB, BC, CC, CD, DD, DE, EE Advanced GCE (Double Award) A*A*, A*A, AA, AB, BB, BC, CC, CD, DD, DE, EE GCSE and GCSE (Short Course) A*, A, B, C, D, E, F, G GCSE (Double Award) A*A*, A*A, AA, AB, BB, BC, CC, CD, DD, DE, EE, EF, FF, FG, GG GCSE (9 1) 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 GCSE (9 1) (Double Award) (Science only) Level 2 Award Level 1/2 Certificate Level 1 Principal Learning Level 2 Principal Learning Level 3 Principal Learning Level 1 Foundation Project Level 2 Higher Project Level 3 Extended Project 9-9, 9-8, 8-8, 8-7, 7-7, 7-6, 6-6, 6-5, 5-5, 5-4, 4-4, 4-3, 3-3, 3-2, 2-2, 2-1, 1-1 Distinction, Merit, Pass A*, A, B, C, D, E, F, G A*, A, B A*, A, B, C A*, A, B, C, D, E A*, A, B A*, A, B, C A*, A, B, C, D, E Candidates who fail to reach the minimum standard will be unclassified (U). Only subjects in which the grades shown above are attained will be recorded on certificates. Endorsements Results for Speaking and Listening for the current GCSE English (J350) and GCSE English Language (J355) will be shown independently of the qualification grade on the certificate as follows: Endorsement Speaking and Listening for GCSE English (J350) and GCSE English Language (J355) Grade scale 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 Candidates who fail to reach the minimum standard will be unclassified (U). An endorsement will not be shown on the certificate unless there is a graded result for the GCSE. Only endorsements in which the grades shown above will be recorded on certificates. 70 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

77 Absence from endorsement will not be indicated by a hash symbol (#) next to the grade, as the result for endorsement does not contribute to the calculation for the GCSE. Results for the endorsements for the following qualifications will be shown independently of the qualification grade on the certificate as follows: Endorsement GCE A Level Sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Physics) practical endorsement (first teaching 2015) GCSE (9 1) English Language Spoken Language endorsement (first teaching 2015) Grade scale Pass, Not Classified Distinction, Merit, Pass, Not Classified Candidates who fail to reach the minimum standard will be Not Classified and this will also be recorded on the certificate. 8.5 Other results indicators In addition to grades, the following results indicators could appear for some candidates within the Interchange ( and A2C results data: X (No Result) A result has not been issued. his may be because the candidate failed to submit work for any of the subject s components; there was an incorrect combination of units for certification; a candidate has been issued with more than one UCI or a script was not available to be marked. his will show as No Result on statements of results. # (partial absence) his character, used to denote partial absence, may be shown next to a grade if the candidate submitted work for some, but not all, of the subject s components/units. Q (Pending) his is where a result is pending or is currently unavailable. In each instance we should have contacted your centre in advance to explain why the result is pending. If you have not received any communication from us, please speak with your Head of Centre who will have more information about the issue. If you believe any of these indicators have been applied incorrectly, you may report this to OCR using the missing and incomplete results service (see Section 9.4). Note: Where candidates have been given an enhancement due to special consideration (see Section 5.7), there may not be an obvious correlation between the marks and grades shown on some of the results documents. 8.6 Unitised qualification results his section applies to both unitised qualifications and linear qualifications with a unitised entry structure. What are uniform marks and why do we use them? In unitised specifications, candidates can take units across several different series (where there is not a % terminal rule). hey can also take units more than once or choose from the optional units available. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 71

78 When working out candidates overall grades, OCR needs to be able to compare performance on the same unit in different series (as the difficulty of a unit may vary slightly from series to series) and between different units. For GCE, GCSE, Level 2 Award and Level 1/2 Certificate, OCR uses uniform marks to enable this to be done. Once a script has been marked by the examiner (giving it a raw mark), to ensure fairness and consistency across series and within subjects, an awarding meeting takes place. In this meeting, a group of experienced senior examiners look at a sample of papers from that year and compare them to previous papers and statistics, using their professional judgement to decide what the grade thresholds should be (see example below). he raw marks for the unit are already established (by the examiner or moderator), but they do not mean very much on their own. hey have to be converted to a uniform mark scale (or score), known as UMS. he weighting of units may vary, so conversion to UMS makes the marks compatible and comparable. UMS gives a fixed scale of marks with common thresholds that are unchanged series on series. Example Sally and Peter both sat an Advanced GCE Accounting unit, but in different years. here are four equally weighted units needed to achieve the qualification. Both papers are marked out of 80 and both students score 61. But, as Sally s exam included more complex questions than Peter s, the grade threshold for achieving an a is set at 61 (at the awarding meeting). Peter s exam was relatively straightforward and the a threshold is set at 64. herefore, for this unit, Sally achieves an a and Peter achieves a b. heir marks are converted to UMS (out of a maximum of 80) as shown below. Raw mark UMS Raw mark UMS ( 80) ( 80) a a a a b b b b c c c c Peter Sally d d d d e e e e Peter, therefore, has 61 raw marks with the a threshold for his unit set at 64. When this is converted into UMS, he has 60 uniform marks. Sally also has 61 raw marks with the a threshold for her unit set at 61. When this is converted into UMS, she has 64 uniform marks. When unit results are issued, the candidate s unit grade and uniform mark are given. he uniform mark is shown out of the maximum uniform mark for the unit, e.g. 58/80. Special rules for the conversion from raw marks to uniform marks apply between the top grade and the maximum and below the bottom grade and zero. his includes the application of the 90% conversion point for current GCE A2 units. 72 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

79 Calculating qualification results in unitised specifications When calculating a candidate s qualification result, we: Find all the candidate s unit results for the specification along with any previous certification results. For GCE, Principal Learning, Level 2 Award, Level 1/2 Certificate and Level 3 Certificate, if the candidate is re-certificating, check they have taken something new since their last certification. Find all the valid unit combinations for that certification. For GCSE, check the % terminal rule has been satisfied (see Section 3.5). Apply any other rules relevant to that specification: Common units in some GCSEs (see Sections 3.5) Locking in GCE Maths, Art and Design and Classics (see Section 3.6) Certification dependencies in GCE Maths (see Section 3.18). Add up the unit UMS scores for each valid combination and compare it with the qualification UMS grade boundaries (see below). Choose the combination that gives the best grade and highest UMS score. If the candidate is absent for one of the units needed to satisfy the qualification rules, the unit will be treated as achieving zero uniform marks when calculating the certification grade. his will be shown as # against the certification grade on results documentation (with the exception of Speaking and Listening for GCSE English (J350) and GCSE English Language (J355). For details, see Section 10) Candidates cannot specify which units they would like to use towards an award, and re-aggregating an award is not permitted after results have been issued. Calculating the current GCE A* grade he current A* at A Level is awarded to candidates who achieve a grade A on the A Level overall at least 80% on the uniform mark scale (UMS) and who also achieve at least 90% across the A2 units. For example, in a four-unit A Level which has a total of 400 UMS, 200 UMS are available for the A2 units. o achieve an A*, you need to achieve at least 320 UMS for the full A Level (i.e. an A overall) and 180 or more for the A2 units. he A* is not awarded for individual units or for the AS Level. he structure of A Level Mathematics is different from other subjects, and so uses a slightly different rule. It is currently possible to achieve A Level Mathematics with four AS and two A2 units or with three AS and three A2 units. herefore, so that the same rule can be applied to all unit combinations, candidates must achieve a grade A on the A Level overall and achieve 90% of the UMS on the two mandatory A2 units combined (Units C3 and C4). It is also possible to achieve A Level Further Mathematics with more than three A2 units. In this case, the A* is calculated in the same way as it is for all other subjects, based on the three best A2 units. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 73

80 imisation of qualification results for current GCE Mathematics, Art and Design and Classics When grading these qualifications, we carry out two steps: Step 1 imisation of the qualification grades (including A*). Step 2 For the qualification grades determined by step 1, maximisation of the uniform mark totals for each qualification. Depending on the qualification, these are determined using the following sequences: GCE Mathematics > GCE Further Mathematics > GCE Further Mathematics (Additional) Endorsed GCE Art and Design qualifications > Unendorsed GCE Art and Design qualifications Endorsed GCE Classics qualifications > Unendorsed GCE Classics qualifications he highest possible grade is awarded for the first qualification in the sequence, followed by the highest possible grade for the second qualification in the sequence, followed by the highest possible grade for the third qualification requested in the sequence (if the candidate has entered for three qualifications). here are different unit locking rules (see Section 3.6) for Art and Design, Classics and Mathematics. In Art and Design and Classics, where the candidate is taking both AS and A Levels, the above steps are applied separately to each level. However, for Mathematics, the AS and A Levels cannot be considered separately. For a full explanation of the GCE Mathematics rules, see the JCQ GCE Mathematics Aggregation Rules Guidance for Centres, this can be found on the JCQ website ( Examples A candidate has entered for AS and A Level Mathematics and AS and A Level Further Mathematics; therefore, the highest possible grade is awarded for A Level Mathematics, followed by the highest possible grade for A Level Further Mathematics. he uniform mark totals for A Level Mathematics and Further Mathematics (in that order) are maximised before the AS qualification grades are considered. A candidate has entered for A Level Classics: Classical Civilisation and A Level Classics; therefore, the highest possible grade is awarded for A Level Classics: Classical Civilisation followed by the highest possible grade for A Level Classics. he uniform mark totals for A Level Classics: Classical Civilisation and A Level Classics (in that order) are then maximised. In addition to the rules above, where a candidate is entered for certification in more than one qualification, we will always grade them to maximise the number of qualifications awarded. Please note: the above maximisation process places, for example, a grade combination of AU above a grade combination of, say, BE and a grade combination of BU above a grade combination of, say, CE. Where a candidate s grade combination includes a U, a request from centres to change the aggregation will be granted. No other requests to change grading combinations will be accepted, e.g. a candidate who has been awarded AD cannot request a grading change that would result in BC. 74 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

81 UMS for GCE Advanced GCE units are not always equally weighted, so different units may have different maximum uniform marks. he grade thresholds on the uniform mark scale for each unit are fixed at the following percentages of the maximum uniform mark: Unit grade a b c d e mark grade threshold as a percentage of the maximum uniform mark 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% he weighting of each unit within AS and Advanced GCE is given in the specifications, and the maximum uniform mark for each unit is given in the Current GCE section of the Entry Codes booklet. he relationship between unit weighting and maximum uniform mark is given below: 4-unit GCE imum uniform mark for the unit Weighting of the unit in AS GCE 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% Weighting of the unit in Advanced GCE 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 6-unit GCE imum uniform mark for the unit Weighting of the unit in AS GCE 20% 27% 30% 33.3% 36.7% 40% 50% Weighting of the unit in Advanced GCE 10% 13.3% 15% 16.7% 18.3% 20% 25% AS GCE (Double Award) and Advanced GCE (Double Award) units are equally weighted, so each unit has a maximum uniform mark of. he uniform marks covering each grade for each of the different maximum uniform marks and the total uniform marks relating to the certification grades can be downloaded from the results statistics area of the OCR website ( UMS for GCSE and GCSE (Short Course) For GCSE and GCSE (Short Course) specifications, the maximum uniform marks and uniform mark grade thresholds differ for each specification. he uniform mark thresholds for each unit and certification in each specification can be downloaded from the results statistics area of the OCR website. UMS for GCSE English (J350) and GCSE English Language (J355) Speaking and Listening Results for Speaking and Listening (Unit A640) do not contribute to the overall GCSE English (J350) and GCSE English Language (J355) result. All candidates are awarded a UMS of zero for Unit A640. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 75

82 8.7 Principal Learning and Project results points system Within Principal Learning, candidates can take units across several different series; they can also take units more than once. When we work out the overall grade for Principal Learning, we need to be able to compare performance across the different elements and so we use points to achieve this. A points score is very similar to a uniform mark scale or UMS; however, the points score is calculated from the raw mark differently. Each Principal Learning unit and Project result will be given a points score in addition to a grade (see Section 8.8). Level 1 points boundaries Unit grade PL unit (30 glh) 1 point per grade PL unit (60 glh) 2 points per grade Foundation Project (60 glh) 2 points per grade PL qualification a* a b u Level 1 Principal Learning is equivalent to eight units of 30 glh. Level 2 points boundaries Unit grade PL unit (30 glh) 1 point per grade PL unit (60 glh) 2 points per grade Higher Project (60 glh) 2 points per grade PL qualification a* a b c u Level 2 Principal Learning is equivalent to 14 units of 30 glh. Level 3 points boundaries Unit grade PL unit (30 glh) 1 point per grade PL unit (60 glh) 2 points per grade PL unit (90 glh) 3 points per grade PL qualification Ext. Project (120 glh) 4 points per grade a* a OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

83 b c d e u Level 3 Principal Learning is equivalent to 18 units of 30 glh. 8.8 Linear qualification results weighting factors Weighting factors are used within both current linear qualifications, e.g. GCSE Mathematics B (J567) and new qualifications (first teaching 2015). What are weighting factors and why do we use them? In linear specifications, each component has a given number of raw marks available (e.g. a written paper with ten compulsory questions, each worth five marks, gives a maximum raw mark of 50). However, the maximum raw marks across components within an entry option do not always reflect the relative value each component has within the overall specification. We use weighting factors to ensure that, when a candidate s marks for each component are added together, the relative values are correctly reflected. he weighting factor is the maximum weighted mark of a given component divided by the maximum raw mark of the component. For example, a qualification might have three components all marked out of 50. However, the specification structure is such that one component comprises 50% of the overall assessment (calculated out of a total of 200 weighted marks). his component has a raw mark of 50 and a weighted mark of (i.e. a weighting factor of 2). he other two components, which comprise 25% of the overall assessment each, both have a weighted mark of 50 (i.e. a weighting factor of 1). Grading Grading of linear qualifications (including the new GCE and GCSEs for first teaching from 2015) comprises the following stages: he components applicable to the relevant entry option (where options exist) are identified. he raw marks achieved in each component are identified and the relevant weighting factors applied. hese weighted marks are added together to give a total weighted mark. Grades are awarded by applying the weighted mark thresholds for that option to the total weighted mark. For Project, a points score is then calculated (see Section 8.7). OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 77

84 9 Post-Results Services Key points he most up-to-date results information will be available on Interchange ( All post-results services must be submitted online via Interchange. Candidates and centres must check personal details carefully as this information will be printed on certificates. Enquiries about results and appeals can result in unit and/or qualification grades being confirmed, raised or lowered. his section provides details about OCR s post-results services. Please refer to the JCQ Post-Results Services booklet, available on the JCQ website ( for further guidance about action on the release of results. 9.1 Enquiries about results (EARs) If you are not happy with the outcome of a candidate s results, centres and private candidates may submit an enquiry about results. Depending on the type of assessment, several services are available, which are described below. Enquiries should be submitted as follows: Unitised qualifications Enquiries should be submitted for the relevant individual units. Linear qualifications Enquiries should be submitted for the qualification as a whole. Arrangements for new qualifications for first teaching 2015 are still to be confirmed. Linear qualifications with a unitised entry structure Enquiries about results should be submitted for the relevant individual units, and not for the qualification as a whole. Available services Enquiries about results include requests for clerical checking and the review of marking or review of moderation. he following nationally agreed services are available: Service 1 (Clerical re-check) A re-check of all clerical procedures leading to the issue of a result. Service 2 (Post-results review of marking) A review of the original marking to ensure the agreed mark scheme has been applied correctly. he service is available for externally assessed components of unitised or linear specifications. Priority Service 2 ( series only) his is as Service 2 but is only available for Level 3 qualifications, e.g. GCE, Level 3 Principal Learning and Level 3 Certificate. Service 3 (Post-results review of moderation) A review of the original moderation to ensure assessment criteria have been fairly, reliably and consistently applied. In addition, we offer the following services for specific GCE, GCSE and Principal Learning examinations for which the access to scripts service is not available: 78 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

85 Service 2a he review of marking of externally assessed units/components for an individual candidate. his service includes: - he clerical re-checks applied in Service 1 - he review of the original marking to ensure the agreed mark scheme has been applied correctly - A report on the work of the individual candidate. Service 2b he review of marking of externally assessed units/components for a group of candidates (no fewer than five and no more than 15 candidates per examination). his service includes: - he clerical re-checks applied in Service 1 - he review of the original marking to ensure the agreed mark scheme has been applied correctly - A single report on the work of the group of candidates. he following specifications/units are excluded from the access to scripts service and are, therefore, eligible for Services 2a and 2b. French German Spanish Music GCE specifications F701/01/02/03 French Speaking (AS) F703/01/02/03 French Speaking (A2) F711/01/02/03 German Speaking (AS) F713/01/02/03 German Speaking (A2) F721/01/02/03 Spanish Speaking (AS) F723/01/02/03 Spanish Speaking (A2) G351 Performing Music 1 G354 Performing Music 2 G382 Professional Practice: Performance Performing Arts G383 Professional Practice: Production G386 Producing Your Showcase G387 Production Demonstration Performance Studies G404 Performance Project Principal Learning specifications Engineering Level 2 F548 he engineered world GCSE specifications Drama A583 From Concept to Creation Expressive Arts A693 Working in Response to a Commission in a Community Context A802 Dutch A812 Gujarati Modern Foreign Externally assessed A822 Persian Languages speaking component A832 Portuguese A842 urkish Music B353 Creative ask OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 79

86 Deadlines for submitting enquiries about results All enquiries about results must be made immediately after the relevant examination series by the deadlines below. Enquiries about results cannot be accepted at a later date. Series Service Deadline November 2015 Services 1, 2, and 3 4 February January Services 1, 2, and 3 7 April Priority Service 2 26 August Services 1, 2, and 3 20 September Candidate consent Before submitting a request, centres must obtain the written consent of candidates for clerical checks and post-results reviews of marking since, with these services, candidates marks and subject grades may be lowered. A candidate consent form can be downloaded from the OCR website ( By submitting your online application, you are confirming candidate consent has already been obtained. Copies of candidate consent forms do not need to be sent to OCR. Candidate consent is not required for the post-results review of moderation as candidates marks may be lowered but their published subject grades will not be lowered in the series concerned. Submitting enquiries and viewing the outcome Enquiries about results should be submitted by an authorised member of staff using Interchange: log in to Interchange ( hover over Post results in the left-hand menu, click on Enquiries about results and follow the on-screen instructions. You will need either the Centre Administrator or Post Result Full Access (GQ) role within Interchange to access this area. On receipt of your enquiry, an acknowledgement will be ed to you (centres should retain this acknowledgement for their own records). As soon as an enquiry has been completed, an will also be sent to notify you that the outcome is available to view on Interchange. If a candidate s marks or grade change, both the old and new information will be published so that a comparison can be made. NB We send you outcomes of individual units as soon as they re available. his means your certification result will not be updated until you receive all of the outcomes. If the certification result has not been updated, this is stated at the bottom of the screen when you view the outcome for your enquiry. (If there is no statement, the enquiry is complete.) If you are unable to submit a request using Interchange, please call the Customer Contact Centre for further guidance (see Section 1.5). Please note that centres can only submit an enquiry about results for Physical Education if they have DVD evidence of the candidate s performance. Cancelling enquiries Once you have submitted an enquiry about results, if you wish to cancel it, you should your request to the Enquiries about Results eam at result.enquiries@ocr.org.uk. We will then contact you to confirm whether or not your request has been accepted. If the review of marking or moderation has already begun, an enquiry cannot be cancelled. If a cancellation is accepted, a cancellation fee of 50% of the original fee will be applied. 80 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

87 Appeals If you still have concerns following the outcome of an enquiry about results, your Head of Centre may appeal against it. his must be done in writing, within 14 calendar days of receipt of the outcome, and addressed to the Appeals eam at More information about appeals can be found in the JCQ Guide to the awarding bodies appeals processes, available on the JCQ website ( Fees he fees associated with enquiries about results and appeals are provided in the Fees List ( In addition, further detail about how we charge for post-results services is available in our document, Post-results services: our charging policy explained, which can be downloaded from the OCR website ( If a cancellation is accepted (if the review of marking or moderation has not already begun), a cancellation fee of 50% of the original fee will be applied. Payment should not accompany the submission of an enquiry about results. Centres will be invoiced at the conclusion of the series this is when all outstanding enquiries have been resolved. Private candidates Private candidates (see Section 3.13) may apply directly to OCR for post-results services. However, proof of identity must be supplied and the appropriate fee paid before a request will be processed. Forms and further information are available on request from the Customer Contact Centre (see Section 1.5). 9.2 Access to scripts Centres and private candidates can request access to PDF versions of the marked scripts for the qualifications included within this guide. A script refers to any candidate s work deriving from an externally assessed component which is primarily written. hese arrangements do not apply to internally assessed components, orals and audio/video tapes. he script may have been marked in one of two ways: On-screen Scripts are sent to a scanning bureau where they are scanned and supplied to examiners electronically to mark. raditionally Scripts are sent to examiners who mark the hard copy and return marks and scripts, separately, to OCR. Key dates for access to scripts Activity Deadline for submitting priority requests (GCE, Advanced FSMQ, Level 3 Principal Learning, Level 3 Certificate) Latest date for the receipt of priority scripts by centres Earliest date non-priority scripts will be provided to centres November 2015 January n/a 11 Mar 26 Aug n/a 30 Mar 10 Sep 5 Feb 8 Apr 21 Sep OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 81

88 Deadline for submitting non-priority requests Latest date for the receipt of non-priority scripts by centres 28 Feb 15 Apr 4 Oct 1 Apr 20 May 11 Nov Priority copies of scripts to support EARs (Level 3 qualifications only) o help you decide whether to request an enquiry about results for GCE, Level 3 Principal Learning, Advanced FSMQ or Level 3 Certificate, centres may request priority copies of the relevant scripts. Note: his service should not be confused with the provision of a copy of a script as part of the outcome of an enquiry about results. Non-priority scripts Scripts to support teaching and learning (non-priority scripts) may be requested for all the qualifications within this guide. OCR may not provide scripts before the deadline for enquiries about results (see Section 9.1) and must provide them no later than eight weeks after that date. Conditions of access We will only release scripts to centres under the following conditions: Scripts must only be seen by teachers who are members of staff at that centre or returned directly to candidates. Where teachers intend to use scripts as examples for other students, prior written permission must be obtained from the candidates concerned. his permission may be sought only after the candidates have received their results. Candidates who grant their permission have the right to anonymise their scripts before use. Scripts used by teachers at the centre must be kept securely within the centre. When no longer required, scripts must be disposed of confidentially. Confidential disposal must not take place earlier than three months after the publication of results or any appeal involving those scripts. Candidates have the right to instruct their centres not to request their scripts. If applicable, scripts that are or have been the subject of any malpractice investigation may be withheld by OCR. Please ensure both you and your staff are fully aware of the guidelines controlling these arrangements. Centres must make candidates aware of the arrangements for access to scripts before candidates sit any examination to which the arrangements apply. Making requests and receiving the script Centres wishing to request OCR scripts should use Interchange ( log in, hover over Post results in the left-hand menu, click on Access to scripts and then follow the on-screen instructions. If you are unable to submit a request using Interchange, please call the Customer Contact Centre for further guidance (see Section 1.5). Once you have submitted your request, the screen will show a confirmation message and you will also be able to see your request in the Previous Requests tab. 82 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

89 he scripts (and associated marks information) will be returned to you by the deadlines above. You will receive an when your PDF images are ready to download from Interchange. herefore, please ensure you include your up-to-date address when submitting your request. Scripts will only be available to download for a limited period (the expiry date will be shown on the download page within Interchange). We therefore recommend you download the PDF images and store them on your own system as soon as you receive your . Guidance on how to interpret the script annotation can be found in the post-results services area of the OCR website ( Fees Fees for OCR s access to scripts service are published in the Fees List ( Priority access to scripts requests that result in a change of grade following a subsequent enquiry about results will not incur a charge. schemes schemes for the most recent examination series will be available from Interchange on the results publication date (see Section 8.2). Centre Administrators can allow teaching colleagues to access mark schemes (and past papers) from Interchange by adding the utor/eacher role to user profiles. Private candidates Private candidates (see Section 3.13) may apply directly to OCR for access to scripts services; however, proof of identity must be supplied and the appropriate fee paid before a request will be processed. Forms and further information are available on request from the Customer Contact Centre (see Section 1.5). 9.3 Late certification requests Following the release of unit results, a centre may opt to make a late request for a subject grade, for one or more candidates, known as a late certification. here is no charge for this service, with the exception of current GCSE Short Courses, for which a certification entry fee is made. Please see the Fees List ( o submit your query, log in to Interchange ( hover over Post results in the left-hand menu, click on Late certification and then follow the on-screen instructions. When making your request, only those candidates who satisfy the certification criteria will be available to view. Within this area, you can monitor the progress of each request as well as viewing requests previously submitted for the current series. An automated alert will be sent when results become available to view online. For linear qualifications with a unitised entry structure, all necessary unit and certification entries should be made by the final entry deadlines (see Section 3.10) and before results are released at the latest. If a certification entry is not made, candidates cannot carry forward their unit result to another series. However, if you have not made a certification entry before results are released, you may use the post-results late certification process up to the closing date below. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 83

90 he facility to submit late certifications will not be available after the JCQ deadlines shown below; after these dates, centres need to submit requests in the next available series instead, unless the terminal rule applies (in which case, please contact us via the Customer Contact Centre see Section 1.5). Series Deadline November February January 7 April 20 September 9.4 Missing and incomplete results (MIR) Centres may request an investigation into a candidate s results where it is believed that one of the following result indicators has been incorrectly applied (for a full explanation of these indicators, please refer to Section 8.5): X (No Result) # (partial absence) Q (Pending). his service should also be used if an individual subject result for a candidate is missing, or the candidate has been omitted entirely from the results supplied. Please do not use this service if you wish to apply for late certification, or for results you know are subject to a malpractice investigation. MIR queries should be requested by the following dates: Series Deadline November February January 7 April 20 September o submit your query, log in to Interchange ( hover over Post results in the left-hand menu, click on Missing and incomplete results and then follow the on-screen instructions. Each series, we receive a variety of missing and incomplete result (MIR) queries. o help you to understand whether an MIR query should be submitted, we have produced a brief guide for exams officers called Understanding Results Indicators, which can be downloaded from the OCR website ( 84 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

91 10 Certificates and Certifying Statements 10.1 Certificates A candidate s final results will be recorded on an OCR certificate. An individual certificate will be sent for each candidate at your centre who has passed at least one qualification, detailing their achievements during the series. Before certificates are issued, centres should have checked that candidates details are correct using the entry and results feedback information (see Sections 3.17 and 8.3). Once certificates are issued, centres should check they have received certificates for those candidates listed on the certificate register. If you require certificates to be delivered to a different centre address (for example, due to a centre closure), please your request on centre-headed paper to the Results eam to ocr.results@ocr.org.uk. Missing or damaged certificates If individual certificates are lost or damaged within the centre, we will issue replacement certificates for a limited time. (If candidates lose or damage a certificate, they may apply for a certifying statement of results see Section 10.2.) Replacements for missing or damaged certificates are initially free of charge. Following this period, a charge will be made. Details of charges can be found in the Fees List ( he table below shows when charges apply and for how long replacements will be issued. After the final deadline, centres must apply for a certifying statement of results. Requests to replace missing or damaged certificates should be sent to the Results eam at ocr.results@ocr.org.uk. Deadline for free replacement certificate requests Deadline for all replacement certificate requests Certificates will be Series despatched by November February 31 March 31 August January 31 May November 31 October 30 November 30 April 2017 Certificate amendments Once certificates have been issued, there will be a charge for any personal detail amendments, e.g. to correct name misspellings (see the Fees List). Requests should be sent to the Results eam at ocr.results@ocr.org.uk, together with appropriate documentation, e.g. birth certificate. Replacement certificates will only be issued for a limited time (see above). After this time, centres must apply for a certifying statement of results (see Section 10.2). Early certificates If you wish to use them for award evenings, early certificates for GCSE and/or Entry Level Certificate for the series can be requested by responding to the sent to centres by the OCR Results eam in. he earliest date on which certificates can be provided to centres is 15 September. OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 85

92 Unit certificates Unit certificates are only available for GCE and Level 3 Principal Learning. hese can be requested by responding to the sent to centres by the OCR Results eam in. What appears on the certificate? Certificates are issued in the name we have for the candidate at the time the award is made. Centres are advised to enter candidates in their legal name, which can be supported by appropriate documentation, e.g. birth certificate. Replacements will not be provided to accommodate a subsequent change of name (including a change by deed poll). Certificates will show subject awards in which a grade other than unclassified is attained. Assessments with unclassified or No Result will not be shown. Certificates will indicate a candidate s partial absence by a hash symbol (#) next to the grade. Results for Speaking and Listening for GCSE English (J350) and GCSE English Language (J355) will be shown independently of the qualification grade on the certificate, on a five-point scale: 5, 4, 3, 2 and 1, of which 5 is the highest and 1 the lowest. A Speaking and Listening grade will not be shown on the certificate unless there is a graded (A* G) result for the GCSE. An unclassified or No Result grade will not be shown. Absence from Speaking and Listening will not be indicated by a hash symbol (#) next to the grade, as the result for Speaking and Listening does not contribute to the calculation for the GCSE. Results for the new A Level Sciences practical endorsements and GCSE (9 1) English Language Spoken Language endorsements will be shown independently of the qualification grade on the certificate. Candidates who fail to reach the minimum standard will be Not Classified and this will also be recorded on the certificate. A qualification number is printed where the specification has been accredited by the regulators of external qualifications in England, Wales and Northern Ireland. Separate certificates will be issued for AS GCE/AS GCE (Double Award), Advanced GCE/Advanced GCE (Double Award), Level 2 Award, Level 1/2 Certificate, Level 3 Certificate, GCSE, Entry Level Certificate, Principal Learning and Project. Certificate conditions of issue A certificate is and remains the property of OCR and is issued on the following conditions: A certificate must be returned to OCR upon request. We reserve the right to replace certificates if necessary. It is the responsibility of the centre to forward certificates to its candidates without any delay regardless of any disputes (such as non-payment of fees). Certificates must not be withheld without prior permission from OCR. Certificates may be handed to the candidates, and centres should obtain proof of identity and signatures confirming receipt. Alternatively, certificates may be posted to candidates by a traceable method, e.g. Recorded Signed For M, at the centre s discretion and responsibility. Any alteration or defacement of a certificate renders it invalid and may result in the withdrawal of grades. Centres must retain all unclaimed certificates under secure conditions for a minimum of 12 months from the date of issue. 86 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

93 Centres can destroy any unclaimed certificates after retaining them for a minimum of 12 months. hey must be destroyed in a confidential manner. Centres that do not have a means of destroying certificates confidentially may return them to the Results eam. A record of certificates that have been destroyed should be retained in the centre for four years from their date of destruction. Any untraceable certificates lost in transit between the centre and the candidate cannot be replaced. In such cases, centres or candidates may apply for a certifying statement of results (see Section 10.2). If you have any pending post-results service requests, we recommend you retain the original certificates until you receive the outcome of the enquiry Certifying statements of results We cannot supply replacement certificates to candidates or to centres requiring them after six months from issue (see Section 10). Instead, centres and candidates must apply for a certifying statement of results. his is an official copy of the final examination results held by OCR. here is a charge for each certifying statement, see the Fees List ( he application form for a certifying statement can be downloaded from the OCR website ( Certifying statements of results are issued in the candidate s legal name at the time the award is made. Replacements will not be provided to accommodate a subsequent change of name (including a change by deed poll). OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 87

94 11 Reference 11.1 Glossary A2C he JCQ A2C migration application has replaced the old EDI system, allowing centres to transmit entry and results data to and from OCR without using a third party carrier. Aggregation he process whereby results achieved for individual units are combined to give a grade for a qualification or certification. Also known as certification. Amendment file When making entries via A2C, any entry amendments should be submitted in a dedicated amendment file. AS (access to scripts) A post-results service which provides centres with access to marked scripts for GCE, FSMQ, GCSE, Principal Learning, Level 2 Award, Level 1/2 Certificate and Level 3 Certificate. Basedata Examination data which is used to process entries and results via A2C. Designed to be electronically imported into a centre s administration software. Includes the specification codes, entry codes, timetables and fees. Basedata is series-specific and needs to be refreshed for each new series. Carried forward A result or mark awarded for an internally assessed component in one examination series and carried forward to another series to be used for certification when the corresponding option code is entered. Certification he process of awarding a grade for a subject, specification or whole qualification. Component An assessable part of a specification that is not certificated as a separate entity. EAR (enquiries about results) EDI (electronic data interchange) file A post-results service available from OCR which allows for clerical checks, reviews of marking and reviews of moderation. he file format used when allowing centres to transmit entry and results data to and from OCR via A2C. Exams officer he person appointed by the Head of Centre to act on behalf of the centre to administer examinations. OCR corresponds formally with the exams officer. Interchange OCR s secure extranet, which allows centres to make entries, submit internally assessed marks, view results and apply for postresults services. JCQ (Joint Council for Qualifications) MIR (missing and incomplete results) Non exam assessment (NEA) A forum of examining boards in England, Wales and Northern Ireland, which seeks to create common standards, regulations and guidance. A post-results service available from OCR, which allows centres to query missing results, partial absence and cases where no results have been received. Non exam assessments measure subject-specific skills that cannot be tested by timed written papers. OCR Repository A secure website, accessed via Interchange, which allows centres to upload candidate work for marking or moderation. 88 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

95 Personal Learning Record Service (PLR) Option When making entries, you may have to choose an option. he option can represent a legitimate or true choice between papers, a choice between tiers or a choice between methods of moderation. his is a Skills Funding Agency (SFA) initiative designed to help learners access their academic and vocational achievement data so that data can be more effectively shared between learners, education providers, training providers and employers. All learners over the age of 16 can log onto a secure website to access their PLR, assuming they have a ULN. he PLR is populated with data direct from awarding organisations. Script Once a question paper has been completed by a candidate, it is referred to as a script. Series A group of examinations in the same range (for example, GCE or GCSE) with a common closing date for entries. he series is defined by a series year, code and name. Session A period in a day in which an examination may take place, i.e. am or pm. Each session is usually of not more than three hours duration. erminal series he series in which certification is requested. ier A level of entry at GCSE that offers a restricted range of grades. Adjacent tiers for a given specification have overlapping grades. rue option When making entries, this option represents a legitimate choice between papers. For example, in GCSE History, each option determines which papers a candidate will take. UCI (unique candidate identifier) ULN (unique learner number) UMS (uniform mark scale or score) A unique 13-character code allocated to a candidate by a centre that must be supplied when entering for units or certification. A personal ten-digit number, which is used to ensure funded learner achievement information can be provided to the Personal Learning Record Service. A scale that converts raw unitised examination marks into a common scale to use in the modular or unitised assessment system Useful websites A2C Migration Application download website Answers@OCR (our online bank of FAQs) DfE (Department for Education) EOA (Examination Officers Association) JCQ (Joint Council for Qualifications) LRS (Learning Records Service) OCR (Oxford Cambridge and RSA Examinations) OCR Interchange OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 89

96 Ofqual (Office of Qualifications and Examinations Regulation) Ofqual Register of Regulated Qualifications EO (he Exams Office) Documents referred to in the text he following documents are referred to in this Admin Guide. Additional copies can be downloaded from the relevant organisation s website unless specified otherwise. JCQ Access Arrangements and Reasonable Adjustments JCQ Formats for the Exchange of Examination Related Data JCQ GCE Mathematics Aggregation Rules Guidance for Centres JCQ publication: General and Vocational Qualifications Suspected Malpractice in Examinations and Assessments JCQ Guidance Notes Concerning ransferred Candidates JCQ Guide to the awarding bodies appeals processes JCQ A guide to the special consideration process JCQ Information for candidates JCQ Instructions for conducting controlled assessments JCQ Instructions for conducting coursework JCQ Instructions for conducting examinations JCQ No Mobile Phones Poster JCQ Post-Results Services JCQ Suspected Malpractice in Examinations and Assessments JCQ Warning to Candidates OCR Electronic enhancements to moderation How moderators communicate with you OCR Essential Entries OCR Fees List OCR GCSE Controlled Assessment Carry Forward Rules from the 2014 series: FAQs for centres OCR Guidance for Private Candidates OCR Guide to Controlled Assessment Speaking OCR Key Dates OCR Malpractice Procedures A Guide for Centres OCR Post-results services: our charging policy explained 90 OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0

97 Ofqual GCSE, GCE, Principal Learning and Project Code of Practice Ofqual, JCQ, CCEA, UCAS, DfE Joint contingency plan in the event of widespread disruption to the examination system in England, Wales and Northern Ireland OCR Admin Guide: Qualifications 2015/16 v1.0 91

98 GCE GCE his section contains the OCR GCE entry codes and rules of combination together with the assessment availability for 2015/16. Subjects are listed alphabetically. Contents ACCOUNING H011 AS GCE Accounting (Certification) H411 Advanced GCE Accounting (Certification) APPLIED AR AND DESIGN H013 AS GCE Applied Art and Design (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H213 AS GCE (Double Award) Applied Art and Design (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H413 Advanced GCE Applied Art and Design (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H613 Advanced GCE (Double Award) Applied Art and Design (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) AR AND DESIGN H160 AS GCE Art and Design (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H560 Advanced GCE Art and Design (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H166 AS GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H566 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H161 AS GCE Art and Design: Fine Art (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H561 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Fine Art (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H162 AS GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H562 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H163 AS GCE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H563 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H164 AS GCE Art and Design: extile Design (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H564 Advanced GCE Art and Design: extile Design (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H165 AS GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H565 Advanced GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) BIBLICAL HEBREW H017 AS GCE Biblical Hebrew (Certification) H417 Advanced GCE Biblical Hebrew (Certification)

99 GCE BIOLOGY H021 H421 AS GCE Biology (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) Advanced GCE Biology (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) APPLIED BUSINESS H026 AS GCE Applied Business (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H226 AS GCE (Double Award) Applied Business (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H426 Advanced GCE Applied Business (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H626 Advanced GCE (Double Award) Applied Business (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) BUSINESS SUDIES H030 AS GCE Business Studies (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H430 Advanced GCE Business Studies (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) CHEMISRY A H034 AS GCE Chemistry A (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H434 Advanced GCE Chemistry A (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) CHEMISRY B (SALERS) H035 AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H435 Advanced GCE Chemistry B (Salters) (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) CLASSICS H038 H438 H042 H442 H041 H441 H040 H440 H039 H439 COMPUING H047 H447 AS GCE Classics (Certification) Advanced GCE Classics (Certification) AS GCE Classics: Ancient History (Certification) Advanced GCE Classics: Ancient History (Certification) AS GCE Classics: Classical Civilisation (Certification) Advanced GCE Classics: Classical Civilisation (Certification) AS GCE Classics: Classical Greek (Certification) Advanced GCE Classics: Classical Greek (Certification) AS GCE Classics: Latin (Certification) Advanced GCE Classics: Latin (Certification) AS GCE Computing (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) Advanced GCE Computing (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) CRIICAL HINKING H052 AS GCE Critical hinking (Certification) H452 Advanced GCE Critical hinking (Certification) DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: PRODUC DESIGN H053 AS GCE Design and echnology: Product Design (Certification) H453 Advanced GCE Design and echnology: Product Design (Certification) DUCH H193 H593 ECONOMICS H061 H461 AS GCE Dutch (Certification) Advanced GCE Dutch (Certification) AS GCE Economics (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) Advanced GCE Economics (Certification) (final assessment opportunity)

100 GCE ELECRONICS H065 AS GCE Electronics (Certification) H465 Advanced GCE Electronics (Certification) ENGLISH LANGUAGE H069 AS GCE English Language (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H469 Advanced GCE English Language (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LIERAURE H073 AS GCE English Language and Literature (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H473 Advanced GCE English Language and Literature (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) ENGLISH LIERAURE H071 AS GCE English Literature (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H471 Advanced GCE English Literature (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) FILM SUDIES 28 H067 AS GCE Film Studies (Certification) 28 H467 Advanced GCE Film Studies (Certification) 28 FRENCH H075 H475 AS GCE French (Certification) Advanced GCE French (Certification) GENERAL SUDIES H079 AS GCE General Studies (Certification) H479 Advanced GCE General Studies (Certification) GEOGRAPHY H083 H483 GEOLOGY H087 H487 GERMAN H076 H476 AS GCE Geography (Certification) Advanced GCE Geography (Certification) AS GCE Geology (Certification) Advanced GCE Geology (Certification) AS GCE German (Certification) Advanced GCE German (Certification) GOVERNMEN AND POLIICS H095 AS GCE Government and Politics (Certification) H495 Advanced GCE Government and Politics (Certification) GUJARAI H194 H594 AS GCE Gujarati (Certification) Advanced GCE Gujarati (Certification) HEALH AND SOCIAL CARE H103 AS GCE Health and Social Care (Certification) H303 AS GCE (Double Award) Health and Social Care (Certification) H503 Advanced GCE Health and Social Care (Certification) H703 Advanced GCE (Double Award) Health and Social Care (Certification)

101 GCE HISORY A H106 H506 HISORY B H108 H508 AS GCE History A (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) Advanced GCE History A (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) AS GCE History B (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) Advanced GCE History B (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) HOME ECONOMICS (FOOD, NURIION AND HEALH) H111 AS GCE Home Economics (Food, Nutrition and Health) (Certification) H511 Advanced GCE Home Economics (Food, Nutrition and Health) (Certification) HUMAN BIOLOGY H023 AS GCE Human Biology (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H423 Advanced GCE Human Biology (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) HUMANIIES H113 H513 APPLIED IC H115 H315 H515 H715 AS GCE Humanities (Certification) Advanced GCE Humanities (Certification) AS GCE Applied IC (Certification) AS GCE (Double Award) Applied IC (Certification) Advanced GCE Applied IC (Certification) Advanced GCE (Double Award) Applied IC (Certification) IC H117 H517 AS GCE IC (Certification) Advanced GCE IC (Certification) LAW H134 H534 AS GCE Law (Certification) Advanced GCE Law (Certification) LEISURE SUDIES H128 AS GCE Leisure Studies (Certification) H528 Advanced GCE Leisure Studies (Certification) MAHEMAICS 3890 AS GCE Mathematics (Certification) 7890 Advanced GCE Mathematics (Certification) FURHER MAHEMAICS 3892 AS GCE Further Mathematics (Certification) 7892 Advanced GCE Further Mathematics (Certification) PURE MAHEMAICS 3891 AS GCE Pure Mathematics (Certification) 7891 Advanced GCE Pure Mathematics (Certification) MAHEMAICS (MEI) 3895 AS GCE Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) 7895 Advanced GCE Mathematics (MEI) (Certification)

102 GCE FURHER MAHEMAICS (MEI) 3896 AS GCE Further Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) 7896 Advanced GCE Further Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) FURHER MAHEMAICS (MEI) (ADDIIONAL) 3897 AS GCE Further Mathematics (MEI) (Additional) (Certification) 7897 Advanced GCE Further Mathematics (MEI) (Additional) (Certification) PURE MAHEMAICS (MEI) 3898 AS GCE Pure Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) 7898 Advanced GCE Pure Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) MEDIA SUDIES H140 AS GCE Media Studies (Certification) H540 Advanced GCE Media Studies (Certification) MUSIC H142 H542 AS GCE Music (Certification) Advanced GCE Music (Certification) PERFORMANCE SUDIES H148 AS GCE Performance Studies (Certification) H548 Advanced GCE Performance Studies (Certification) PERFORMING ARS H146 AS GCE Performing Arts (Certification) H546 Advanced GCE Performing Arts (Certification) PERSIAN H195 H595 AS GCE Persian (Certification) Advanced GCE Persian (Certification) PHYSICAL EDUCAION H154 AS GCE Physical Education (Certification) H554 Advanced GCE Physical Education (Certification) PHYSICS A H158 H558 AS GCE Physics A (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) Advanced GCE Physics A (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) PHYSICS B (ADVANCING PHYSICS) H159 AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H559 Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) PORUGUESE H196 AS GCE Portuguese (Certification) H596 Advanced GCE Portuguese (Certification) PSYCHOLOGY H168 AS GCE Psychology (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) H568 Advanced GCE Psychology (Certification) (final assessment opportunity)

103 GCE QUANIAIVE MEHODS (MEI) (AS ONLY) H133 AS GCE Quantitative Methods (MEI) (Certification) RELIGIOUS SUDIES H172 AS GCE Religious Studies (Certification) H572 Advanced GCE Religious Studies (Certification) APPLIED SCIENCE H175 AS GCE Applied Science (Certification) H375 AS GCE (Double Award) Applied Science (Certification) H575 Advanced GCE Applied Science (Certification) H775 Advanced GCE (Double Award) Applied Science (Certification) SCIENCE (AS ONLY) H178 AS GCE Science (Certification) SOCIOLOGY H181 H581 SPANISH H077 H477 AS GCE Sociology (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) Advanced GCE Sociology (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) AS GCE Spanish (Certification) Advanced GCE Spanish (Certification) SAISICS (MEI) (AS ONLY) H132 AS GCE Statistics (MEI) (Certification) RAVEL AND OURISM H189 AS GCE ravel and ourism (Certification) H389 AS GCE (Double Award) ravel and ourism (Certification) H589 Advanced GCE ravel and ourism (Certification) H789 Advanced GCE (Double Award) ravel and ourism (Certification) URKISH H197 H597 AS GCE urkish (Certification) Advanced GCE urkish (Certification)

104 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE ACCOUNING H011 AS GCE Accounting (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F011 Accounting principles 80 F012 Accounting applications 120 H411 Advanced GCE Accounting (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F011 Accounting principles 80 F012 Accounting applications 120 F013 Company accounts and interpretation (A2) 80 F014 Management accounting (A2) 120 *APPLIED AR AND DESIGN H013 AS GCE Applied Art and Design (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: F140 2D and 3D skills, materials and techniques M V F141 Communication and meaning through visual language M V F142 Preparing and working to a brief M V H213 AS GCE (Double Award) Applied Art and Design (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: four mandatory units: F140 2D and 3D skills, materials and techniques M V F141 Communication and meaning through visual language M V F142 Preparing and working to a brief M V F143 he creative process M V and two from: F144 3D design M V F145 Fashion and textiles M V F146 Graphic design M V F147 Lens-based media and multimedia M V F148 Fine art M V continued... = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 7

105 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *APPLIED AR AND DESIGN (continued) H413 F140 2D and 3D skills, materials and techniques M V F141 Communication and meaning through visual language M V F142 Preparing and working to a brief M V F149 Professional practice and progression (A2) M V F150 Decorative imagery (A2) M V F151 Multimedia specialisms (A2) M V F152 Spatial design (A2) M V F153 Fashion design (A2) M V F154 Graphic design specialisms (A2) M V F155 3D design/crafts (A2) M V F156 Fine art specialisms (A2) M V F157 extiles (A2) H613 Advanced GCE Applied Art and Design (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: five mandatory units: Advanced GCE Applied (Double Award) Art and Design (Certification) QN:44413 For a certificate candidates must have taken twelve units as follows: six mandatory units: F140 2D and 3D skills, materials and techniques M V F141 Communication and meaning through visual language M V F142 Preparing and working to a brief M V F143 he creative process M V F149 Professional practice and progression (A2) M V F150 Decorative imagery (A2) M V and two from: F144 3D design M V F145 Fashion and textiles M V F146 Graphic design M V F147 Lens-based media and multimedia M V F148 Fine art M V F151 and four from: Multimedia specialisms (A2) M V F152 Spatial design (A2) M V F153 Fashion design (A2) M V F154 Graphic design specialisms (A2) M V F155 3D design/crafts (A2) M V F156 Fine art specialisms (A2) M V F157 extiles (A2) M V Note: * From September 2015, centres will not be able to offer these qualifications for the first time. However, centres that have previously offered these qualifications can start a new cohort and will have a final assessment opportunity in Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. M V = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 8

106 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE *AR AND DESIGN H160 AS GCE Art and Design (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: F410 Unendorsed coursework portfolio: Art & design M V 120 F421 Controlled assignment (AS): Fine art M V 80 F422 Controlled assignment (AS): Graphic communication M V 80 F423 Controlled assignment (AS): Photography - lens and light-based media M V 80 F424 Controlled assignment (AS): extile design M V 80 F425 Controlled assignment (AS): hree-dimensional design M V 80 F426 Controlled assignment (AS): Critical and contextual studies 80 H560 Advanced GCE Art and Design (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: one mandatory unit: F410 Unendorsed coursework portfolio: Art & design M V 120 F421 Controlled assignment (AS): Fine art M V 80 F422 Controlled assignment (AS): Graphic communication M V 80 F423 Controlled assignment (AS): Photography - lens and light-based media M V 80 F424 Controlled assignment (AS): extile design M V 80 F425 Controlled assignment (AS): hree-dimensional design M V 80 F426 Controlled assignment (AS): Critical and contextual studies M V 80 F431 Personal investigation (A2): Fine art M V 120 F432 Personal investigation (A2): Graphic communication M V 120 F433 Personal investigation (A2): Photography - lens and light-based media M V 120 F434 Personal investigation (A2): extile design M V 120 F435 Personal investigation (A2): hree-dimensional design M V 120 F436 Personal investigation (A2): Critical and contextual studies M V 120 F441 Controlled assignment (A2): Fine art M V 80 F442 Controlled assignment (A2): Graphic communication M V 80 F443 Controlled assignment (A2): Photography - lens and light-based media M V 80 F444 Controlled assignment (A2): extile design M V 80 F445 Controlled assignment (A2): hree-dimensional design M V 80 F446 Controlled assignment (A2): Critical and contextual studies M V 80 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design H160 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art, GCE Art, Craft and Design H600. * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. M V Craft and Design H200. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design H560 in the same examination series as Advanced = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 9

107 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *AR AND DESIGN: CRIICAL AND CONEXUAL SUDIES H166 F416 Coursework portfolio: Critical and contextual studies M V 120 F426 Controlled assignment (AS): Critical and contextual studies 80 H566 F416 Coursework portfolio: Critical and contextual studies M V 120 F426 Controlled assignment (AS): Critical and contextual studies M V 80 F436 Personal investigation (A2): Critical and contextual studies M V 120 F446 Controlled assignment (A2): Critical and contextual studies M V 80 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies H166 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies H206. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies H566 in the same * AS GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: Advanced GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies H606. he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. M V *AR AND DESIGN: FINE AR H161 AS GCE Art and Design: Fine Art (Certification) QN: F411 Coursework portfolio: Fine art M V 120 F421 Controlled assignment (AS): Fine art M V 80 H561 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Fine Art (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F411 Coursework portfolio: Fine art M V 120 F421 Controlled assignment (AS): Fine art M V 80 F431 Personal investigation (A2): Fine art M V 120 F441 Controlled assignment (A2): Fine art M V 80 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: Fine Art H161 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: Fine Art H201. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: Fine Art H561 in the same examination series as * For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: Advanced GCE Art and Design: Fine Art H601. still to be confirmed by Ofqual. he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 10

108 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE *AR AND DESIGN: GRAPHIC COMMUNICAION H162 F412 Coursework portfolio: Graphic communication M V 120 F422 Controlled assignment (AS): Graphic communication 80 H562 F412 Coursework portfolio: Graphic communication M V 120 F422 Controlled assignment (AS): Graphic communication M V 80 F432 Personal investigation (A2): Graphic communication M V 120 F442 Controlled assignment (A2): Graphic communication M V 80 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication H162 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication H202. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication H562 in the same * AS GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: Advanced GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication H602. he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. M V *AR AND DESIGN: PHOOGRAPHY - LENS AND LIGH-BASED MEDIA H163 F413 Coursework portfolio: Photography - lens and light-based media M V 120 F423 Controlled assignment (AS): Photography - lens and light-based media 80 H563 F413 Coursework portfolio: Photography - lens and light-based media M V 120 F423 Controlled assignment (AS): Photography - lens and light-based media M V 80 F433 Personal investigation (A2): Photography - lens and light-based media M V 120 F443 Controlled assignment (A2): Photography - lens and light-based media 80 Notes: * AS GCE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: Advanced GCE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media H163 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: Photography H203. in the same examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design: Photography H603. he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media H = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 11

109 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *AR AND DESIGN: EXILE DESIGN H164 F414 Coursework portfolio: extile design M V 120 F424 Controlled assignment (AS): extile design M V 80 H564 Advanced GCE Art and Design: extile Design (Certification) QN: F414 Coursework portfolio: extile design M V 120 F424 Controlled assignment (AS): extile design M V 80 F434 Personal investigation (A2): extile design M V 120 F444 Controlled assignment (A2): extile design 80 Notes: * AS GCE Art and Design: extile Design (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: as Advanced GCE Art and Design: extile Design H604. still to be confirmed by Ofqual. M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: extile Design H164 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: extile Design H204. he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: extile Design H564 in the same examination series 200 *AR AND DESIGN: HREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN H165 F415 Coursework portfolio: hree-dimensional design M V 120 F425 Controlled assignment (AS): hree-dimensional design M V 80 H565 Advanced GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design (Certification) QN: F415 Coursework portfolio: hree-dimensional design M V 120 F425 Controlled assignment (AS): hree-dimensional design M V 80 F435 Personal investigation (A2): hree-dimensional design M V 120 F445 Controlled assignment (A2): hree-dimensional design M V 80 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design H165 in the same examination * AS GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: series as AS GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design H205. examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design H605. he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design H565 in the same 200 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 12

110 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE BIBLICAL HEBREW H017 AS GCE Biblical Hebrew (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: one mandatory unit: F191 ranslation, comprehension and literature 200 H417 Advanced GCE Biblical Hebrew (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F191 ranslation, comprehension and literature 200 F192 ranslation, comprehension, composition and literature (A2) 200 *BIOLOGY H021 AS GCE Biology (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: F211 Cells, exchange and transport 90 F212 Molecules, biodiversity, food and health 150 F213 Practical skills in biology 1 60 H421 Advanced GCE Biology (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: six mandatory units: F211 Cells, exchange and transport 90 F212 Molecules, biodiversity, food and health 150 F213 Practical skills in biology 1 M P 60 F214 Communication, homeostasis and energy (A2) 90 F215 Control, genomes and environment (A2) 150 F216 Practical skills in biology 2 (A2) M P 60 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Biology H021 and Advanced GCE Biology H421 in the same examination series as AS GCE Biology A H020 and AS GCE Biology B H022. * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. M P = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 13

111 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *APPLIED BUSINESS H026 AS GCE Applied Business (Certification) QN: F242 Understanding the business environment Creating a marketing proposal F240A 01 OCR Repository M R F240B 02 Postal Moderation M P Recruitment in the workplace F241A 01 OCR Repository M R F241B 02 Postal Moderation H226 For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: AS GCE (Double Award) Applied Business (Certification) QN: 4730X For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: two mandatory units: F242 Understanding the business environment F243 he impact of customer service Creating a marketing proposal F240A 01 OCR Repository M R F240B 02 Postal Moderation M P Recruitment in the workplace F241A 01 OCR Repository M R F241B 02 Postal Moderation M P and two from: IC provision in a business F244A 01 OCR Repository M R F244B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Running an enterprise activity F245A 01 OCR Repository M R F245B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Financial providers and products F246A 01 OCR Repository M R F246B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Understanding production in business F247A 01 OCR Repository M R F247B 02 Postal Moderation M P continued... M P 600 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 14

112 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE *APPLIED BUSINESS (continued) H426 Advanced GCE Applied Business (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: two mandatory units: F242 Understanding the business environment F248 Strategic decision-making (A2) Creating a marketing proposal F240A 01 OCR Repository M R F240B 02 Postal Moderation M P Recruitment in the workplace F241A 01 OCR Repository M R F241B 02 Postal Moderation M P A business plan for the entrepreneur (A2) F249A 01 OCR Repository M R F249B 02 Postal Moderation M P and ANY one from: Managerial and supervisory roles (A2) F250A 01 OCR Repository M R F250B 02 Postal Moderation M P OR Launching a business on-line (A2) F251A 01 OCR Repository M R F251B 02 Postal Moderation M P OR Promotion in action (A2) F252A 01 OCR Repository M R F252B 02 Postal Moderation M P OR Constructing a financial strategy (A2) F253A 01 OCR Repository M R F253B 02 Postal Moderation M P OR Launching a new product or service in Europe (A2) F254A 01 OCR Repository M R F254B 02 Postal Moderation M P OR raining and development (A2) F255A 01 OCR Repository M R F255B 02 Postal Moderation M P continued... = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 15

113 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *APPLIED BUSINESS (continued) H626 Advanced GCE (Double Award) Applied Business (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken twelve units as follows: three mandatory units: F242 Understanding the business environment F243 he impact of customer service F248 Strategic decision-making (A2) Creating a marketing proposal F240A 01 OCR Repository M R F240B 02 Postal Moderation M P Recruitment in the workplace F241A 01 OCR Repository M R F241B 02 Postal Moderation M P A business plan for the entrepreneur (A2) F249A 01 OCR Repository M R F249B 02 Postal Moderation M P and two from: IC provision in a business F244A 01 OCR Repository M R F244B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Running an enterprise activity F245A 01 OCR Repository M R F245B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Financial providers and products F246A 01 OCR Repository M R F246B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Understanding production in business F247A 01 OCR Repository M R F247B 02 Postal Moderation M P and three from: Managerial and supervisory roles (A2) F250A 01 OCR Repository M R F250B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Launching a business on-line (A2) F251A 01 OCR Repository M R F251B 02 Postal Moderation M P continued = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 16

114 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE *APPLIED BUSINESS (continued) (continued) AND/OR Promotion in action (A2) F252A 01 OCR Repository M R F252B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Constructing a financial strategy (A2) F253A 01 OCR Repository M R F253B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Launching a new product or service in Europe (A2) F254A 01 OCR Repository M R F254B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR raining and development (A2) F255A 01 OCR Repository M R F255B 02 Postal Moderation M P F256 Business law (A2) F257 Managing risk in the workplace (A2) Notes: For each of these units all internal assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different * options for different units. From September 2015, centres will not be able to offer these qualifications for the first time. However, centres that have previously offered these qualifications can start a new cohort and will have a final assessment opportunity in Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. *BUSINESS SUDIES H030 AS GCE Business Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F291 An introduction to business 80 F292 Business functions 120 H430 Advanced GCE Business Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: three mandatory units: F291 An introduction to business 80 F292 Business functions 120 F297 Strategic management (A2) 120 F293 eting (A2) 80 F294 Accounting (A2) 80 F295 People in organisations (A2) 80 F296 Business production (A2) 80 Note: * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 17

115 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *CHEMISRY A H034 AS GCE Chemistry A (Certification) QN: F321 Atoms, bonds and groups 90 F322 Chains, energy and resources 150 F323 Practical skills in chemistry 1 M P 60 H434 Advanced GCE Chemistry A (Certification) QN: F321 Atoms, bonds and groups 90 F322 Chains, energy and resources 150 F323 Practical skills in chemistry 1 M P 60 F324 Rings, polymers and analysis (A2) 90 F325 Equilibria, energetics and elements (A2) 150 F326 Practical skills in chemistry 2 (A2) M P 60 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Chemistry A H034 and Advanced GCE Chemistry A H434 in the same * For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: For a certificate candidates must have taken: six mandatory units: examination series as AS GCE Chemistry A H032 and AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H033. he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. *CHEMISRY B (SALERS) H035 AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) (Certification) QN: F331 Chemistry for life 90 F332 Chemistry of natural resources 150 F333 Chemistry in practice M P 60 H435 Advanced GCE Chemistry B (Salters) (Certification) QN: F331 Chemistry for life 90 F332 Chemistry of natural resources 150 F333 Chemistry in practice M P 60 F334 Chemistry of materials (A2) 90 F335 Chemistry by design (A2) 120 F336 Chemistry individual investigation (A2) M P 90 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H035 and Advanced GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H435 * For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: For a certificate candidates must have taken: six mandatory units: in the same examination series as AS GCE Chemistry A H 032 and AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H033. he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 18

116 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE CLASSICS H038 AS GCE Classics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken any two of the following units that are from different subject areas, i.e. AH, CC, G and L: F361 (L1) Latin language F362 (L2) Latin verse and prose literature F371 (G1) Classical greek language F372 (G2) Classical greek verse and prose literature F381 (CC1) Archaeology: Mycenae and the classical world F382 (CC2) Homer's odyssey and society F383 (CC3) Roman society and thought F384 (CC4) Greek tragedy in its context F385 (CC5) Greek historians F386 (CC6) City life in Roman Italy F391 (AH1) Greek history from original sources F392 (AH2) Roman history from original sources H438 Advanced GCE Classics (Certification) QN: X 400 For a certificate candidates must have taken two AS units and two A2 units; these four units must come from at least two different subject areas, i.e. AH, CC, G and L: F361 (L1) Latin language F362 (L2) Latin verse and prose literature F363 (L3) Latin verse (A2) F364 (L4) Latin prose (A2) F371 (G1) Classical greek language F372 (G2) Classical greek verse and prose literature F373 (G3) Classical greek verse (A2) F374 (G4) Classical greek prose (A2) F381 (CC1) Archaeology: Mycenae and the classical world F382 (CC2) Homer's odyssey and society F383 (CC3) Roman society and thought F384 (CC4) Greek tragedy in its context F385 (CC5) Greek historians F386 (CC6) City life in Roman Italy F387 (CC7) Roman Britain: Life in the outpost of the empire (A2) F388 (CC8) Art and architecture in the greek world (A2) F389 (CC9) Comic drama in the ancient world (A2) F390 (CC10) Virgil and the world of the hero (A2) F391 (AH1) Greek history from original sources F392 (AH2) Roman history from original sources F393 (AH3) Greek history: Conflict and culture (A2) F394 (AH4) Roman history: he use and abuse of power (A2) Note: Candidates should be entered for the appropriate certification codes for the combination of units that have been taken, even where this means they are entered for a different subject certification code at AS and A2. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 19

117 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, CLASSICS: ANCIEN HISORY H042 AS GCE Classics: Ancient History (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F391 (AH1) Greek history from original sources F392 (AH2) Roman history from original sources H442 Advanced GCE Classics: Ancient History (Certification) QN: X 400 For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F391 (AH1) Greek history from original sources F392 (AH2) Roman history from original sources F393 (AH3) Greek history: Conflict and culture (A2) F394 (AH4) Roman history: he use and abuse of power (A2) Note: Candidates should be entered for the appropriate certification codes for the combination of units that have been taken, even where this means they are entered for a different subject certification code at AS and A = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 20

118 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE CLASSICS: CLASSICAL CIVILISAION H041 AS GCE Classics: Classical Civilisation (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: two from: F381 (CC1) Archaeology: Mycenae and the classical world F382 (CC2) Homer's odyssey and society F383 (CC3) Roman society and thought F384 (CC4) Greek tragedy in its context F385 (CC5) Greek historians F386 (CC6) City Life in Roman Italy H441 Advanced GCE Classics: Classical Civilisation (Certification) QN: X 400 For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two from: F381 (CC1) Archaeology: Mycenae and the classical world F382 (CC2) Homer's odyssey and society F383 (CC3) Roman society and thought F384 (CC4) Greek tragedy in its context F385 (CC5) Greek historians F386 (CC6) City Life in Roman Italy and two from: F387 (CC7) Roman Britain: Life in the outpost of the empire (A2) F388 (CC8) Art and architecture in the greek world (A2) F389 (CC9) Comic drama in the ancient world (A2) F390 (CC10) Virgil and the world of the hero (A2) Note: Candidates should be entered for the appropriate certification codes for the combination of units that have been taken, even where this means they are entered for a different subject certification code at AS and A = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 21

119 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, CLASSICS: CLASSICAL GREEK H040 AS GCE Classics: Classical Greek (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F371 (G1) Classical greek language F372 (G2) Classical greek verse and prose literature H440 Advanced GCE Classics: Classical Greek (Certification) QN: X 400 For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F371 (G1) Classical greek language F372 (G2) Classical greek verse and prose literature F373 (G3) Classical greek verse (A2) F374 (G4) Classical greek prose (A2) Notes: Candidates should be entered for the appropriate certification codes for the combination of units that have been taken, even where this means they are entered for a different subject certification code at AS and A CLASSICS: LAIN H039 AS GCE Classics: Latin (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F361 (L1) Latin language F362 (L2) Latin verse and prose literature H439 Advanced GCE Classics: Latin (Certification) QN: X 400 For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F361 (L1) Latin language F362 (L2) Latin verse and prose literature F363 (L3) Latin verse (A2) F364 (L4) Latin prose (A2) Notes: Candidates should be entered for the appropriate certification codes for the combination of units that have been taken, even where this means they are entered for a different subject certification code at AS and A2. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 22

120 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE *COMPUING H047 AS GCE Computing (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F451 Computer fundamentals F452 Programming techniques and logical methods H447 Advanced GCE Computing (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: three mandatory units: F451 Computer fundamentals F452 Programming techniques and logical methods F453 Advanced computing theory (A2) 120 Computing project (A2) F454A 01 OCR Repository M R 80 F454B 02 Postal Moderation M P 80 Notes: For each of these units all internal assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. CRIICAL HINKING H052 AS GCE Critical hinking (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F501 Introduction to critical thinking F502 Assessing and developing argument 01 Multiple Choice 02 Written Paper H452 Advanced GCE Critical hinking (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F501 Introduction to critical thinking F502 Assessing and developing argument 01 Multiple Choice 02 Written Paper F503 Ethical reasoning and decision-making (A2) F504 Critical reasoning (A2) = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 23

121 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: PRODUC DESIGN H053 AS GCE Design and echnology: Product Design (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F521 Advanced innovation challenge 01 Assignment Reflection est F522 Product study M P 120 H453 Advanced GCE Design and echnology: Product Design 400 (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F521 Advanced innovation challenge 01 Assignment 02 Reflection est 80 F522 Product study M P 120 F523 Design, make and evaluate (A2) M P 120 F524 Product design (A2) 01 Written Paper 02 Written Paper DUCH H193 AS GCE Dutch (Certification) QN: X 200 For a certificate candidates must have taken: one mandatory unit: F881 Dutch: Listening, reading and writing H593 Advanced GCE Dutch (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F881 Dutch: Listening, reading and writing F882 Dutch: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 200 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 24

122 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE *ECONOMICS H061 AS GCE Economics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F581 ets in action F582 he national and international economy H461 Advanced GCE Economics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: three mandatory units: F581 ets in action F582 he national and international economy F585 he global economy (A2) F583 Economics of work and leisure (A2) F584 ransport economics (A2) Note: * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 25

123 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ELECRONICS H065 AS GCE Electronics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: F611 Simple systems 110 F612 Signal processors 110 Build and investigate electronic circuits F613A 01 OCR Repository M R 80 F613B 02 Postal Moderation 80 H465 Advanced GCE Electronics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: four mandatory units: F611 Simple systems 110 F612 Signal processors 110 F614 Electronic control systems (A2) 110 F615 Communication systems (A2) 110 Build and investigate electronic circuits F613A 01 OCR Repository M R 80 F613B 02 Postal Moderation M P 80 Design, build and investigate electronic circuits (A2) F616A 01 OCR Repository M R 80 F616B 02 Postal Moderation M P 80 Note: For each of these units all internal assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. M P = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 26

124 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE *ENGLISH LANGUAGE H069 AS GCE English Language (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F651 he dynamics of speech 120 F652 exts and audiences 80 H469 Advanced GCE English Language (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F651 he dynamics of speech 120 F652 exts and audiences M P 80 F653 Culture, language and identity (A2) 120 F654 Media language (A2) M P 80 Note: * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. M P *ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LIERAURE H073 AS GCE English Language and Literature (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F671 Speaking voices [closed text] 120 F672 Changing texts M P 80 H473 Advanced GCE English Language and Literature (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F671 Speaking voices [closed text] 120 F672 Changing texts M P 80 F673 Dramatic voices [closed text] (A2) 120 F674 Connections across texts (A2) M P 80 Note: * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. 200 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 27

125 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *ENGLISH LIERAURE H071 AS GCE English Literature (Certification) QN: X 200 For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F661 Poetry and prose [closed text] 120 F662 Literature post-1900 M P 80 H471 Advanced GCE English Literature (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F661 Poetry and prose [closed text] 120 F662 Literature post-1900 M P 80 F663 Drama and poetry pre-1800 [closed text] (A2) 120 F664 exts in time (A2) M P 80 Note: * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. FILM SUDIES H067 AS GCE Film Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F631 Film text and context F632 Foundation portfolio in film H467 Advanced GCE Film Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F631 Film text and context F632 Foundation portfolio in film M P F633 Global cinema and critical perspectives F634 Creative investigation in film M P M P = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 28

126 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE FRENCH H075 AS GCE French (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: F702 French: Listening, reading and writing French: Speaking (AS) F701A 01 Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 60 F701B 02 Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 60 F701C 03 Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 60 H475 Advanced GCE French (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: F702 French: Listening, reading and writing F704 French: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 140 French: Speaking (AS) F701A 01 Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 60 F701B 02 Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 60 F701C 03 Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 60 French: Speaking (A2) F703A 01 Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 60 F703B 02 Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 60 F703C 03 Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 60 Notes: All speaking tests must be recorded as MP3 files before either being uploaded to the OCR Repository or submitted on CD. For each of these units centres must choose how they wish to submit their speaking tests and then select the appropriate entry option. All speaking tests for this unit must be submitted using the same entry option. Further information is available in the instructions for the recording of MFL speaking tests CWI746 on the OCR website. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 29

127 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GENERAL SUDIES H079 AS GCE General Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F731 he cultural and social domains 140 F732 he scientific domain 60 H479 Advanced GCE General Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F731 he cultural and social domains 140 F732 he scientific domain 60 F733 Domain exploration: Applying synoptic skills (A2) F734 Culture, science and society: Making connections (A2) GEOGRAPHY H083 AS GCE Geography (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F761 Managing physical environments F762 Managing change in human environments H483 Advanced GCE Geography (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: F761 Managing physical environments F762 Managing change in human environments F763 Global issues (A2) 120 F764 Geographical skills (A2) 80 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 30

128 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE GEOLOGY H087 AS GCE Geology (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: F791 Global tectonics 90 F792 Rocks - processes and products 150 F793 Practical skills in geology 1 M P 60 H487 Advanced GCE Geology (Certification) QN: X 600 For a certificate candidates must have taken: six mandatory units: F791 Global tectonics 90 F792 Rocks - processes and products 150 F793 Practical skills in geology 1 M P 60 F794 Environmental geology (A2) 90 F795 Evolution of life, earth and climate (A2) 150 F796 Practical skills in geology 2 (A2) 60 M P = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 31

129 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GERMAN H076 AS GCE German (Certification) QN: X 200 For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: F712 German: Listening, reading and writing German: Speaking (AS) F711A 01 Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 60 F711B 02 Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 60 F711C 03 Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 60 H476 Advanced GCE German (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: F712 German: Listening, reading and writing F714 German: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 140 German: Speaking (AS) F711A 01 Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 60 F711B 02 Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 60 F711C 03 Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 60 German: Speaking (A2) F713A 01 Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 60 F713B 02 Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 60 F713C 03 Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 60 Notes: All speaking tests must be recorded as MP3 files before either being uploaded to the OCR Repository or submitted on CD. For each of these units centres must choose how they wish to submit their speaking tests and then select the appropriate entry option. All speaking tests for this unit must be submitted using the same entry option. Further information is available in the instructions for the recording of MFL speaking tests CWI746 on the OCR website. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 32

130 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE GOVERNMEN AND POLIICS H095 AS GCE Government and Politics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F851 Contemporary politics of the UK F852 Contemporary government of the UK H495 Advanced GCE Government and Politics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: F851 Contemporary politics of the UK F852 Contemporary government of the UK And one of the following pairs of units: EIHER: F853 Contemporary US government and politics (A2) F855 US government and politics (A2) OR F854 Political ideas and concepts (A2) F856 Political ideas and concepts in practice (A2) GUJARAI H194 AS GCE Gujarati (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: one mandatory unit: F883 Gujarati: Listening, reading and writing H594 Advanced GCE Gujarati (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F883 Gujarati: Listening, reading and writing F884 Gujarati: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 200 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 33

131 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, HEALH AND SOCIAL CARE H103 AS GCE Health and Social Care (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: F910 Promoting quality care Communication in care settings F911A 01 OCR Repository M R F911B 02 Postal Moderation M P Promoting good health F912A 01 OCR Repository M R F912B 02 Postal Moderation M P H303 AS GCE (Double Award) Health and Social Care (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: one mandatory unit: F910 Promoting quality care Communication in care settings F911A 01 OCR Repository M R F911B 02 Postal Moderation M P Promoting good health F912A 01 OCR Repository M R F912B 02 Postal Moderation M P And three from the following units, of which at least one must be externally assessed: F913 Health and safety in care settings AND/OR Caring for people with additional needs F914A 01 OCR Repository M R F914B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Working in early-years care and education F915A 01 OCR Repository M R F915B 02 Postal Moderation M P continued... = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 34

132 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE HEALH AND SOCIAL CARE (continued) (continued) AND/OR Health as a lifestyle choice F916A 01 OCR Repository M R F916B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Complementary therapies F917A 01 OCR Repository M R F917B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR F918 Caring for older people H503 Advanced GCE Health and Social Care (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: one mandatory unit: F910 Promoting quality care Communication in care settings F911A 01 OCR Repository M R F911B 02 Postal Moderation M P Promoting good health F912A 01 OCR Repository M R F912B 02 Postal Moderation M P Care practice and provision (A2) F919A 01 OCR Repository M R F919B 02 Postal Moderation M P And two from the following units, of which at least one must be externally assessed: F920 Understanding human behaviour and development (A2) AND/OR F921 Anatomy and physiology in practice (A2) AND/OR Child development (A2) F922A 01 OCR Repository M R F922B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Mental-health issues (A2) F923A 01 OCR Repository M R F923B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR F924 Social trends (A2) AND/OR Research methods in health and social care (A2) F925A 01 OCR Repository M R F925B 02 Postal Moderation M P continued... = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 35

133 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, HEALH AND SOCIAL CARE (continued) H703 Advanced GCE (Double Award) Health and Social Care (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken twelve units as follows: one mandatory unit: F910 Promoting quality care Communication in care settings F911A 01 OCR Repository M R F911B 02 Postal Moderation M P Promoting good health F912A 01 OCR Repository M R F912B 02 Postal Moderation M P Care practice and provision (A2) F919A 01 OCR Repository M R F919B 02 Postal Moderation M P And three from the following units, of which at least one must be externally assessed: F913 Health and safety in care settings AND/OR Caring for people with additional needs F914A 01 OCR Repository M R F914B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Working in early-years care and education F915A 01 OCR Repository M R F915B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Health as a lifestyle choice F916A 01 OCR Repository M R F916B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Complementary therapies F917A 01 OCR Repository M R F917B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR F918 Caring for older people continued = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 36

134 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE HEALH AND SOCIAL CARE (continued) (continued) H703 Advanced GCE (Double Award) Health and Social Care (Certification) QN: And five from the following units, of which at least two must be externally assessed: F920 Understanding human behaviour and development AND/OR F921 Anatomy and physiology in practice (A2) AND/OR Child development (A2) F922A 01 OCR Repository M R F922B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Mental-health issues (A2) F923A 01 OCR Repository M R F923B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR F924 Social trends (A2) AND/OR Research methods in health and social care (A2) F925A 01 OCR Repository M R F925B 02 Postal Moderation M P Note: For each of these units all internal assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 37

135 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *HISORY A H106 AS GCE History A (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: EIHER one from: British history period studies F961A 01 Medieval and early modern F961B 02 Modern European and world history enquiries F964A 01 Medieval and early Modern F964B 02 Modern OR one from: European and world history period studies F962A 01 Medieval and early modern F962B 02 Modern British history enquiries F963A 01 Medieval and early modern F963B 02 Modern H506 Advanced GCE History A (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: one mandatory unit: F965 Historical interpretations and investigations (A2) M P 80 Historical themes F966A 01 Medieval and early modern (A2) 120 F966B 02 Modern and EIHER one from: British history period studies F961A 01 Medieval and early modern F961B 02 Modern European and world history enquires F964A 01 Medieval and early modern F964B 02 Modern OR one from: European and world history period studies F962A 01 Medieval and early modern F962B 02 Modern British history enquiries F963A 01 Medieval and early modern F963B 02 Modern Note: * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 38

136 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE *HISORY B H108 AS GCE History B (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: EIHER F981 Historical explanation - British history F984 Using historical evidence - non British history OR F982 Historical explanation - non British history F983 Using historical evidence - British history H508 Advanced GCE History B (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: one mandatory unit: F987 Historical significance (A2) M P 80 F985 Historical controversies - British history (A2) W 120 F986 Historical controversies - non British history (A2) W 120 And one of the following pairs of units: F981 Historical explanation - British history F984 Using historical evidence - non British history OR F982 Historical explanation - non British history F983 Using historical evidence - British history Note: * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 39

137 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, HOME ECONOMICS (FOOD, NURIION AND HEALH) H111 AS GCE Home Economics (Food, Nutrition and Health) (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: G001 Society and health G002 Resource management H511 Advanced GCE Home Economics (Food, Nutrition and Health) (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: G001 Society and health G002 Resource management G003 Investigative study (A2) M P G004 Nutrition and food production (A2) 200 *HUMAN BIOLOGY H023 AS GCE Human Biology (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: F221 Molecules, blood and gas exchange 90 F222 Growth, development and disease 150 F223 Practical skills in human biology 60 H423 Advanced GCE Human Biology (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: six mandatory units: F221 Molecules, blood and gas exchange 90 F222 Growth, development and disease 150 F223 Practical skills in human biology M P 60 F224 Energy, reproduction and populations (A2) 90 F225 Genetics, control and ageing (A2) 150 F226 Extended investigation in human biology (A2) M P 60 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Human Biology H023 and Advanced GCE Human Biology H423 in the same examination series as AS GCE Biology A H020 and AS GCE Biology B H022. * From September 2015, centres will not be able to offer these qualifications for the first time. However, centres that have previously offered these qualifications can start a new cohort and will have a final assessment opportunity in Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. M P = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 40

138 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE HUMANIIES H113 AS GCE Humanities (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: G101 Human society and the natural world G102 People, community and power H513 Advanced GCE Humanities (Certification) QN: X 400 For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: three mandatory units: G101 Human society and the natural world G102 People, community and power G103 International and global controversies Interdisciplinary skills research enquiry G104A 01 OCR Repository M R G104B 02 Postal Moderation M P = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 41

139 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, APPLIED IC H115 AS GCE IC (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: G041 How organisations use IC Using IC to communicate G040A 01 OCR Repository M R G040B 02 Postal Moderation M P IC solutions for individuals and society G042A 01 OCR Repository M R G042B 02 Postal Moderation M P H315 AS GCE (Double Award) Applied IC (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: one mandatory unit: G041 How organisations use IC Using IC to communicate G040A 01 OCR Repository M R G040B 02 Postal Moderation M P IC solutions for individuals and society G042A 01 OCR Repository M R G042B 02 Postal Moderation M P System specification and configuration G043A 01 OCR Repository M R G043B 02 Postal Moderation M P and two from the following units: Problem solving using IC G044A 01 OCR Repository M R G044B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Software development-design G045A 01 OCR Repository M R G045B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Communicating using computers G046A 01 OCR Repository M R G046B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Introduction to programming G047A 01 OCR Repository M R G047B 02 Postal Moderation M P continued... = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 42

140 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE APPLIED IC (continued) H515 Advanced GCE Applied IC (Certification) QN: 4436X 600 For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: one mandatory unit: G041 How organisations use IC Using IC to communicate G040A 01 OCR Repository M R G040B 02 Postal Moderation M P IC solutions for individuals and society G042A 01 OCR Repository M R G042B 02 Postal Moderation M P Working to a brief (A2) G048A 01 OCR Repository M R G048B 02 Postal Moderation M P and two from the following units: Numerical modelling using spreadsheets (A2) G049A 01 OCR Repository M R G049B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Interactive multimedia products (A2) G050A 01 OCR Repository M R G050B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Publishing (A2) G051A 01 OCR Repository M R G051B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Artwork and imaging (A2) G052A 01 OCR Repository M R G052B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Developing and creating websites (A2) G053A 01 OCR Repository M R G053B 02 Postal Moderation M P continued... = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 43

141 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, APPLIED IC (continued) H715 Advanced GCE (Double Award) Applied IC (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken twelve units as follows: one mandatory unit: G041 How organisations use IC Using IC to communicate G040A 01 OCR Repository M R G040B 02 Postal Moderation M P IC solutions for individuals and society G042A 01 OCR Repository M R G042B 02 Postal Moderation M P System specification and configuration G043A 01 OCR Repository M R G043B 02 Postal Moderation M P Working to a brief (A2) G048A 01 OCR Repository M R G048B 02 Postal Moderation M P and two from the following units: Problem solving using IC G044A 01 OCR Repository M R G044B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Software development-design G045A 01 OCR Repository M R G045B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Communicating using computers G046A 01 OCR Repository M R G046B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Introduction to programming G047A 01 OCR Repository M R G047B 02 Postal Moderation M P and two from the following units: Numerical modelling using spreadsheets (A2) G049A 01 OCR Repository M R G049B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Interactive multimedia products (A2) G050A 01 OCR Repository M R G050B 02 Postal Moderation M P continued = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 44

142 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE APPLIED IC (continued) (continued) AND/OR Publishing (A2) G051A 01 OCR Repository M R G051B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Artwork and imaging (A2) G052A 01 OCR Repository M R G052B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Developing and creating websites (A2) G053A 01 OCR Repository M R G053B 02 Postal Moderation M P G054 Software development (A2) G055 Networking solutions (A2) and two from the following units: Program design, production and testing (A2) G056A 01 OCR Repository M R G056B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Database design (A2) G057A 01 OCR Repository M R G057B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Developing & maintaining IC systems for users (A2) G058A 01 OCR Repository M R G058B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR IC solutions for people with individual needs (A2) G059A 01 OCR Repository M R G059B 02 Postal Moderation M P Notes: he brief for unit G048 is set by OCR and is available to centres at the start of the course. For each of these units all internal assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 45

143 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, IC H117 AS GCE IC (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: G061 Information, systems and applications 120 G062 Structured IC tasks 80 H517 Advanced GCE IC (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: three mandatory units: G061 Information, systems and applications 120 G062 Structured IC tasks M P 80 G063 IC systems, applications and implications (A2) 120 IC project (A2) G064A 01 OCR Repository M R 80 G064B 02 Postal Moderation M P 80 Note: For each of these units all internal assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. M P LAW H134 AS GCE Law (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: G151 English legal system 120 G152 Sources of law 80 H534 Advanced GCE Law (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: G151 English legal system 120 G152 Sources of law 80 And one of the following pairs of units: G153 Criminal law (A2) 120 G154 Criminal law special study (A2) 80 OR G155 Law of contract (A2) 120 G156 Law of contract special study (A2) 80 OR G157 Law of torts (A2) 120 G158 Law of torts special study (A2) 80 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 46

144 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE LEISURE SUDIES H128 AS GCE Leisure Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: G182 Leisure industry practice Exploring leisure G180A 01 OCR Repository M R G180B 02 Postal Moderation M P Customer service in the leisure industry G181A 01 OCR Repository M R G181B 02 Postal Moderation H528 Advanced GCE Leisure Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: two mandatory units: G182 Leisure industry practice G184 Human resources in the leisure industry (A2) Exploring leisure G180A 01 OCR Repository M R G180B 02 Postal Moderation M P Customer service in the leisure industry G181A 01 OCR Repository M R G181B 02 Postal Moderation M P Event management (A2) G183A 01 OCR Repository M R G183B 02 Postal Moderation M P Leisure in the outdoors (A2) G185A 01 OCR Repository M R G185B 02 Postal Moderation M P Note: For each of these units all internal assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. M P = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 47

145 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, MAHEMAICS Entry Codes for the units here are 17 units available for Mathematics. hey may be used towards qualifications 3890, 3891, 3892, 7890, 7891 and 7892 as listed on the following pages (C1) Core mathematics 1 AS 4722 (C2) Core mathematics 2 AS 4723 (C3) Core mathematics 3 A (C4) Core mathematics 4 A (FP1) Further pure mathematics 1 AS 4726 (FP2) Further pure mathematics 2 A (FP3) Further pure mathematics 3 A (M1) Mechanics 1 AS 4729 (M2) Mechanics 2 A (M3) Mechanics 3 A (M4) Mechanics 4 A (S1) Probability and statistics 1 AS 4733 (S2) Probability and statistics 2 A (S3) Probability and statistics 3 A (S4) Probability and statistics 4 A (D1) Decision mathematics 1 AS 4737 (D2) Decision mathematics 2 A2 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 48

146 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE MAHEMAICS 3890 AS GCE Mathematics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: 4721, , 4732, Advanced GCE Mathematics (Certification) QN: W 600 For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: four mandatory units: For details of units see page 48 Note: W 4721, 4722, 4723, 4724 And two of the following combinations: For details of units see page & 4729; 4732 & 4733; 4736 & 4737; 4728 & 4732; 4728 & 4736; 4732 & 4736 Centres are strongly advised to apply for recertification for 3890 in the same series as certificating for his makes all units available to optimise the grade for each qualification. If 3892 has previously been certificated, it too should be recertificated. It is important to note that 7890 and 3892 require a total of nine units. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 49

147 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, FURHER MAHEMAICS 3892 AS GCE Further Mathematics (Certification) QN: X Notes: o certificate for 3892, candidates must have certificated or be certificating for 3890 (AS GCE Mathematics) or 7890 (Advanced GCE Mathematics). Alternatively candidates may enter for a GCE qualification from a different specification, see note Z below. For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: 4725 he remaining two units may be any other two, as long as: six different units are required for certification in AS GCE Mathematics and AS GCE Further Mathematics; nine different units are required for certification in Advanced GCE Mathematics and AS GCE Further Mathematics; units 4721, 4722, 4723, 4724 may not be used in Further Mathematics. Advanced GCE Further Mathematics (Certification) QN: o certificate for 7892, candidates must have certificated or be certificating for 7890 (Advanced GCE Mathematics). Alternatively candidates may certificate for A level Mathematics from a different specification, see note Z below. For details of units see page 48 For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: one mandatory unit: For details of units 4725 see page , 4727 he remaining four units may be any other four, as long as: twelve different units are required for certification in Advanced GCE Mathematics and Advanced GCE Further Mathematics; at least two of the four units are A2 units; units 4721, 4722, 4723, 4724 may not be used in Further Mathematics. X Centres are strongly advised to apply for recertification (or certification) for 3890 (and 7890 if enough units have been sat) in the same series as certificating for 3892 (see note Z below). his makes all units available to optimise the grade for each qualification. Y Centres are strongly advised to apply for recertification (or certification) for 3890, 7890 and 3892 in the same series as certificating for 7892 (see note Z below). his makes all units available to optimise the grade for each qualification. Z If a candidate has certified or is certificating for AS Mathematics or A level Mathematics with a different specification or awarding body, a manual certification form must be completed and returned to OCR. his form is available on the Entries section on the OCR website, the GCE Mathematics pages on the OCR website or may be requested by ing FurtherMaths.ManualCert@ocr.org.uk Y 600 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 50

148 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE PURE MAHEMAICS Entry Codes for the units 3891 AS GCE Pure Mathematics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: 4721, 4722, 4725 Advanced GCE Pure Mathematics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: five mandatory units: 4721, 4722, 4723, 4724, , 4727 For details of units see page 48 For details of units see page = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 51

149 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, MAHEMAICS (MEI) Entry Codes for the units here are 22 units available for Mathematics (MEI). hey may be used towards qualifications 3895, 3896, 3897, 3898, 7895, 7896, 7897 and 7898 as listed on the following pages (C1) Introduction to advanced mathematics AS 4752 (C2) Concepts for advanced mathematics AS 4753A (C3) Methods for advanced mathematics with Coursework A2 01 Written Paper 02 Coursework M P 4753B (C3) Methods for advanced mathematics with Carried Forward Coursework A2 01 Written Paper 82 Carried Forward Coursework C 4754 (C4) Applications of advanced mathematics A (FP1) Further concepts for advanced mathematics AS 4756 (FP2) Further methods for advanced mathematics A (FP3) Further applications of advanced mathematics A2 4758A (DE) Differential equations with Coursework A2 01 Written Paper 02 Coursework M P 4758B (DE) Differential equations with Carried Forward Coursework A2 01 Written Paper 82 Carried Forward Coursework C 4761 (M1) Mechanics 1 AS 4762 (M2) Mechanics 2 A (M3) Mechanics 3 A (M4) Mechanics 4 A (S1) Statistics 1 AS 4767 (S2) Statistics 2 A (S3) Statistics 3 A (S4) Statistics 4 A (D1) Decision mathematics 1 AS 4772 (D2) Decision mathematics 2 A (DC) Decision mathematics computation A2 4776A (NM) Numerical methods with Coursework AS 01 Written Paper 02 Coursework M P 4776B (NM) Numerical methods with Carried Forward Coursework AS 01 Written Paper 82 Carried Forward Coursework C 4777 (NC) Numerical computation A (FP) Further pure mathematics with technology A2 Note: his unit requires the use of a computer in the examination: see the specification for details. Centres entering candidates for this unit must complete a form seeking approval from OCR for the software they intend to use for the examination. he form is available on the website = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 52

150 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE MAHEMAICS (MEI) 3895 AS GCE Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: 7895 Advanced GCE Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) QN: W 600 For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: four mandatory units: 4751, 4752 For details of units see page , 4766, 4771 Note: W 4751, 4752, 4753, 4754 For details of units And two of the following combinations: and options see page & 4762; 4766 & 4767; 4771 & 4772; 4771 & 4773; 4761 & 4766; 4761 & 4771; 4766 & 4771 Centres are strongly advised to apply for recertification for 3895 in the same series as certificating for his makes all units available to optimise the grade for each qualification. If 3896 has previously been certificated, it too should be recertificated. It is important to note that 7895 and 3896 require a total of nine units. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 53

151 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, FURHER MAHEMAICS (MEI) 3896 Notes: X Y Z AS GCE Further Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) QN: o certificate for 3896, candidates must have certificated or be certificating for 3895 (AS GCE Mathematics MEI) or 7895 (Advanced GCE Mathematics MEI). different specification, see note Z below. For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: 4755 he remaining two units may be any other two, as long as: six different units are required for certification in AS GCE Mathematics and AS GCE Further Mathematics; nine different units are required for certification in Advanced GCE Mathematics and AS GCE Further Mathematics; units 4751, 4752, 4753, 4754 may not be used in Further Mathematics Advanced GCE Further Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) QN: Y 600 o certificate for 7896, candidates must have certificated or be certificating for 7895 (Advanced GCE Mathematics MEI). Alternatively candidates may certificate for A level Mathematics from a different specification, see note Z below. For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: two mandatory units: 4755, 4756 he remaining four units may be any other four, as long as: twelve different units are required for certification in Advanced GCE Mathematics and Advanced GCE Further Mathematics; at least two of the four units are A2 units; units 4751, 4752, 4753, 4754 may not be used in Further Mathematics. Centres are strongly advised to apply for recertification (or certification) for 3895 (and 7895 if enough units have been sat) in the same series as certificating for 3896 (see note Z below). his makes all units available to optimise the grade for each qualification. certificating for 7896 (see note Z below). his makes all units available to optimise the grade for each qualification. FurtherMaths.ManualCert@ocr.org.uk For details of units see page For details of units and options see page 52 Centres are strongly advised to apply for recertification (or certification) for 3895, 7895 and 3896 in the same series as If a candidate has certified or is certificating for AS Mathematics or A level Mathematics with a different specification or awarding body, a manual certification form must be completed and returned to OCR. his form is available on the Entries section on the OCR website, the GCE Mathematics pages on the OCR website or may be requested by ing X = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 54

152 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, FURHER MAHEMAICS (MEI) AS GCE Further Mathematics (MEI) (Additional) (Certification) QN: Candidates who offer 15 units are eligible for an additional award in AS GCE Further Mathematics. Such candidates must have fulfilled the requirements for Advanced GCE Mathematics and Advanced GCE Further Mathematics. Advanced GCE Further Mathematics (MEI) (Additional) (Certification) QN: Candidates who offer 18 units are eligible for an additional award in Advanced GCE Further Mathematics. Such candidates must have fulfilled the requirements for Advanced GCE Mathematics and Advanced GCE Further Mathematics. 300 For details of units and options see page For details of units and options see page 52 GCE PURE MAHEMAICS (MEI) 3898 AS GCE Pure Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) QN: Note: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: 4751, , 4754, 4755, 4776 Advanced GCE Pure Mathematics (MEI) (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: four mandatory units: For details of units see page , 4752, 4753, 4754 For details of units And two of the following combinations: see page & 4756; 4755 & 4757; 4755 & 4777; 4776 & 4756; 4776 & 4757; 4776 & 4777 A qualification in AS and Advanced GCE Pure Mathematics may not be obtained in combination with any qualification in Mathematics or Further Mathematics. 600 QUANIAIVE MEHODS (MEI) H133 see page 61 SAISICS (MEI) H132 see page 66 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 55

153 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, MEDIA SUDIES H140 AS GCE Media Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: G321 Foundation portfolio in media M P G322 Key media concepts (V drama) G323 Key media concepts (Radio drama) H540 Advanced GCE Media Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: three mandatory units: G321 Foundation portfolio in media M P G324 Advanced portfolio in media (A2) M P G325 Critical perspectives in media (A2) G322 Key media concepts (V drama) G323 Key media concepts (Radio drama) MUSIC H142 AS GCE Music (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: G351 Performing music 1 VE 120 G352 Composing 1 M P 90 G353 Introduction to historical study in music 90 H542 Advanced GCE Music (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: six mandatory units: G351 Performing music 1 VE 120 G352 Composing 1 M P 90 G353 Introduction to historical study in music 90 G354 Performing music 2 (Interpretation) (A2) VE 120 G355 Composing 2 (A2) M P 90 G356 Historical and analytical Studies in music (A2) 90 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 56

154 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE PERFORMANCE SUDIES H148 AS GCE Performance Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: G401 Creating performance M P 140 G402 Performance contexts 1 60 H548 Advanced GCE Performance Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: G401 Creating performance M P 140 G402 Performance contexts 1 60 G403 Performance contexts 2 (A2) 60 G404 Performance project (A2) VE 140 PERFORMING ARS H146 AS GCE Performing Arts (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: G380 Investigating performing arts organisations M P G381 Professional practice: Skills development M P G382 Professional practice: Performance VE G383 Professional practice: Production VE H546 Advanced GCE Performing Arts (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: four mandatory units: G380 Investigating performing arts organisations M P G381 Professional practice: Skills development M P G384 Getting work (A2) M P G385 Exploring repertoire (A2) M P G382 Professional practice: Performance VE G383 Professional practice: Production VE G386 Producing your showcase (A2) VE G387 Production demonstration (A2) VE Notes: Units G382, G383, G386 and G387 include two elements of assessment, for which a single mark is given to each unit as a whole. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 57

155 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, PERSIAN H195 AS GCE Persian (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: one mandatory unit: F885 Persian: Listening, reading and writing H595 Advanced GCE Persian (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F885 Persian: Listening, reading and writing F886 Persian: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 200 PHYSICAL EDUCAION H154 AS GCE Physical Education (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: G451 An introduction to physical education 120 G452 Acquiring, developing and evaluating practical skills in physical M V 80 education H554 Advanced GCE Physical Education (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: G451 An introduction to physical education 120 G452 Acquiring, developing and evaluating practical skills in physical M V 80 education G453 Principles and concepts across different areas of physical 140 education (A2) G454 he improvement of effective performance and the critical evaluation M V 60 of practical activities in physical education (A2) = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 58

156 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE *PHYSICS A H158 AS GCE Physics A (Certification) QN: G481 Mechanics 90 G482 Electrons, waves and photons 150 G483 Practical skills in physics 1 M P 60 H558 Advanced GCE Physics A (Certification) QN: G481 Mechanics 90 G482 Electrons, waves and photons 150 G483 Practical skills in physics 1 M P 60 G484 he newtonian world (A2) 90 G485 Fields, particles and frontiers of physics (A2) 150 G486 Practical skills in physics 2 (A2) M P 60 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Physics A H158 and Advanced GCE Physics A H558 in the same * For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: For a certificate candidates must have taken: six mandatory units: examination series as AS GCE Physics A H156, AS GCE Physics B H157 and Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H557. he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. *PHYSICS B (Advancing Physics) H159 G491 Physics in action 90 G492 Understanding processes, experimentation and data handling 150 G493 Physics in practice M P 60 H559 Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) (Certification) QN: G491 Physics in action 90 G492 Understanding processes, experimentation and data handling 150 G493 Physics in practice M P 60 G494 Rise and fall of the clockwork universe (A2) 90 G495 Field and particle pictures (A2) 150 G496 Researching physics (A2) M P 60 Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H159 and Advanced GCE Physics B * AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) (Certification) QN: X For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: For a certificate candidates must have taken: six mandatory units: (Advancing Physics) H559 in the same examination series as AS GCE Physics A H156, AS GCE Physics B H157 and Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H557. he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. 300 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 59

157 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, PORUGUESE H196 AS GCE Portuguese (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: one mandatory unit: F887 Portuguese: Listening, reading and writing H596 Advanced GCE Portuguese (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F887 Portuguese: Listening, reading and writing F888 Portuguese: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 200 *PSYCHOLOGY H168 AS GCE Psychology (Certification) QN: X 200 For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: G541 Psychological investigations 60 G542 Core studies 140 H568 Advanced GCE Psychology (Certification) QN: X 400 For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: G541 Psychological investigations 60 G542 Core studies 140 G543 Options in applied psychology (A2) G544 Approaches and research methods in psychology (A2) Note: * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 60

158 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE QUANIAIVE MEHODS (MEI) (AS ONLY) H133 AS GCE Quantitative Methods (MEI) (Certification) QN: G244A G244B For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: Introduction to Quantitative Methods (MEI) with Coursework 01 Written Paper 02 Coursework Introduction to Quantitative Methods (MEI) with Carried Forward Coursework 01 Written Paper 82 Carried Forward Coursework C G245 Statistics 1 G246 Decision Mathematics 1 M P = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 61

159 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, RELIGIOUS SUDIES H172 AS GCE Religious Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two from: G571 Philosophy of religion (AS) G572 Religious ethics (AS) G573 Jewish scriptures (AS) G574 New testament (AS) G575 Developments in Christian theology (AS) G576 Buddhism (AS) G577 Hinduism (AS) G578 Islam (AS) G579 Judaism (AS) H572 Advanced GCE Religious Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two from: G571 Philosophy of religion (AS) G572 Religious ethics (AS) G573 Jewish scriptures (AS) G574 New testament (AS) G575 Developments in Christian theology (AS) G576 Buddhism (AS) G577 Hinduism (AS) G578 Islam (AS) G579 Judaism (AS) and two from: G581 Philosophy of religion (A2) G582 Religious ethics (A2) G583 Jewish scriptures (A2) G584 New testament (A2) G585 Developments in Christian theology (A2) G586 Buddhism (A2) G587 Hinduism (A2) G588 Islam (A2) G589 Judaism (A2) = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 62

160 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE APPLIED SCIENCE H175 AS GCE Applied Science (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: G620 Science at work M P G621 Analysis at work M P G622 Monitoring the activity of the human body H375 AS GCE (Double Award) Applied Science (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: four mandatory units: G620 Science at work M P G621 Analysis at work M P G622 Monitoring the activity of the human body G623 Cells and molecules 01 Externally Assessed - plan E 02 Externally Assessed - test and two from: G624 Chemicals for a purpose M P G625 Forensic science M P G626 he physics of sport M P H575 Advanced GCE Applied Science (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: four mandatory units: G620 Science at work M P G621 Analysis at work M P G622 Monitoring the activity of the human body G627 Investigating the scientist's work (A2) M P G628 Sampling, testing and processing (A2) G635 Working waves (A2) G629 Synthesising organic chemicals (A2) M P G630 Materials for a purpose (A2) M P G631 Electrons in action (A2) M P G632 he mind and the brain (A2) M P G633 Ecology and managing the environment (A2) M P G634 Applications of biotechnology (A2) M P continued = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 63

161 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, APPLIED SCIENCE (continued) Advanced GCE (Double Award) Applied Science Certification) H QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken twelve units as follows: seven mandatory units: G620 Science at work M P G621 Analysis at work M P G622 Monitoring the activity of the human body G623 Cells and molecules 01 Externally Assessed - Plan E 02 Externally Assessed - est G627 Investigating the scientist's work (A2) M P G628 Sampling, testing and processing (A2) G635 Working waves (A2) and two from: G624 Chemicals for a purpose M P G625 Forensic science M P G626 he physics of sport M P and three from: G629 Synthesising organic chemicals (A2) M P G630 Materials for a purpose (A2) M P G631 Electrons in action (A2) M P G632 he mind and the brain (A2) M P G633 Ecology and managing the environment (A2) M P G634 Applications of biotechnology (A2) M P Note: Cannot take more than two from units G632, G633 and G634. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 64

162 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE SCIENCE (AS ONLY) H178 AS GCE Science (Certification) QN: X 300 For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: G641 Remote sensing and the natural environment 90 G642 Science and human activity 150 G643 Practical skills in science 60 M P *SOCIOLOGY H181 AS GCE Sociology (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: G671 Exploring socialisation, culture and identity G672 opics in socialisation, culture and identity H581 Advanced GCE Sociology (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: G671 Exploring socialisation, culture and identity G672 opics in socialisation, culture and identity G673 Power and control (A2) G674 Exploring social inequality and difference (A2) Notes: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Sociology H181 and Advanced GCE Sociology H581 in the same examination series as AS GCE Sociology H180. * he final assessment opportunity for these qualifications will be. Final resit opportunities for these qualifications are still to be confirmed by Ofqual. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 65

163 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, SPANISH F722 Spanish: Listening, reading and writing Spanish: Speaking (AS) F721A 01 Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 60 F721B 02 Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 60 F721C 03 Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 60 H477 Advanced GCE Spanish (Certification) QN: F722 Spanish: Listening, reading and writing F724 Spanish: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 140 Spanish: Speaking (AS) F721A 01 Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 60 F721B 02 Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 60 F721C 03 Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 60 Spanish: Speaking (A2) F723A 01 Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 60 F723B 02 Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 60 F723C 03 Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 60 Notes: All speaking tests must be recorded as MP3 files before either being uploaded to the OCR Repository or submitted on CD. For each of these units centres must choose how they wish to submit their speaking tests and then select the appropriate entry option. All speaking tests for this unit must be submitted using the same entry option. Further information is available in the instructions for the recording of MFL speaking tests CWI746 on the OCR website. H077 AS GCE Spanish (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: SAISICS (MEI) (AS ONLY) H132 AS GCE Statistics (MEI) (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: G241 (Z1) Statistics 1 G242 (Z2) Statistics 2 G243 (Z3) Statistics 3 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 66

164 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE RAVEL AND OURISM H189 AS GCE ravel and ourism (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: G720 Introducing travel and tourism Customer service in travel and tourism G721A 01 OCR Repository M R G721B 02 Postal Moderation M P ravel destinations G722A 01 OCR Repository M R G722B 02 Postal Moderation M P H389 AS GCE (Double Award) ravel and ourism (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: two mandatory units: G720 Introducing travel and tourism G723 International ravel Customer service in travel and tourism G721A 01 OCR Repository M R G721B 02 Postal Moderation M P ravel destinations G722A 01 OCR Repository M R G722B 02 Postal Moderation M P and two from the following units: ourist attractions G724A 01 OCR Repository M R G724B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Organising travel G725A 01 OCR Repository M R G725B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Hospitality G726A 01 OCR Repository M R G726B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Working overseas G727A 01 OCR Repository M R G727B 02 Postal Moderation M P continued = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 67

165 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, RAVEL AND OURISM (continued) H589 Advanced GCE ravel & ourism (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken six units as follows: two mandatory units: G720 Introducing travel and tourism G728 ourism development (A2) Customer service in travel and tourism G721A 01 OCR Repository M R G721B 02 Postal Moderation M P ravel destinations G722A 01 OCR Repository M R G722B 02 Postal Moderation M P Event management (A2) G729A 01 OCR Repository M R G729B 02 Postal Moderation M P EIHER: he guided tour (A2) G730A 01 OCR Repository M R G730B 02 Postal Moderation M P OR Ecotourism (A2) G731A 01 OCR Repository M R G731B 02 Postal Moderation M P OR Adventure tourism (A2) G732A 01 OCR Repository M R G732B 02 Postal Moderation M P OR Cultural tourism (A2) G733A 01 OCR Repository M R G733B 02 Postal Moderation M P H789 Advanced GCE (Double Award) ravel and ourism (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken twelve units as follows: four mandatory units: G720 Introducing travel and tourism G723 International travel G728 ourism development (A2) G734 eting in travel and tourism (A2) Customer service in travel and tourism G721A 01 OCR Repository M R G721B 02 Postal Moderation M P continued... = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 68

166 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCE RAVEL AND OURISM (continued) (continued) ravel destinations G722A 01 OCR Repository M R G722B 02 Postal Moderation M P Event management (A2) G729A 01 OCR Repository M R G729B 02 Postal Moderation M P Human resources in travel and tourism (A2) G735A 01 OCR Repository M R G735B 02 Postal Moderation M P and two from the following units: ourist attractions G724A 01 OCR Repository M R G724B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Organising travel G725A 01 OCR Repository M R G725B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Hospitality G726A 01 OCR Repository M R G726B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Working overseas G727A 01 OCR Repository M R G727B 02 Postal Moderation M P and two from the following units: he guided tour (A2) G730A 01 OCR Repository M R G730B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Ecotourism (A2) G731A 01 OCR Repository M R G731B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Adventure tourism (A2) G732A 01 OCR Repository M R G732B 02 Postal Moderation M P AND/OR Cultural tourism (A2) G733A 01 OCR Repository M R G733B 02 Postal Moderation M P Note: For each of these units all internal assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 69

167 GCE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, URKISH H197 AS GCE urkish (Certification) QN: X 200 For a certificate candidates must have taken: one mandatory unit: F889 urkish: Listening, reading and writing H597 Advanced GCE urkish (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: F889 urkish: Listening, reading and writing F890 urkish: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 200 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 70

168 PRINCIPAL LEARNING & PROJEC Principal Learning and Project Entry Codes and Rules of Combination his section contains the OCR Principal Learning and Project entry codes and rules of combination together with the assessment availability for 2015/16. Principal Learning subjects are listed alphabetically, followed by Project. Contents ENGINEERING H810 H811 Level 2 Principal Learning in Engineering (final assessment opportunity) Level 3 Principal Learning in Engineering FOUNDAION, HIGHER AND EXENDED PROJEC H854 H855 Level 1 Foundation Project Level 2 Higher Project H856 Level 3 Extended Project 74 71

169 PRINCIPAL LEARNING & PROJEC o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *ENGINEERING January 1A16 H810 Level 2 Principal Learning in Engineering QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken eight units as follows: one mandatory unit: F548 * he engineered world (Viva voce) W - Engineering design F549A 01 OCR Repository M R - F549B 02 Postal Moderation M P - Engineering applications of computers F550A 01 OCR Repository M R - F550B 02 Postal Moderation M P - Producing engineering solutions F551A 01 OCR Repository M R - F551B 02 Postal Moderation M P - Construct electronic and electrical systems F552A 01 OCR Repository M R - F552B 02 Postal Moderation M P - Manufacturing engineering F553A 01 OCR Repository M R - F553B 02 Postal Moderation M P - Maintenance F554A 01 OCR Repository M R - F554B 02 Postal Moderation M P - Innovation, enterprise and technological advance F555A 01 OCR Repository M R - F555B 02 Postal Moderation M P - continued = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 72

170 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, PRINCIPAL LEARNING & PROJEC *ENGINEERING (continued) H811 Level 3 Principal Learning in Engineering QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken nine units as follows: two mandatory units: January 1A16 F559 Instrumentation and control engineering F563 Mathematical techniques and applications for engineers Engineering businesses and the environment F556A 01 OCR Repository M R M R F556B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P Applications of computer aided designing F557A 01 OCR Repository M R M R F557B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P Selection and application of engineering materials F558A 01 OCR Repository M R M R F558B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P Maintaining engineering systems F560A 01 OCR Repository M R M R F560B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P Production and manufacturing F561A 01 OCR Repository M R M R F561B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P Innovative design and enterprise F562A 01 OCR Repository M R M R F562B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P Scientific principles and applications for engineers F564A 01 OCR Repository M R M R F564B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P Notes: For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. * Speaking est * Final resit availability of specification H810 is January = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 73

171 PRINCIPAL LEARNING & PROJEC o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, FOUNDAION, HIGHER AND EXENDED PROJEC Entry Codes Candidates must take one of the following options: H854A 01 OCR Repository M R M R H854B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P Candidates must take one of the following options: H855A 01 OCR Repository M R M R H855B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P Candidates must take one of the following options: H856A 01 OCR Repository M R M R H856B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P Note: Level 1 Foundation Project QN: Level 2 Higher Project QN: X Level 3 Extended Project QN: January 1A16 For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 74

172 GCSE GCSE his section contains the OCR GCSE entry codes and rules of combination together with the assessment availability for 2015/16. Subjects are listed alphabetically. Please note there are Pilot schemes in GCSE subjects offered by OCR that are not included in this section of the guide. Centres should only make entries for Pilot schemes if they have permission from OCR. Contents ANCIEN HISORY J151 GCSE Ancient History (Certification) J051 GCSE (Short Course) Ancient History (Certification) AR AND DESIGN J160 GCSE Art and Design (Certification) J167 GCSE Art and Design: Applied (Certification) J166 GCSE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies (Certification) J161 GCSE Art and Design: Fine Art (Certification) J162 GCSE Art and Design: Graphic Communication (Certification) J163 GCSE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media (Certification) J164 GCSE Art and Design: extiles Design (Certification) J165 GCSE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design (Certification) BIBLICAL HEBREW J196 GCSE Biblical Hebrew (Certification) BIOLOGY A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J243 GCSE Biology A (wenty First Century) (Certification) BIOLOGY B (GAEWAY) J263 GCSE Biology B (Gateway) (Certification) APPLIED BUSINESS J213 GCSE Applied Business (Certification) J226 GCSE Applied Business (Double Award) (Certification) BUSINESS AND COMMUNICAION SYSEMS J230 GCSE Business and Communication Systems (Certification) BUSINESS SUDIES J253 GCSE Business Studies (Certification) CHEMISRY A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J244 GCSE Chemistry A (wenty First Century) (Certification) CHEMISRY B (GAEWAY) J264 GCSE Chemistry B (Gateway) (Certification)

173 GCSE CIIZENSHIP SUDIES J269 GCSE Citizenship Studies (Certification) J029 GCSE (Short Course) Citizenship Studies (Certification) CLASSICAL CIVILISAION J280 GCSE Classical Civilisation (Certification) J080 GCSE (Short Course) Classical Civilisation (Certification) CLASSICAL GREEK J291 GCSE Classical Greek (Certification) J091 GCSE (Short Course) Classical Greek (Certification) COMPUING J275 GCSE Computing (Certification) DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: ELECRONICS & CONROL SYSEMS J301 GCSE Design and echnology: Electronics and Control Systems (Certification) DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: FOOD ECHNOLOGY J302 GCSE Design and echnology: Food echnology (Certification) DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: GRAPHICS J303 GCSE Design and echnology: Graphics (Certification) DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: INDUSRIAL ECHNOLOGY J304 GCSE Design and echnology: Industrial echnology (Certification) DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: PRODUC DESIGN J305 GCSE Design and echnology: Product Design (Certification) J045 GCSE (Short Course) Design and echnology: Product Design (Certification) DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: RESISAN MAERIALS J306 GCSE Design and echnology: Resistant Materials (Certification) DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: EXILES ECHNOLOGY J307 GCSE Design and echnology: extile echnology (Certification) DRAMA J315 DUCH J733 GCSE Drama (Certification) GCSE Dutch (Certification) DUCH SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J033 GCSE (Short Course) Dutch Spoken Language (Certification) DUCH WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J133 GCSE (Short Course) Dutch Written Language (Certification) ECONOMICS J320 GCSE Economics (Certification)

174 GCSE ENGINEERING J322 GCSE Engineering (Certification) J344 GCSE Engineering (Double Award) (Certification) ENGLISH J350 GCSE English (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) ENGLISH LANGUAGE J355 GCSE English Language (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) ENGLISH LANGUAGE (NORHERN IRELAND ONLY) J345 GCSE English Language (Northern Ireland Only) (Certification) ENGLISH LIERAURE J360 GCSE English Literature (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) ENVIRONMENAL AND LAND-BASED SCIENCE J271 GCSE Environmental and Land-based Science (Certification) EXPRESSIVE ARS J367 GCSE Expressive Arts (Certification) FRENCH J730 GCSE French (Certification) FRENCH SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J030 GCSE (Short Course) French Spoken Language (Certification) FRENCH WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J130 GCSE (Short Course) French Written Language (Certification) GEOGRAPHY A J382 GCSE Geography A (Certification) GEOGRAPHY B J385 GCSE Geography B (Certification) J085 GCSE (Short Course) Geography (Certification) GERMAN J731 GCSE German (Certification) GERMAN SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J031 GCSE (Short Course) German Spoken Language (Certification) GERMAN WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J131 GCSE (Short Course) German Written Language (Certification) GUJARAI J734 GCSE Gujarati (Certification) GUJARAI SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J034 GCSE (Short Course) Gujarati Spoken Language (Certification)

175 GCSE GUJARAI WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J134 GCSE (Short Course) Gujarati Written Language (Certification) HEALH AND SOCIAL CARE J406 GCSE Health and Social Care (Certification) J412 GCSE Health and Social Care (Double Award) (Certification) HISORY A (SCHOOLS' HISORY PROJEC) J415 GCSE History A (Schools' History Project) (Certification) HISORY B (MODERN WORLD) J418 GCSE History B (Modern World) (Certification) HOME ECONOMICS (CHILD DEVELOPMEN) J441 GCSE Home Economics (Child Development) (Certification) HOME ECONOMICS (FOOD AND NURIION) J431 GCSE Home Economics (Food and Nutrition) (Certification) HUMANIIES J445 GCSE Humanities (Certification) INFORMAION AND COMMUNICAION ECHNOLOGY J461 GCSE Information and Communication echnology (Certification) J061 GCSE (Short Course) Information and Communication echnology (Certification) LAIN J281 J081 GCSE Latin (Certification) GCSE (Short Course) Latin (Certification) LAW J485 GCSE Law (Certification) LEISURE AND OURISM J444 GCSE Leisure and ourism (Certification) J488 GCSE Leisure and ourism (Double Award) (Certification) MANUFACURING J505 GCSE Manufacturing (Certification) J510 GCSE Manufacturing (Double Award) (Certification) MAHEMAICS A J562 GCSE Mathematics A (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) MAHEMAICS B J567 GCSE Mathematics B (final assessment opportunity) MEDIA SUDIES J526 GCSE Media Studies (Certification)

176 MUSIC J535 PERSIAN J735 GCSE Music (Certification) GCSE Persian (Certification) GCSE PERSIAN SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J035 GCSE (Short Course) Persian Spoken Language (Certification) PERSIAN WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J135 GCSE (Short Course) Persian Written Language (Certification) PHYSICAL EDUCAION J586 GCSE Physical Education (Certification) J086 GCSE (Short Course) Physical Education (Certification) PHYSICS A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J245 GCSE Physics A (wenty First Century) (Certification) PHYSICS B (GAEWAY) J265 GCSE Physics B (Gateway) (Certification) PORUGUESE J736 GCSE Portuguese (Certification) PORUGUESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J036 GCSE (Short Course) Portuguese Spoken Language (Certification) PORUGUESE WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J136 GCSE (Short Course) Portuguese Written Language (Certification) PSYCHOLOGY J611 GCSE Psychology (Certification) RELIGIOUS SUDIES A (WORLD RELIGIONS) J620 GCSE Religious Studies A (World Religions) (Certification) J120 GCSE (Short Course) Religious Studies (World Religions) (Certification) RELIGIOUS SUDIES B (PHILOSOPHY AND APPLIED EHICS) J621 GCSE Religious Studies B (Philosophy and Applied Ethics) (Certification) J121 GCSE (Short Course) Religious Studies B (Philosophy and/or Applied Ethics) (Certification) ADDIIONAL SCIENCE A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J242 GCSE Additional Science A (wenty First Century) (Certification) ADDIIONAL APPLIED SCIENCE J251 GCSE Additional Applied Science (Certification) FURHER ADDIIONAL SCIENCE A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J246 GCSE Further Additional Science A (wenty First Century) (Certification)

177 GCSE SCIENCE A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J241 GCSE Science A (wenty First Century) (Certification) ADDIIONAL SCIENCE B (GAEWAY) J262 GCSE Additional Science B (Gateway) (Certification) FURHER ADDIIONAL SCIENCE B (GAEWAY) J266 GCSE Further Additional Science B (Gateway) (Certification) SCIENCE B (GAEWAY) J261 GCSE Science B (Gateway) (Certification) SOCIOLOGY J696 SPANISH J732 GCSE Sociology (Certification) GCSE Spanish (Certification) SPANISH SPOKEN LANGUAGE J032 GCSE (Short Course) Spanish Spoken Language (Certification) SPANISH WRIEN LANGUAGE J132 GCSE (Short Course) Spanish Written Language (Certification) URKISH J737 GCSE urkish (Certification) URKISH SPOKEN LANGUAGE J037 GCSE (Short Course) urkish Spoken Language (Certification) URKISH WRIEN LANGUAGE J137 GCSE (Short Course) urkish Written Language (Certification)

178 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE ANCIEN HISORY J151 GCSE Ancient History (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: % weighting three mandatory units: A031 he Greeks at war 80 25% A032 he rise of Rome 80 25% A033 Women in ancient politics 80 25% Ancient societies through the study of original sources A034A 01 OCR Repository M R 80 25% A034B 02 Postal Moderation M P 80 25% A034C 80 Carried Forward C 80 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 6A16 ANCIEN HISORY (SHOR COURSE) J051 GCSE (Short Course) Ancient History (Certification) QN: A % weighting one from: Ancient societies through the study of original sources A034A 01 OCR Repository M R 80 50% A034B 02 Postal Moderation M P 80 50% A034C 80 Carried Forward C 80 50% A031 he Greeks at war 80 50% A032 he rise of Rome 80 50% A033 Women in ancient politics 80 50% Notes: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 81

179 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, AR AND DESIGN J160 GCSE Art and Design (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: 6A16 one mandatory unit: A120 Art and design OCR-set task M V 80 40% Art and design portfolio A Visiting Moderation M V % A110C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. % weighting AR AND DESIGN: APPLIED J167 GCSE Art and Design: Applied (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A127 Applied: Art and design OCR-set task M V 80 40% Applied: Art and design portfolio A Visiting Moderation M V % A117C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 82

180 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE AR AND DESIGN: CRIICAL AND CONEXUAL SUDIES J166 GCSE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A126 Critical and contextual studies: Art and design OCR-set task M V 80 40% Critical and contextual studies: Art and design portfolio A Visiting Moderation M V % A116C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. AR AND DESIGN: FINE AR J161 GCSE Art and Design: Fine Art (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A121 Fine art: Art and design OCR-set task M V 80 40% Fine art: Art and design portfolio A Visiting Moderation M V % A111C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 83

181 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, AR AND DESIGN: GRAPHIC COMMUNICAION J162 GCSE Art and Design: Graphic Communication (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A122 Graphic communication: Art and design OCR-set task M V 80 40% Graphic communication: Art and design portfolio A Visiting Moderation M V % A112C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. AR AND DESIGN: PHOOGRAPHY - LENS AND LIGH-BASED MEDIA J163 GCSE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A123 Photography - lens and light-based media: Art and design OCR-set task M V 80 40% Photography - lens and light-based media: Art and design A Visiting Moderation M V % A113C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 84

182 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE AR AND DESIGN: EXILES DESIGN J164 GCSE Art and Design: extiles Design (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A124 extiles design: Art and design OCR-set task M V 80 40% extiles design: Art and design portfolio A Visiting Moderation M V % A114C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. AR AND DESIGN: HREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN J165 GCSE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A125 hree-dimensional design: Art and design OCR-set task M V 80 40% hree-dimensional design: Art and design portfolio A Visiting Moderation M V % A115C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 85

183 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, BIBLICAL HEBREW J196 GCSE Biblical Hebrew (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: 6A16 A201 Language 50% A202 Literature 50% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. % weighting BIOLOGY A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J243 GCSE Biology A (wenty First Century) (Certification) QN: A % weighting one from: Biology A modules B1, B2, B3 A161F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A161H 02 Higher ier 25% Biology A modules B4, B5, B6 A162F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A162H 02 Higher ier 25% Biology A module B7 A163F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A163H 02 Higher ier 25% Biology A controlled assessment A164A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% A164B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% A164C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Biology A in the same examination series as GCSE Science A or GCSE Additional Science A. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 86

184 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE BIOLOGY B (GAEWAY) J263 GCSE Biology B (Gateway) (Certification) QN: one from: Biology B modules B1, B2, B3 B731F 01 Foundation ier 97 35% B731H 02 Higher ier % Biology B modules B4, B5, B6 B732F 01 Foundation ier % B732H 02 Higher ier % Biology B controlled assessment B733A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% B733B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% B733C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. 6A16 Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. % weighting APPLIED BUSINESS J213 GCSE Applied Business (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A241 Business in action 80 40% Making your mark in business A242A 01 OCR Repository M R % A242B 02 Postal Moderation M P % A242C 80 Carried Forward C % continued 6A16 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 87

185 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, APPLIED BUSINESS (continued) J226 GCSE Applied Business (Double Award) (Certification) QN: here are two alternative routes to achieve GCSE Applied Business (Double Award): Route 1: Applies to candidates who have not achieved GCSE Applied Business and also to candidates who have achieved GCSE Applied Business and want to re-take unit A241 and re-take or carry forward unit A242. Route 2: Only applies to candidates who have achieved GCSE Applied Business and want to carry forward their complete GCSE Applied Business result. Route 1: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: A241 Business in action 80 20% A243 Working in business 80 20% Making your mark in business A242A 01 OCR Repository M R % A242B 02 Postal Moderation M P % A242C 80 Carried Forward C % Business and you A244A 01 OCR Repository M R % A244B 02 Postal Moderation M P % A244C 80 Carried Forward C % Route 2: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: 6A16 two mandatory units: A240 GCSE Applied Business (J213) Result Carried Forward C % A243 Working in business 80 20% Business and you A244A 01 OCR Repository M R % A244B 02 Postal Moderation M P % A244C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 400 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 88

186 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE BUSINESS AND COMMUNICAION SYSEMS J230 GCSE Business and Communication Systems (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: A265 Businesses and their communication systems % A267 IC skills for business communication systems 60 25% Developing business communication systems A266A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 25% A266B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 25% A266C 80 Carried Forward C 60 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. BUSINESS SUDIES % 6A16 weighting J253 GCSE Business Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: A292 Business and people 60 25% A293 Production, finance and the external business environment % eting and enterprise A291A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 25% A291B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 25% A291C 80 Carried Forward C 60 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 89

187 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, CHEMISRY A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J244 GCSE Chemistry A (wenty First Century) (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: one from: Chemistry A modules C1, C2, C3 A171F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A171H 02 Higher ier 25% Chemistry A modules C4, C5, C6 A172F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A172H 02 Higher ier 25% Chemistry A module C7 A173F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A173H 02 Higher ier 25% Chemistry A controlled assessment A174A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% A174B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% A174C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Chemistry A in the same examination series as GCSE Science A or GCSE Additional Science A. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 90

188 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE CHEMISRY B (GAEWAY) 6A16 J264 GCSE Chemistry B (Gateway) (Certification) QN: X For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: 400 % weighting one from: Chemistry B modules C1, C2, C3 B741F 01 Foundation ier 97 35% B741H 02 Higher ier % Chemistry B modules C4, C5, C6 B742F 01 Foundation ier % B742H 02 Higher ier % Chemistry B controlled assessment B743A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% B743B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% B743C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 91

189 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, CIIZENSHIP SUDIES J269 GCSE Citizenship Studies (Certification) QN: two mandatory units: A342B 02 Identity, democracy and justice - understanding our role as citizens 40 20% A343 Rights and responsibilities - extending our knowledge and understanding 40 20% Rights and responsibilities - getting started as an active citizen A341A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A341B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A341C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Identity, democracy and justice - leading the way as an active citizen A344A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A344B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A344C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: 6A16 Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. % weighting CIIZENSHIP SUDIES (SHOR COURSE) J029 GCSE (Short Course) Citizenship Studies (Certification) QN: A16 % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A342B 02 Identify, democracy and justice - understanding our role as citizens 40 40% one from: Rights and responsibilities - getting started as an active citizen A341A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 60% A341B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 60% A341C 80 Carried Forward C 60 60% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 92

190 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE CLASSICAL CIVILISAION J280 GCSE Classical Civilisation (Certification) QN: one from: City life in the classical world A351F 01 Foundation ier 83 25% A351H 02 Higher ier % Epic and myth A352F 01 Foundation ier 83 25% A352H 02 Higher ier % Community life in the classical world A353F 01 Foundation ier 83 25% A353H 02 Higher ier % Culture and society in the classical world A354A 01 OCR Repository M R % A354B 02 Postal Moderation M P % A354C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. 6A16 Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 93

191 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, CLASSICAL CIVILISAION (SHOR COURSE) J080 GCSE (Short Course) Classical Civilisation (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one from: Culture and society in the classical world A354A 01 OCR Repository M R % A354B 02 Postal Moderation M P % A354C 80 Carried Forward C % and EIHER one from: City life in the classical world A351F 01 Foundation ier 83 50% A351H 02 Higher ier % OR one from: Epic and myth A352F 01 Foundation ier 83 50% A352H 02 Higher ier % OR one from: Community life in the classical world A353F 01 Foundation ier 83 50% A353H 02 Higher ier % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 94

192 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE CLASSICAL GREEK J291 GCSE Classical Greek (Certification) QN: X 400 For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: 6A16 two mandatory units: B401 Classical greek language 1 (Mythology and domestic life) 25% B402 Classical greek language 2 (History) 25% and two from: B403 Classical greek prose literature 25% B404 Classical greek verse literature 25% B405 Sources for classical greek 25% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. % weighting CLASSICAL GREEK (SHOR COURSE) J091 GCSE (Short Course) Classical Greek (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: B401 Classical greek language 1 (Mythology and domestic life) 50% B403 Classical greek prose literature 50% B404 Classical greek verse literature 50% B405 Sources for classical greek 50% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 95

193 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, COMPUING J275 GCSE Computing (Certification) QN: one mandatory unit: A451 Unit 1 - Computing systems and programming % Unit 2 - Current trends in computing A452A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% A452B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% A452C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% Unit 3 - Programming project A453A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% A453B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% A453C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: different options for different units. 6A16 For each of these units all internal assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 96

194 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: ELECRONICS AND CONROL SYSEMS J301 GCSE Design and echnology: Electronics and Control Systems (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one from: Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making A515A 01 Electronics paper 80 40% A515B 02 Pneumatics paper 80 40% A515C 03 Mechanisms paper 80 40% Introduction to designing and making A511A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A511B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A511C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Making quality products A513A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A513B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A513C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 97

195 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: FOOD ECHNOLOGY J302 GCSE Design and echnology: Food echnology (Certification) QN: BC 6A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: A525 Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making 80 40% Introduction to designing and making A521A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A521B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A521C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Making quality products A523A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A523B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A523C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: GRAPHICS J303 GCSE Design and echnology: Graphics (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: A535 Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making 80 40% Introduction to designing and making A531A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A531B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A531C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Making quality products A533A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A533B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A533C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 98

196 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: INDUSRIAL ECHNOLOGY J304 GCSE Design and echnology: Industrial echnology (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: 6A % weighting A545 Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making 80 40% Introduction to designing and making A541A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A541B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A541C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Making quality products A543A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A543B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A543C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 99

197 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: PRODUC DESIGN 6A16 J305 GCSE Design and echnology: Product Design (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: 400 % weighting A552 Designing and making innovation challenge W 80 20% A554 Designing influences 80 20% Developing and applying design skills A551A 01 OCR Repository M R % A551B 02 Postal Moderation M P % A551C 80 Carried Forward C % Making, testing and marketing products A553A 01 OCR Repository M R % A553B 02 Postal Moderation M P % A553C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: PRODUC DESIGN (SHOR COURSE) J045 GCSE (Short Course) Design and echnology: Product Design (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A552 Designing and making innovation challenge 80 40% Developing and applying design skills A551A 01 OCR Repository M R % A551B 02 Postal Moderation M P % A551C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window

198 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: RESISAN MAERIALS J306 GCSE Design and echnology: Resistant Materials (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: A565 Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making 80 40% Introduction to designing and making A561A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A561B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A561C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Making quality products A563A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A563B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A563C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY: EXILES ECHNOLOGY J307 GCSE Design and echnology: extiles echnology (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: A575 Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making 80 40% Introduction to designing and making A571A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A571B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A571C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Making quality products A573A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% A573B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A573C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 101

199 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, DRAMA J315 GCSE Drama (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: A583 From concept to creation VE 80 40% From page to stage A Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A581C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Drama in the making A Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A582C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 6A16 % weighting DUCH J733 GCSE Dutch (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: 6A16 % weighting A801 Listening 25% A802 Speaking W 25% A803 Reading 25% A804 Writing 25% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. DUCH SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J033 GCSE (Short Course) Dutch Spoken Language (Certification) QN: X For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: 6A16 A801 Listening 50% A802 Speaking W 50% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. 200 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 102

200 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE DUCH WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J133 GCSE (Short Course) Dutch Written Language (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: 6A16 A803 Reading 50% A804 Writing 50% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. 200 % weighting ECONOMICS 6A16 J320 GCSE Economics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: A591B 02 How the market works 60 25% A592 How the economy works 60 25% A593 he UK economy and globalisation % Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 103

201 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENGINEERING J322 GCSE Engineering (Certification) QN: X 150 For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: 6A16 % weighting A622B 02 Engineering processes 60 40% 1A Study of an engineered product and 1B Engineering a product A621A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 60% A621B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 60% A621C 80 Carried Forward C 90 60% J344 GCSE Engineering (Double Award) (Certification) QN: here are two alternative routes to achieve GCSE Engineering (Double Award): Route 1: Applies to candidates who have not achieved GCSE Engineering and also to candidates who have achieved GCSE Engineering and want to re-take unit A622 and re-take or carry forward unit A621. Route 2: Only applies to candidates who have achieved GCSE Engineering and want to carry forward their complete GCSE Engineering result. Route 1: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: A622B 02 Engineering processes 60 20% A624B 02 Impact of modern technologies on engineering 60 20% 1A Study of an engineered product and 1B Engineering a product A621A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% A621B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% A621C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% 3A Real world engineering and 3B Making an engineered product A623A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% A623B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% A623C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% continued = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 104

202 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE ENGINEERING (continued) (continued) % 6A16 weighting J344 GCSE Engineering (Double Award) (Certification) QN: Route 2: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: A620 GCSE Engineering (J322) Result Carried Forward C % A624B 02 Impact of modern technologies on engineering 60 20% 3A Real world engineering and 3B Making an engineered product A623A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% A623B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% A623C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 105

203 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *ENGLISH GCSE English (Certification) QN: Nov 2015 BA15 6A16 J % weighting Speaking and listening A640A O 01 OCR Repository M R M R 0 0% A640B O 02 Postal Moderation M P M P 0 0% A640C O 80 Carried Forward C C 0 0% one from: Reading literary texts A641A 01 OCR Repository M R M R 60 20% A641B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P 60 20% A641C 80 Carried Forward C C 60 20% Imaginative writing A642A 01 OCR Repository M R M R 60 20% A642B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P 60 20% A642C 80 Carried Forward C C 60 20% Information and ideas A680F 01 Foundation ier % A680H 02 Higher ier % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. his qualification has a retake opportunity available in November his opportunity is only available to candidates who have previously certified in the same subject with any awarding body, unless the candidate is aged 16 years or older on 31 August in the year they wish to take an examination. For further guidance please refer to the Admin Guide. For the purpose of this rule English and English Language are treated as the same subject, so candidates can take one in and the other in November. Units A680 Information and ideas and A640 Speaking and Listening can be used within both GCSE English and English Language. Candidates are not permitted to certificate both qualifications in the same series. However, candidates are permitted to certificate both qualifications in different series. o obtain both qualifications, the candidate would need to take A680 at least twice with different results counting towards the two different qualifications. Candidates may carry forward an A640 Speaking and Listening result from GCSE English to GCSE English Language and vice versa. O he result for A640 does not contribute to the overall calculation for J350 so has a weighting of 0%. he result will be reported separately on the candidate certificate. All controlled assessment for this unit must be submitted using the same entry option. * For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. he final assessment opportunity for this qualification will be. he final resit opportunity in November for this qualification is still to be confirmed by Ofqual. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 106

204 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *ENGLISH LANGUAGE GCSE English Language (Certification) QN: Nov 2015 BA15 6A16 J GCSE % weighting Speaking and listening A640A O 01 OCR Repository M R M R 0 0% A640B O 02 Postal Moderation M P M P 0 0% A640C O 80 Carried Forward C C 0 0% Spoken language A650A 01 OCR Repository M R M R 30 10% A650B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P 30 10% A650C 80 Carried Forward C C 30 10% one from: Extended literary text and imaginative writing A651A 01 OCR Repository M R M R 90 30% A651B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P 90 30% A651C 80 Carried Forward C C 90 30% Information and ideas A680F 01 Foundation ier % A680H 02 Higher ier % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. O * For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: Candidates may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. his qualification has a retake opportunity available in November his opportunity is only available to candidates who have previously certified in the same subject with any awarding body, unless the candidate is aged 16 years or older on 31 August in the year they wish to take an examination. For further guidance please refer to the Admin Guide. For the purpose of this rule English and English Language are treated as the same subject, so candidates can take one in and the other in November. Units A680 Information and ideas and A640 Speaking and listening can be used within both GCSE English and English Language. Candidates are not permitted to certificate both qualifications in the same series. However, candidates are permitted to certificate both qualifications in different series. o obtain both qualifications, the candidate would need to take A680 at least twice with different results counting towards the two different qualifications. Candidates may carry forward an A640 Speaking and Listening result from GCSE English to GCSE English Language and vice versa. he result for A640 does not contribute to the overall calculation for J355 so has a weighting of 0%. he result will be reported separately on the candidate certificate. All controlled assessment for this unit must be submitted using the same entry option. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. he final assessment opportunity for this qualification will be. he final resit opportunity in November for this qualification is still to be confirmed by Ofqual. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 107

205 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENGLISH LANGUAGE (NORHERN IRELAND ONLY) J345 GCSE English Language (Northern Ireland Only) (Certification) QN: Nov 2015 BA15 6A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one from: Extended literary text and imaginative writing A631A 01 OCR Repository M R M R 90 30% A631B 02 Postal Moderation M P M P 90 30% A631C 80 Carried Forward C C 90 30% Speaking and listening and spoken language A632A 01 Spoken language OCR Repository M R M R Speaking and Listening OCR Repository M P M P 60 30% OR A632B 02 Spoken language Postal Moderation M R M R Speaking and Listening Postal Moderation M P M P 60 30% OR A632C 80 Carried Forward C C 90 30% Information and ideas A633F 01 Foundation ier 83 40% A633H 02 Higher ier % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. his qualification has a retake opportunity available in November his opportunity is only available to candidates who have previously certified in the same subject with any awarding body, unless the candidate is aged 16 years or older on 31 August in the year they wish to take an examination. For further guidance please refer to the Admin Guide. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. his qualification is only accredited for centres in Northern Ireland. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 108

206 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE *ENGLISH LIERAURE J360 GCSE English Literature (Certification) QN: one from: Literary heritage linked texts A661A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 25% A661B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 25% A661C 80 Carried Forward C 60 25% Modern drama A662F 01 Foundation ier 41 25% A662H 02 Higher ier 60 25% Prose from different cultures A663F 01 Foundation ier 41 25% A663H 02 Higher ier 60 25% Literary heritage prose and contemporary poetry A664F 01 Foundation ier 41 25% A664H 02 Higher ier 60 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: examination series. 6A16 Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. * he final assessment opportunity for this qualification will be, with no resit opportunity. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 109

207 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENVIRONMENAL AND LAND-BASED SCIENCE J271 GCSE Environmental and Land-Based Science (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one from: Management of the natural environment B681FP 01 Written Paper Foundation ier 55 20% B681HP 02 Written Paper Higher ier 80 20% and EIHER one from: Plant cultivation and small animal care B682FP 01 Written Paper Foundation ier 55 20% B682HP 02 Written Paper Higher ier 80 20% OR one from: Commercial horticulture agriculture and livestock husbandry B683FP 01 Written Paper Foundation ier 55 20% B683HP 02 Written Paper Higher ier 80 20% Environmental and Land-Based Science Portfolio B684A 01 OCR Repository M R % B684B 02 Postal Moderation M P % B684C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 110

208 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE EXPRESSIVE ARS 6A16 J367 GCSE Expressive Arts (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: % weighting one mandatory unit: A693 Working in response to a commission in a community context VE 80 40% Working in response to the study of artworks by practitioners A Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A691C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Working in response to a stimulus A Postal Moderation M P 60 30% A692C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 111

209 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, FRENCH J730 GCSE French (Certification) QN: one from: Listening A701F 01 Foundation ier 55 20% A701H 02 Higher ier 80 20% Speaking A702A A702B ask 1 (OCR Repository) ask 1 (Postal Moderation) M R M P ask 2 ask % 30% A702C 80 Carried Forward C % Reading A703F 01 Foundation ier 55 20% A703H 02 Higher ier 80 20% Writing A Examiner ed Controlled Assessment E % A704C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: examination series. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same tests must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 6A16 Centres must choose how they wish to submit their speaking tests and then select the appropriate entry option. All speaking For Speaking ask 1, samples will be requested for moderation. For Speaking ask 2, only marks need to be submitted. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 112

210 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE FRENCH SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J030 GCSE (Short Course) French Spoken Language (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one from: Listening A701F 01 Foundation ier 55 40% A701H 02 Higher ier 80 40% Speaking A702A A702B ask 1 (OCR Repository) ask 1 (Postal Moderation) M R M P ask 2 ask % 60% A702C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. Centres must choose how they wish to submit their speaking tests and then select the appropriate entry option. All speaking tests must be submitted using the same entry option. For Speaking ask 1, samples will be requested for moderation. For Speaking ask 2, only marks need to be submitted. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. FRENCH WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) 6A16 J130 GCSE (Short Course) French Written Language (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: 200 % weighting one from: Reading A703F 01 Foundation ier 55 40% A703H 02 Higher ier 80 40% Writing A Examiner ed Controlled Assessment E % A704C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 113

211 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GEOGRAPHY A J382 GCSE Geography A (Certification) QN: one from: Contemporary themes in geography A731F 01 Foundation ier % A731H 02 Higher ier % Geographical skills A732F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A732H 02 Higher ier 25% Local geographical investigation A733A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% A733B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% A733C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: different options for different units. 6A16 For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 114

212 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE GEOGRAPHY B J385 GCSE Geography B (Certification) QN: one from: Sustainable decision making exercise B561F 01 Foundation ier 41 25% B561H 02 Higher ier 60 25% Key geographical themes B563F 01 Foundation ier 83 50% B563H 02 Higher ier % Geographical enquiry B562A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 25% B562B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 25% B562C 80 Carried Forward C 60 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: different options for different units. 6A16 Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. % weighting GEOGRAPHY (SHOR COURSE) J085 GCSE (Short Course) Geography (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one from: Geographical enquiry A771A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 50% A771B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 50% A771C 80 Carried Forward C 60 50% Key geographical themes A772F 01 Foundation ier 41 50% A772H 02 Higher ier 60 50% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 115

213 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GERMAN J731 GCSE German (Certification) QN: X 400 For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: one from: Listening A711F 01 Foundation ier 55 20% A711H 02 Higher ier 80 20% Speaking A712A A712B ask 1 (OCR Repository) ask 1 (Postal Moderation) M R M P ask 2 ask % 30% A712C 80 Carried Forward C % Reading A713F 01 Foundation ier 55 20% A713H 02 Higher ier 80 20% Writing A Examiner ed Controlled Assessment E % A714C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. Centres must choose how they wish to submit their speaking tests and then select the appropriate entry option. All speaking tests must be submitted using the same entry option. For Speaking ask 1, samples will be requested for moderation. For Speaking ask 2, only marks need to be submitted. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 6A16 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 116

214 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE GERMAN SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J031 GCSE (Short Course) German Spoken Language (Certification) QN: X 6A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one from: Listening A711F 01 Foundation ier 55 40% A711H 02 Higher ier 80 40% Speaking A712A A712B ask 1 (OCR Repository) ask 1 (Postal Moderation) M R M P ask 2 ask % 60% A712C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. Centres must choose how they wish to submit their speaking tests and then select the appropriate entry option. All speaking tests must be submitted using the same entry option. For Speaking ask 1, samples will be requested for moderation. For Speaking ask 2, only marks need to be submitted. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. GERMAN WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J131 GCSE (Short Course) German Written Language (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one from: Reading A713F 01 Foundation ier 55 40% A713H 02 Higher ier 80 40% Writing A Examiner ed Controlled Assessment E % A714C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 117

215 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GUJARAI J734 GCSE Gujarati (Certification) QN: X 400 For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: 6A16 % weighting A811 Listening 25% A812 Speaking W 25% A813 Reading 25% A814 Writing 25% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. GUJARAI SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J034 GCSE (Short Course) Gujarati Spoken Language (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: 6A16 A811 Listening 50% A812 Speaking W 50% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. 200 % weighting GUJARAI WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J134 GCSE (Short Course) Gujarati Written Language (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: 6A16 % weighting A813 Reading 50% A814 Writing 50% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. 200 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 118

216 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE HEALH AND SOCIAL CARE J406 GCSE Health and Social Care (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: A912 Understanding personal development and relationships 60 40% Health, social care and early years provision A911A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 60% A911B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 60% A911C 80 Carried Forward C 90 60% J412 GCSE Health and Social Care (Double Award) (Certification) QN: here are two alternative routes to achieve GCSE Health and Social Care (Double Award): Route 1: Applies to candidates who have not achieved GCSE Health and Social Care and also to candidates who have achieved GCSE Health and Social Care and want to re-take unit A912 and re-take or carry forward unit A911. Route 2: Only applies to candidates who have achieved GCSE Health and Social Care and want to carry forward their complete GCSE Health and Social Care result. Route 1: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: A912 Understanding personal development and relationships 60 20% A914B 02 Safeguarding and protecting individuals 60 20% Health, social care and early years provision A911A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% A911B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% A911C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% Promoting health and well-being A913A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% A913B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% A913C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% continued 6A16 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 119

217 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, HEALH AND SOCIAL CARE (continued) (continued) J412 GCSE Health and Social Care (Double Award) (Certification) QN: Route 2: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: A910 GCSE Health and Social Care (J406) Result Carried Forward C % A914B 02 Safeguarding and protecting individuals 60 20% Promoting health and well-being A913A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% A913B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% A913C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. 6A16 For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 300 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 120

218 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE HISORY A (SCHOOLS' HISORY PROJEC) J415 GCSE History A (Schools' History Project) (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one from: History around us / Modern world study controlled assessment A953A 01 OCR Repository M R 50 25% A953B 02 Postal Moderation M P 50 25% A953C 80 Carried Forward C 50 25% one from: A954A 11 Study in Development and Study in Depth: with Elizabethan England 90 45% A954B 12 Study in Development and Study in Depth: with Britain, % A954C 13 Study in Development and Study in Depth: with the American West, % A954D 14 Study in Development and Study in Depth: with Germany, 90 45% c A955A 21 Historical Source Investigation: A Study in British History: Public Health in Britain % A955B 22 Historical Source Investigation: A Study in British History: Protest & Reaction in Britain % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. Before submitting your controlled assessment, you must submit a Programme of Study Form by 31 January. More information is available in the specification and on the qualification page of the OCR website. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 121

219 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, HISORY B (MODERN WORLD) J418 GCSE History B (Modern World) (Certification) QN: 6013X 6A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one from: Historical enquiry A010AA 11 Germany (OCR Repository) M R 50 25% A010AB 12 Russia (OCR Repository) M R 50 25% A010AC 13 he USA (OCR Repository) M R 50 25% A010AD 14 he USA, Land of freedom? (OCR Repository) M R 50 25% A010BA 21 Germany (Postal Moderation) M P 50 25% A010BB 22 Russia (Postal Moderation) M P 50 25% A010BC 23 he USA (Postal Moderation) M P 50 25% A010BD 24 he USA, Land of freedom? (Postal Moderation) M P 50 25% A010C 80 Carried Forward C 50 25% A Aspects of international relations and Germany, % A Aspects of international relations and Russia, % A Aspects of international relations and he USA, % A Aspects of international relations and Mao's China c % A Aspects of international relations and causes and events of the First World War, % A Aspects of international relations and End of Empire c % A Aspects of international relations and he USA, Land of freedom? % A How was British society changed, ? 60 30% A How far did British society change, ? 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same submission method. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. Candidates who certified for GCSE History B J417 in 2015 or earlier and who are now entered for J418 are permitted to carry forward their result for unit A973 Historical Enquiry, by entering for unit A010C. Before submitting your controlled assessment, you must submit a Sources Checking Form by 31 January. More information is available in the specification and on the qualification page of the OCR website. Restrictions: Candidates entering unit A015 Aspects of international relations and causes and events of the First World War, may not also enter unit A021 How was British society changed, ? Candidates entering unit A011 Aspects of international relations and Germany, may not also enter unit A010AA or A010BA Historical enquiry Germany Candidates entering A012 Aspects of international relations and Russia, may not also enter unit A010AB or A010BB Historical enquiry Russia Candidates entering unit A013 Aspects of international relations and he USA, may not also enter unit A010AC or A010BC Historical enquiry he USA Candidates entering A017 Aspects of international relations and he USA, Land of freedom? may not also enter unit A010AD or A010BD Historical enquiry he USA, Land of freedom? = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 122

220 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE HOME ECONOMICS (CHILD DEVELOPMEN) J441 GCSE Home Economics (Child Development) (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: B013 Principles of child development 80 40% Child development short tasks B011A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% B011B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% B011C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Child study task B012A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% B012B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% B012C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 6A % weighting HOME ECONOMICS (FOOD AND NURIION) J431 B003 Principles of food and nutrition 80 40% Food and nutrition short tasks B001A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% B001B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% B001C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Food study task B002A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 30% B002B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 30% B002C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. GCSE Home Economics (Food and Nutrition) (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: one mandatory unit: different options for different units. 6A16 For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 200 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 123

221 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, HUMANIIES J445 GCSE Humanities (Certification) QN: B031 Cross-curricular themes 50% B032 Application of knowledge 50 25% Humanities independent enquiry B033A 01 OCR Repository M R 50 25% B033B 02 Postal Moderation M P 50 25% B033C 80 Carried Forward C 50 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: the carry forward option. 6A16 For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 124

222 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE INFORMAION AND COMMUNICAION ECHNOLOGY J461 GCSE Information and Communication echnology (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: B061B 02 IC in today's world 60 20% B063B 02 IC in context 60 20% Practical applications in IC B062A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% B062B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% B062C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% and EIHER one from: Creative use of IC B064A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% B064B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% B064C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% OR one from: Coding a solution B065A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% B065B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% B065C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. INFORMAION AND COMMUNICAION ECHNOLOGY (SHOR COURSE) J061 GCSE (Short Course) Information and Communication echnology (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: B061B 02 IC in today's world 60 40% Practical applications in IC B062A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 60% B062B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 60% B062C 80 Carried Forward C 90 60% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 125

223 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, LAIN J281 GCSE Latin (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: one from: Latin language 1: Mythology and domestic life A401FP 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A401HP 02 Higher ier 25% A401FW 05 Welsh Language Foundation ier 69 25% A401HW 06 Welsh Language Higher ier 25% Latin language 2: History A402F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A402H 02 Higher ier 25% A402FW 03 Welsh Language Foundation ier 69 25% A402HW 04 Welsh Language Higher ier 25% And any two of the following: one from: Latin prose literature A403F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A403H 02 Higher ier 25% A403FW 03 Welsh Language Foundation ier 69 25% A403HW 04 Welsh Language Higher ier 25% and/or one from: Latin verse literature A404F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A404H 02 Higher ier 25% A404FW 03 Welsh Language Foundation ier 69 25% A404HW 04 Welsh Language Higher ier 25% and/or one from: Sources for latin A405F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A405H 02 Higher ier 25% A405FW 03 Welsh Language Foundation ier 69 25% A405HW 04 Welsh Language Higher ier 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers, in the same examination series. he written assessment for GCSE Latin is available in English and Welsh. Centres must ensure that the correct unit entry code is selected for the required language of the assessment materials. Please follow the instructions in section 10 of the Admin Guide to request these arrangements. 6A16 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 126

224 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE LAIN (SHOR COURSE) J081 GCSE (Short Course) Latin (Certification) QN: X 200 For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one from: Latin language 1: Mythology and domestic life A401FP 01 Foundation ier 69 50% A401HP 02 Higher ier 50% A401FW 05 Welsh Language Foundation ier 69 50% A401HW 06 Welsh Language Higher ier 50% and EIHER one from: Latin prose literature A403F 01 Foundation ier 69 50% A403H 02 Higher ier 50% A403FW 03 Welsh Language Foundation ier 69 50% A403HW 04 Welsh Language Higher ier 50% OR one from: Latin verse literature A404F 01 Foundation ier 69 50% A404H 02 Higher ier 50% A404FW 03 Welsh Language Foundation ier 69 50% A404HW 04 Welsh Language Higher ier 50% OR one from: Sources for latin A405F 01 Foundation ier 69 50% A405H 02 Higher ier 50% A405FW 03 Welsh Language Foundation ier 69 50% A405HW 04 Welsh Language Higher ier 50% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers, in the same examination series. he written assessment for GCSE Latin is available in English and Welsh. Centres must ensure that the correct unit entry code is selected for the required language of the assessment materials. Please follow the instructions in section 10 of the Admin Guide to request these arrangements. 6A16 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 127

225 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, LAW 6A16 J485 GCSE Law (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: B141 he nature of law. Criminal courts and criminal processes 60 25% B142B 02 Civil courts and civil processes. Civil liberties and human rights 60 25% B143 Employment rights and responsibilities 60 25% B144 Consumer rights and responsibilities 60 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 128

226 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE LEISURE AND OURISM J444 GCSE Leisure and ourism (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: B181 Understanding the leisure and tourism industries 80 40% Moving forward in leisure and tourism B182A 01 OCR Repository M R % B182B 02 Postal Moderation M P % B182C 80 Carried Forward C % J488 GCSE Leisure and ourism (Double Award) (Certification) QN: here are two alternative routes to achieve GCSE Leisure and ourism (Double Award): Route 1: Applies to candidates who have not achieved GCSE Leisure and ourism and also to candidates who have achieved GCSE Leisure and ourism and want to re-take unit B181 and re-take or carry forward unit B182. Route 2: Only applies to candidates who have achieved GCSE Leisure and ourism and want to carry forward their complete GCSE Leisure and ourism result. Route 1: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: 6A16 B181 Understanding the leisure and tourism industries 80 20% B183 Working in the leisure and tourism industries 80 20% Moving forward in leisure and tourism B182A 01 OCR Repository M R % B182B 02 Postal Moderation M P % B182C 80 Carried Forward C % Meeting customer needs in the leisure and tourism industries B184A 01 OCR Repository M R % B184B 02 Postal Moderation M P % B184C 80 Carried Forward C % continued % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 129

227 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, LEISURE AND OURISM (continued) (continued) J488 GCSE Leisure and ourism (Double Award) (Certification) QN: Route 2: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: B180 GCSE Leisure and ourism (J444) Result Carried Forward C % B183 Working in the leisure and tourism industries 80 20% Meeting customer needs in the leisure and tourism industries B184A 01 OCR Repository M R % B184B 02 Postal Moderation M P % B184C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. 6A16 Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 400 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 130

228 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE MANUFACURING J505 GCSE Manufacturing (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: B232B 02 Manufacturing processes 60 40% 1A Study of a manufactured product and 1B Manufacturing a product B231A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 60% B231B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 60% B231C 80 Carried Forward C 90 60% J510 GCSE Manufacturing (Double Award) (Certification) QN: here are two alternative routes to achieve GCSE Manufacturing (Double Award): Route 1: Applies to candidates who have not achieved GCSE Manufacturing and also to candidates who have achieved GCSE Manufacturing and want to re-take unit B232 and re-take or carry forward unit B231. Route 2: Only applies to candidates who have achieved GCSE Manufacturing and want to carry forward their complete GCSE Manufacturing result. Route 1: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: % weighting B232B 02 Manufacturing processes 60 20% B234B 02 Impact of modern technologies on manufacturing 60 20% 1A Study of a manufactured product and 1B Manufacturing a product B231A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% B231B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% B231C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% 3A Real world manufacturing and 3B Making a manufactured product B233A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% B233B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% B233C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% continued 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 131

229 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, MANUFACURING (continued) (continued) J510 GCSE Manufacturing (Double Award) (Certification) QN: Route 2: B230 GCSE Manufacturing (J505) Result Carried Forward C % B234B 02 Impact of modern technologies on manufacturing 60 20% 3A Real world manufacturing and 3B Making a manufactured product B233A 01 OCR Repository M R 90 30% B233B 02 Postal Moderation M P 90 30% B233C 80 Carried Forward C 90 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: two mandatory units: 6A16 For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 300 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 132

230 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE *MAHEMAICS A GCSE Mathematics A (Certification) QN: Nov 2015 BA15 6A16 J % weighting one from: Mathematics Unit A A501F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A501H 02 Higher ier 25% Mathematics Unit B A502F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A502H 02 Higher ier 25% Mathematics Unit C A503F 01 Foundation ier % A503H 02 Higher ier % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. * For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. his qualification has a retake opportunity available in November his opportunity is only available to candidates who have previously certified in the same subject with any awarding body, unless the candidate is aged 16 years or older on 31 August in the year they wish to take an examination. For further guidance please refer to the Admin Guide. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Mathematics A J562 in the same examination series as GCSE (9 1) Mathematics J560. he final assessment opportunity for this qualification will be. he final resit opportunity in November for this qualification is still to be confirmed by Ofqual. *MAHEMAICS B J567 GCSE Mathematics B QN: Nov 2015 BA15 6A16 J567F J567H Note: * For a certificate candidates must take one of the following options: Foundation ier 01 (Foundation) Paper 1 02 (Foundation) Paper 2 Higher ier 03 (Higher) Paper 3 04 (Higher) Paper 4 Candidates may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. his qualification has a retake opportunity available in November his opportunity is only available to candidates who have previously certified in the same subject with any awarding body, unless the candidate is aged 16 years or older on 31 August in the year they wish to take an examination. For further guidance please refer to the Admin Guide. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Mathematics B J567 in the same examination series as GCSE (9 1) Mathematics J560. he final assessment opportunity for this qualification will be. he final resit opportunity in November for this qualification is still to be confirmed by Ofqual. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 133

231 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, MEDIA SUDIES 6A16 J526 GCSE Media Studies (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: % weighting one from: he individual media studies portfolio B321B 02 Postal Moderation M P % B321C 80 Carried Forward C % Production portfolio in media studies B324B 02 Postal Moderation M P % B324C 80 Carried Forward C % B322 extual analysis and media studies topic (moving image) % B323 extual analysis and media studies topic (print) % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. MUSIC J535 GCSE Music (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: 6A16 B353 Creative task W 80 20% B354 Listening examination 80 20% Integrated tasks B351A 01 OCR Repository M R % B351B 02 Postal Moderation M P % B351C 80 Carried Forward C % Practical portfolio B352A 01 OCR Repository M R % B352B 02 Postal Moderation M P % B352C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 134

232 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE PERSIAN % 6A16 weighting J735 GCSE Persian (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: A821 Listening 25% A822 Speaking W 25% A823 Reading 25% A824 Writing 25% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. PERSIAN SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J035 GCSE (Short Course) Persian Spoken Language (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: A821 Listening 50% A822 Speaking W 50% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. PERSIAN WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J135 GCSE (Short Course) Persian Written Language (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: A823 Reading 50% A824 Writing 50% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 135

233 GCSE PHYSICAL EDUCAION o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, % 6A16 weighting J586 GCSE Physical Education (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: two mandatory units: B451 An introduction to physical education 40 20% B453 Developing knowledge in physical education 40 20% Practical performance and analysis 1 B Visiting Moderation M V 60 30% B452C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Practical performance and analysis 2 B Visiting Moderation M V 60 30% B454C 80 Carried Forward C 60 30% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. PHYSICAL EDUCAION (SHOR COURSE) % 6A16 weighting J086 GCSE (Short Course) Physical Education (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: one mandatory unit: B451 An introduction to physical education 40 40% Practical performance and analysis 1 B Visiting Moderation M V 60 60% B452C 80 Carried Forward C 60 60% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 136

234 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE PHYSICS A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J245 GCSE Physics A (wenty First Century) (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: one from: Physics A modules P1, P2, P3 A181F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A181H 02 Higher ier 25% Physics A modules P4, P5, P6 A182F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A182H 02 Higher ier 25% Physics A module P7 A183F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A183H 02 Higher ier 25% Physics A controlled assessment A184A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% A184B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% A184C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Physics A in the same examination series as GCSE Science A or GCSE Additional Science A. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 137

235 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, PHYSICS B (GAEWAY) J265 GCSE Physics B (Gateway) (Certification) QN: X 400 one from: Physics B modules P1, P2, P3 B751F 01 Foundation ier 97 35% B751H 02 Higher ier % Physics B modules P4, P5, P6 B752F 01 Foundation ier % B752H 02 Higher ier % Physics B controlled assessment B753A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% B753B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% B753C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. the carry forward option. 6A16 Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for % weighting PORUGUESE J736 GCSE Portuguese (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: 6A16 A831 Listening 25% A832 Speaking W 25% A833 Reading 25% A834 Writing 25% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 138

236 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE PORUGUESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J036 A831 Listening 50% A832 Speaking W 50% Note: GCSE (Short Course) Portuguese Spoken Language (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: 6A16 he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. 200 % weighting PORUGUESE WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) A833 Reading 50% A834 Writing 50% Note: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: 6A16 J136 GCSE (Short Course) Portuguese Written Language (Certification) QN: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. % weighting PSYCHOLOGY J611 GCSE Psychology (Certification) QN: B541 Studies and applications in psychology % B542 Studies and applications in psychology % B543 Research in psychology 40 20% Note: For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: 6A16 he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 139

237 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, RELIGIOUS SUDIES A (WORLD RELIGIONS) J620 GCSE Religious Studies A (World Religions) (Certification) QN: A % weighting B569 Buddhism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 25% B570 Buddhism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 25% B571 Christianity 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 25% B572 Christianity 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 25% B573 Christianity (Roman Catholic) 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 25% B574 Christianity (Roman Catholic) 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 25% B575 Hinduism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 25% B576 Hinduism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 25% B577 Islam 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 25% B578 Islam 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 25% B579 Judaism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 25% B580 Judaism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 25% B581 Sikhism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 25% B582 Sikhism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 25% B583 Christian scriptures 1 () 50 25% B584 Christian scriptures 2 (Luke) 50 25% B585 Jewish scriptures 1 (enakh) 50 25% B586 Jewish scriptures 2 (almud) 50 25% B587 Muslim texts 1 (Qur'an) 50 25% B588 Muslim texts 2 (Sunnah and Hadith) 50 25% B589 Perspectives on world religions 50 25% B603 Ethics (relationships, medical ethics, poverty and wealth) 50 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Restrictions: For a certificate candidates must have taken four of the following units, subject to the restrictions listed below: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Religious Studies A in the same examination series as GCSE Religious Studies B. If candidates study Christianity they can study one or two other principal religions also, but they are not required to do so. If candidates study Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism or Sikhism they can study one other principal religion also, but they are not required to do so. Candidates entering for unit B571: Christianity 1 may not also enter unit B573 Christianity (Roman Catholic) 1. Candidates entering for unit B572: Christianity 2 may not also enter unit B574 Christianity (Roman Catholic) 2. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 140

238 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE RELIGIOUS SUDIES A (WORLD RELIGIONS) (SHOR COURSE) J120 GCSE (Short Course) Religious Studies A (World Religions) (Certification) QN: A16 % weighting B569 Buddhism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 50% B570 Buddhism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 50% B571 Christianity 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 50% B572 Christianity 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 50% B573 Christianity (Roman Catholic) 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 50% B574 Christianity (Roman Catholic) 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 50% B575 Hinduism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 50% B576 Hinduism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 50% B577 Islam 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 50% B578 Islam 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 50% B579 Judaism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 50% B580 Judaism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 50% B581 Sikhism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 50 50% B582 Sikhism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 50 50% B583 Christian scriptures 1 () 50 50% B584 Christian scriptures 2 (Luke) 50 50% B585 Jewish scriptures 1 (enakh) 50 50% B586 Jewish scriptures 2 (almud) 50 50% B587 Muslim texts 1 (Qur'an) 50 50% B588 Muslim texts 2 (Sunnah and Hadith) 50 50% B589 Perspectives on world religions 50 50% B603 Ethics (relationships, medical ethics, poverty and wealth) 50 50% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Restrictions: For a certificate candidates must have taken two of the following units, subject to the restrictions listed below: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Religious Studies A (Short Course) in the same examination series as Religious Studies B (Short Course). If candidates study Christianity they can study one other principal religion also, but they are not required to do so. If candidates study Buddhism, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism or Sikhism they can study one other principal religion also, but they are not required to do so. Candidates entering unit B571: Christianity 1 may not also enter unit B573 Christianity (Roman Catholic) 1. Candidates entering unit B572: Christianity 2 may not also enter unit B574 Christianity (Roman Catholic) 2. Candidates may not enter both units B589: Perspectives on World Religions and B603:Ethics (Relationships, Medical Ethics, Poverty and Wealth). = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 141

239 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, RELIGIOUS SUDIES B (PHILOSOPHY AND APPLIED EHICS) 6A16 J621 GCSE Religious Studies B (Philosophy and Applied Ethics) (Certification) QN: % weighting B601 Philosophy 1 (deity, religious and spiritual experience, end of life) 50 25% B602 Philosophy 2 (good and evil, revelation, science) 50 25% B603 Ethics (relationships, medical ethics, poverty and wealth) 50 25% B604 Ethics 2 (peace and justice, equality, media) 50 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Restrictions: For a certificate candidates must have taken the following four mandatory units, subject to the restrictions listed below: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Religious Studies A in the same examination series as GCSE Religious Studies B. Candidates may study between one and three religions only. It is not possible for candidates to study more than three religions. RELIGIOUS SUDIES B (PHILOSOPHY AND/OR APPLIED EHICS) (SHOR COURSE) J121 B601 Philosophy 1 (deity, religious and spiritual experience, end of life) 50 50% B602 Philosophy 2 (good and evil, revelation, science) 50 50% B603 Ethics (relationships, medical ethics, poverty and wealth) 50 50% B604 Ethics 2 (peace and justice, equality, media) 50 50% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Religious Studies A (Short Course) in the same examination series Restrictions: GCSE (Short Course) Religious Studies B (Philosophy and/or Applied Ethics) (Certification) QN: X For a certificate candidates must have taken: two from: as Religious Studies B (Short Course). 6A16 Candidates may study between one and three religions only. It is not possible for candidates to study more than three religions. % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 142

240 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE ADDIIONAL SCIENCE A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J242 one from: Biology A modules B4, B5, B6 A162F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A162H 02 Higher ier 25% Chemistry A modules C4, C5, C6 A172F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A172H 02 Higher ier 25% Physics A modules P4, P5, P6 A182F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A182H 02 Higher ier 25% and EIHER one from: Additional Science A controlled assessment A154A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% A154B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% A154C 80 Carried Forward C 25% OR one from: Biology A controlled assessment A164A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% A164B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% A164C 80 Carried Forward C 25% OR one from: Chemistry A controlled assessment A174A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% A174B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% A174C 80 Carried Forward C 25% OR one from: Physics A controlled assessment A184A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% A184B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% A184C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. GCSE Additional Science A (wenty First Century) (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: For each of these units all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Additional Science A in the same examination series as either GCSE Biology A, GCSE Chemistry A or GCSE Physics A. 6A % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 143

241 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ADDIIONAL APPLIED SCIENCE J251 one from: Science in society A191F 01 Foundation ier 55 20% A191H 02 Higher ier 80 20% Science of materials and production A192F 01 Foundation ier 55 20% A192H 02 Higher ier 80 20% Science work related portfolio A193A 01 OCR Repository M R % A193B 02 Postal Moderation M P % A193C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. GCSE Additional Applied Science (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. 6A16 Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 400 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 144

242 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE FURHER ADDIIONAL SCIENCE A (WENY FIRS CENURY) J246 one from: Biology A module B7 A163F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A163H 02 Higher ier 25% Chemistry A module C7 A173F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A173H 02 Higher ier 25% Physics A module P7 A183F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A183H 02 Higher ier 25% Further Additional Science A controlled assessment A194A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% A194B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% A194C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. GCSE Further Additional Science A (wenty First Century) (Certification) QN: X For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Unit A194 will be moderated with GCSE Additional Science A unit A154 so the same entry option, A or B, must be used for both these units. the carry forward option. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Further Additional Science A in the same examination series as either GCSE Biology A, GCSE Chemistry A or GCSE Physics A. 6A Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 145

243 GCSE SCIENCE A (WENY FIRS CENURY) o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, J241 one from: Biology A modules B1, B2, B3 A161F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A161H 02 Higher ier 25% Chemistry A modules C1, C2, C3 A171F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A171H 02 Higher ier 25% Physics A modules P1, P2, P3 A181F 01 Foundation ier 69 25% A181H 02 Higher ier 25% Science A controlled assessment A144A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% A144B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% A144C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. GCSE Science A (wenty First Century) (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. 400 Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE Science A in the same examination series as either GCSE Biology A, GCSE Chemistry A or GCSE Physics A. 6A16 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 146

244 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE ADDIIONAL SCIENCE B (GAEWAY) J262 one from: Additional Science B modules B3, C3, P3 B721F 01 Foundation ier 97 35% B721H 02 Higher ier % Additional Science B modules B4, C4, P4 B722F 01 Foundation ier % B722H 02 Higher ier % Additional Science B controlled assessment B723A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% B723B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% B723C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. GCSE Additional Science B (Gateway) (Certification) QN: X For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: 6A16 Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 400 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 147

245 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, FURHER ADDIIONAL SCIENCE B (GAEWAY) J266 one from: Further Additional Science B modules B5, C5, P5 B761F 01 Foundation ier 97 35% B761H 02 Higher ier % Further Additional Science B modules B6, C6, P6 B762F 01 Foundation ier % B762H 02 Higher ier % Further Additional Science B controlled assessment B763A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% B763B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% B763C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. GCSE Further Additional Science B (Gateway) (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: 6A16 Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Unit B763 will be moderated with GCSE Additional Science B Unit B723 so the same entry option, A or B, must be used for both these units. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 400 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 148

246 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE SCIENCE B (GAEWAY) % 6A16 weighting J261 GCSE Science B (Gateway) (Certification) QN: one from: Science B modules B1, C1, P1 B711F 01 Foundation ier 97 35% B711H 02 Higher ier % Science B modules B2, C2, P2 B712F 01 Foundation ier % B712H 02 Higher ier % Science B controlled assessment B713A 01 OCR Repository M R 25% B713B 02 Postal Moderation M P 25% B713C 80 Carried Forward C 25% Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. For this unit all controlled assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 149

247 GCSE SOCIOLOGY o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, % 6A16 weighting J696 GCSE Sociology (Certification) QN: X 240 For a certificate candidates must have taken: three mandatory units: B671 Sociology basics 60 25% B672 Socialisation, culture and identity % B673 Applying sociological research techniques 60 25% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. SPANISH 6A16 J732 GCSE Spanish (Certification) QN: % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: one from: Listening A721F 01 Foundation ier 55 20% A721H 02 Higher ier 80 20% Speaking A722A A722B ask 1 (OCR Repository) ask 1 (Postal Moderation) M R M P ask 2 ask % 30% A722C 80 Carried Forward C % Reading A723F 01 Foundation ier 55 20% A723H 02 Higher ier 80 20% Writing A Examiner ed Controlled Assessment E % A724C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. Centres must choose how they wish to submit their speaking tests and then select the appropriate entry option. All speaking tests must be submitted using the same entry option. For Speaking ask 1, samples will be requested for moderation. For Speaking ask 2, only marks need to be submitted. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 150

248 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, GCSE SPANISH SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J032 one from: Listening A721F 01 Foundation ier 55 40% A721H 02 Higher ier 80 40% Speaking A722A A722B ask 1 (OCR Repository) ask 1 (Postal Moderation) M R M P ask 2 ask % 60% A722C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. Centres must choose how they wish to submit their speaking tests and then select the appropriate entry option. All speaking tests must be submitted using the same entry option. GCSE (Short Course) Spanish Spoken Language (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: 200 For Speaking ask 1, samples will be requested for moderation. For Speaking ask 2, only marks need to be submitted. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 6A16 % weighting SPANISH WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J132 GCSE (Short Course) Spanish Written Language (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: 6A16 one from: Reading A723F 01 Foundation ier 55 40% A723H 02 Higher ier 80 40% Writing A Examiner ed Controlled Assessment E % A724C 80 Carried Forward C % Notes: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Candidates may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this unit should be entered for the carry forward option. 200 % weighting = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 151

249 GCSE o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, URKISH J737 GCSE urkish (Certification) QN: A841 Listening 25% A842 Speaking W 25% A843 Reading 25% A844 Writing 25% Note: For a certificate candidates must have taken: four mandatory units: 6A16 he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. % weighting URKISH SPOKEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J037 A841 Listening 50% A842 Speaking W 50% Note: GCSE (Short Course) urkish Spoken Language (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: 6A16 he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. 200 % weighting URKISH WRIEN LANGUAGE (SHOR COURSE) J137 GCSE (Short Course) urkish Written Language (Certification) QN: A % weighting For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: A843 Reading 50% A844 Writing 50% Note: he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 152

250 ELC, FSMQ, Level 1/2 Certificate, Level 2 Award and Level 3 Certificate Entry Codes and Rules of Combination his section contains the OCR Entry Level Certificate, FSMQ, Level 1/2 Certificate, Level 2 Award and Level 3 Certificate entry codes and rules of combination together with assessment availability for 2015/16. Entry Level subjects are listed first, followed by FSMQ, Level 1/2 Certificate, Level 2 Award and Level 3 Certificate. Contents ENRY LEVEL CERIFICAE ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 AR AND DESIGN R300 Entry Level Art and Design R301 Entry Level Art and Design: Fine Art R302 Entry Level Art and Design: Graphic Communication R303 Entry Level Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media R304 Entry Level Art and Design: extile Design R305 Entry Level Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design R306 Entry Level Art and Design: Art and Design Appreciation BUSINESS SUDIES R343 Entry Level Business Studies CHILD DEVELOPMEN R350 Entry Level Child Development CLASSICAL GREEK R446 Entry Level Classical Greek COMPUING R353 Entry Level Computing DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY R371 Entry Level Design and echnology: Electronics R372 Entry Level Design and echnology: Graphics 157 R373 Entry Level Design and echnology: Industrial echnology 157 R374 Entry Level Design and echnology: Resistant Materials 157 R375 Entry Level Design and echnology: extiles echnology 157 ENGLISH R392 Entry Level English FOOD SUDIES R357 Entry Level Food Studies FRENCH R399 Entry Level French GEOGRAPHY R406 Entry Level Geography

251 ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 GERMAN R429 Entry Level German HISORY 159 R434 Entry Level History 159 INFORMAION AND COMMUNICAION ECHNOLOGY R441 Entry Level Information and Communication echnology LAIN R445 Entry Level Latin MAHEMAICS R448 Entry Level Mathematics PHYSICAL EDUCAION R462 Entry Level Physical Education RELIGIOUS SUDIES R468 Entry Level Religious Studies SCIENCE R591 Entry Level Science SPANISH R489 Entry Level Spanish FREE SANDING MAHEMAICS QUALIFICAION (FSMQ) 6989 Foundations of Advanced Mathematics 6993 Additional Mathematics LEVEL 1/2 CERIFICAE LIVING EXS J945 Living exts APPLIED HISORY 164 J948 Applied History 164 LEVEL 2 AWARD HINKING AND REASONING SKILLS J930 Level 2 Award hinking and Reasoning Skills LEVEL 3 CERIFICAE MAHEMAICS FOR ENGINEERING H860 Mathematics for Engineering MAHEMAICAL ECHNIQUES AND APPLICAIONS FOR ENGINEERS H865 Mathematical techniques and applications for engineers QUANIAIVE MEHODS (MEI) H863 Quantitative Methods (MEI)

252 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 Entry Level Certificate Entry Codes AR AND DESIGN Entry Codes R300 Entry Level Art and Design QN: January 1A16 6A16 Candidates must take the following two components: R Portfolio M v 02 OCR-set work M v Entry Level Art and Design: Fine Art QN: Candidates must take the following two components: R Portfolio M v 02 OCR-set work M v Entry Level Art and Design: Graphic Communication QN: Candidates must take the following two components: R Portfolio M v 02 OCR-set work M v Entry Level Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media QN: Candidates must take the following two components: R Portfolio M v 02 OCR-set work M v Entry Level Art and Design: extile Design QN: Candidates must take the following two components: R Portfolio M v 02 OCR-set work M v Entry Level Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design QN: Candidates must take the following two components: R Portfolio M v 02 OCR-set work M v Entry Level Art and Design: Art and Design Appreciation QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Note: 01 Portfolio M v 02 OCR-set work M v R301, R302, R303, R304, R305 and R306 are available in the series only. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 155

253 ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, BUSINESS SUDIES January 1A16 Entry Code 6A16 Entry Level Business Studies QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R343A R343B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Note: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R M P M CHILD DEVELOPMEN R M MP Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level Child Development QN: X Candidates must take one of the following options: R350A R350B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R350 is available in the series only. CLASSICAL GREEK R Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level Classical Greek QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R446A R446B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R446 is available in the series only. COMPUING R Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level Computing QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R353A R353B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R353 is available in the series only. = Not available this series C = Carry forward component mark = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 E = Examiner-marked coursework MP = Moderated: postal = imetabled MR = Moderated: OCR Repository VE = OCR visiting examiner 156 R M V = Moderated: visiting moderator W = Exams that take place in a testing window

254 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 DESIGN AND ECHNOLOGY Entry Codes January 1A16 6A16 M P M M P M M P M M P M M P M Entry Level Design and echnology: Electronics QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R371A R371B OCR Repository Postal Moderation R Entry Level Design and echnology: Graphics QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R372A R372B 01 OCR Repository 02 Postal Moderation Entry Level Design and echnology: Industrial echnology QN: R Candidates must take one of the following options: R373A R373B OCR Repository Postal Moderation R Entry Level Design and echnology: Resistant Materials QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R374A R374B OCR Repository Postal Moderation R Entry Level Design and echnology: extiles echnology QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R375A R375B Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R371, R372, R373, R374 and R375 are available in the series only. OCR Repository Postal Moderation ENGLISH R Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level English QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R392A R392B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R392 is available in the series only. = Not available this series C = Carry forward component mark = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 E = Examiner-marked coursework MP = Moderated: postal = imetabled MR = Moderated: OCR Repository VE = OCR visiting examiner R M V = Moderated: visiting moderator W = Exams that take place in a testing window 157

255 ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 FOOD SUDIES Entry Code Entry Level Food Studies QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, January 1A16 6A16 R357A 01 OCR Repository M R R357B 02 Postal Moderation M P Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R357 is available in the series only. FRENCH Entry Code Entry Level French QN: January 1A16 6A16 R399A 01 OCR Repository M R R399B 02 Postal Moderation M P Notes: Candidates must take one of the following options: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R399 is available in the series only. GEOGRAPHY Entry Code Entry Level Geography QN: January 1A16 6A16 R406A 01 OCR Repository M R R406B 02 Postal Moderation M P Notes: Candidates must take one of the following options: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R406 is available in the series only. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 158

256 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 GERMAN Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level German QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R429A R429B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R429 is available in the series only. HISORY R Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level History QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R434A R434B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R434 is available in the series only. INFORMAION AND COMMUNICAION ECHNOLOGY R Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level Information & Communication echnology QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R441A R441B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R441 is available in the series only. = Not available this series C = Carry forward component mark = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 E = Examiner-marked coursework MP = Moderated: postal = imetabled MR = Moderated: OCR Repository VE = OCR visiting examiner R M V = Moderated: visiting moderator W = Exams that take place in a testing window 159

257 ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, LAIN Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level Latin QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R445A R445B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R445 is available in the series only. MAHEMAICS R Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level Mathematics QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R448A R448B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R448 is available in the series only. PHYSICAL EDUCAION Entry Code R462 R January 1A16 6A16 MV Entry Level Physical Education QN: Candidates must take the following component: 01 Note: Practical activities and analysing performance R462 is available in the series only. = Not available this series C = Carry forward component mark = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 E = Examiner-marked coursework MP = Moderated: postal = imetabled MR = Moderated: OCR Repository VE = OCR visiting examiner 160 M V = Moderated: visiting moderator W = Exams that take place in a testing window

258 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 RELIGIOUS SUDIES Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level Religious Studies QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R468A R468B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R468 is available in the series only. SCIENCE R Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level Science QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R591A R591B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R591 is available in the series only. SPANISH R Entry Code January 1A16 6A16 M P M Entry Level Spanish QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: R489A R489B OCR Repository Postal Moderation Notes: Centres must enter all candidates for one of these options. It is not possible for centres to enter both options within the same series. R489 is available in the series only. = Not available this series C = Carry forward component mark = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 E = Examiner-marked coursework MP = Moderated: postal = imetabled MR = Moderated: OCR Repository VE = OCR visiting examiner R M V = Moderated: visiting moderator W = Exams that take place in a testing window 161

259 ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 FSMQ Entry Codes o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, FOUNDAIONS OF ADVANCED MAHEMAICS (MEI) Entry Code 6989 Foundations of Advanced Mathematics (MEI) QN: January 1A16 Candidates must take the following component: 01 Multiple choice ADDIIONAL MAHEMAICS Entry Code 6993 Additional Mathematics QN: January 1A16 Candidates must take the following component: Note: 01 Paper is available in the series only. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 162

260 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 Level 1/2 Certificate Entry Codes and Rules of Combination LIVING EXS J one from: Analysing texts B931A 01 OCR Repository M R 80 B931B 02 Postal Moderation M P 80 Recreating texts B932A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 B932B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 Comparing texts B933A 01 OCR Repository M R 60 B933B 02 Postal Moderation M P 60 Notes: Level 1/2 Certificate Living exts (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken three units as follows: For each of these units all internal assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Centres can choose different options for different units. All units and certification are available in the series only. January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 163

261 ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, APPLIED HISORY J B951 Unit 1: Medieval history 50 And one from the following units: B952 Unit 2: Local history investigation M P M P 50 B953 Unit 3: International history M P M P 50 And EIHER one from the following units: B954 Unit 4: Whose history? Presenting the past M P M P 50 B955 Unit 5: Change over time M P M P 50 B956 Unit 6: A society in depth M P M P 50 OR one from the following units; depending on choice above*: B952 Unit 2: Local history investigation M P M P 50 B953 Unit 3: International history M P M P 50 And one from the following units: B957 Unit 7: Heritage management or heritage marketing M P M P 50 B958 Unit 8: Multimedia in history: Bringing the past to life M P M P 50 B959 Unit 9: Missing pages: he migrant experience M P M P 50 B960 Unit 10: An archaeological enquiry M P M P 50 Notes: * Level 1/2 Certificate Applied History (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken four units as follows: one mandatory unit: Candidates must take one further unit either from B954, B955, B956 or they take the one not already taken from B952 or B953. All units and certification J948, except unit B951, are available in the January series. January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 164

262 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 Level 2 Award Entry Codes and Rules of Combination HINKING AND REASONING SKILLS J930 Level 2 Award hinking and Reasoning Skills (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken: two mandatory units: January 1A B901 hinking and reasoning skills 60 B902 hinking and reasoning skills case study 60 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 165

263 ELC, FSMQ, LEVEL 1/2 CER, L2, L3 Level 3 Certificate Entry Codes o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, MAHEMAICS FOR ENGINEERING Entry Code H860 Mathematics for Engineering QN: January 1A16 Candidates must take the following two components: 01 Component 1 02 Component 2 MAHEMAICAL ECHNIQUES AND APPLICAIONS FOR ENGINEERS Entry Code H865 Mathematical techniques and applications for engineers QN: Candidates must take the following component: January 1A16 01 Component 1 QUANIAIVE MEHODS (MEI) H863 Quantitative Methods (MEI) QN: January 1A16 For a certificate candidates must have taken: one mandatory unit: G244A G244B Introduction to Quantitative Methods (MEI) with Coursework 01 Written Paper 02 Coursework M P Introduction to Quantitative Methods (MEI) with Carried Forward Coursework 01 Written Paper 82 Carried Forward C = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 166

264 GCSE PILO GCSE Pilot Entry Codes and Rules of Combination his section contains the OCR GCSE Pilot entry codes and rules of combination together with assessment availability for 2015/16. Please note that centres should only make entries for Pilot schemes if they have permission from OCR. Contents APPLICAIONS OF MAHEMAICS J925 GCSE Applications of Mathematics (Certification) (final assessment opportunity) MEHODS IN MAHEMAICS J926 GCSE Methods in Mathematics (Certification) (final assessment opportunity)

265 GCSE PILO o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, *APPLICAIONS OF MAHEMAICS J925 GCSE Applications of Mathematics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: Nov 2015 BA15 6A % weighting one from: Applications of mathematics 1 A381F 01 Foundation Paper % A381H 02 Higher Paper % Applications of mathematics 2 A382F 01 Foundation Paper % A382H 02 Higher Paper % Notes: * he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. his qualification has a retake opportunity available in November his opportunity is only available to candidates who have previously certified in the same subject with any awarding body, unless the candidate is aged 16 years or older on 31 August in the year they wish to take an examination. For further guidance please refer to the Admin Guide. he final assessment opportunity for this qualification will be, with no resit opportunity. *MEHODS IN MAHEMAICS J926 GCSE Methods in Mathematics (Certification) QN: For a certificate candidates must have taken two units as follows: Nov 2015 BA15 6A % weighting one from: Methods in mathematics 1 B391F 01 Foundation Paper % B391H 02 Higher Paper % Methods in mathematics 2 B392F 01 Foundation Paper % B392H 02 Higher Paper % Notes: * he terminal rule: A % terminal rule applies. All units must be entered in the same examination series as certification. Centres can choose different tiers for different units. However, a candidate may not attempt a unit at both tiers in the same examination series. his qualification has a retake opportunity available in November his opportunity is only available to candidates who have previously certified in the same subject with any awarding body, unless the candidate is aged 16 years or older on 31 August in the year they wish to take an examination. For further guidance please refer to the Admin Guide. he final assessment opportunity for this qualification will be, with no resit opportunity. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 168

266 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page A010AA J Germany (OCR Repository) M R 122 A010AB J Russia (OCR Repository) M R 122 A010AC J he USA (OCR Repository) M R 122 A010AD J he USA, Land of freedom? (OCR Repository) M R 122 A010BA J Germany (Postal Moderation) M P 122 A010BB J Russia (Postal Moderation) M P 122 A010BC J he USA (Postal Moderation) M P 122 A010BD J he USA, Land of freedom? (Postal Moderation) M P 122 A010C J Historical Enquiry (Carried Forward) C 122 A011 L Aspects of international relations and Germany, (Written Paper) 122 A012 R Aspects of international relations and Russia, (Written Paper) 122 A013 J Aspects of international relations and he USA, (Written Paper) 122 A014 L A015 R A016 Y Aspects of international relations and Mao's China c (Written Paper) Aspects of international relations and causes and events of the First World War, (Written Paper) Aspects of international relations and End of Empire c (Written Paper) November BA15 January 1A16 6A A017 D Aspects of international relations and he USA, Land of freedom? (Written Paper) 122 A021 H How was British society changed, ? (Written Paper) 122 A022 K How far did British society change, ? (Written Paper) 122 A031 R he Greeks at war (Written Paper) 81 A032 Y he rise of Rome (Written Paper) 81 A033 D Women in ancient politics (Written Paper) 81 A034A L Ancient societies through the study of original sources (OCR Repository) M R 81 A034B L Ancient societies through the study of original sources (Postal Moderation) M P 81 A034C L Ancient societies through the study of original sources (Carried Forward) C 81 A110 F Art and design portfolio (Visiting Moderation) M V 82 A110C F Art and design portfolio (Carried Forward) C 82 A111 R Fine art: Art and design portfolio (Visiting Moderation) M V 83 A111C R Fine art: Art and design portfolio (Carried Forward) C 83 A112 D Graphic communication: Art and design portfolio (Visiting Moderation) M V 84 A112C D Graphic communication: Art and design portfolio (Carried Forward) C 84 A113 K Photography lens and light-based media: Art and design portfolio (Visiting Moderation) M V 84 A113C K Photography lens and light-based media: Art and design portfolio (Carried Forward) C 84 A extiles design: Art and design portfolio (Visiting Moderation) M V 85 A114C extiles design: Art and design portfolio (Carried Forward) C 85 A115 M hree-dimensional design: Art and design portfolio (Visiting Moderation) M V 85 A115C M hree-dimensional design: Art and design portfolio (Carried Forward) C 85 A116 A Critical and contextual studies: Art and design portfolio (Visiting Moderation) M V 83 A116C A Critical and contextual studies: Art and design portfolio (Carried Forward) C 83 A117 J Applied: Art and design portfolio (Visiting Moderation) M V 82 A117C J Applied: Art and design portfolio (Carried Forward) C 82 A120 J Art and design OCR-set task (Visiting Moderation) M V 82 A121 Y Fine art: Art and design OCR-set task (Visiting Moderation) M V 83 A122 H Graphic communication: Art and design OCR-set task (Visiting Moderation) M V 84 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 1

267 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle A123 M Photography lens and light-based media: Art and design OCR-set task (Visiting Moderation) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 M V 84 A124 K extiles design: Art and design OCR-set task (Visiting Moderation) M V 85 A hree-dimensional design: Art and design OCR-set task (Visiting Moderation) M V 85 A126 F Critical and contextual studies: Art and design OCR-set task (Visiting Moderation) M V 83 A127 L Applied: Art and design OCR-set task (Visiting Moderation) M V 82 A144A Science A controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 146 A144B Science A controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 146 A144C Science A controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 146 A154A A Additional Science A controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 143 A154B A Additional Science A controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 143 A154C A Additional Science A controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 143 A161F A Biology A modules B1, B2, B3 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 86,146 A161H A Biology A modules B1, B2, B3 (Written Paper) (Higher) 86,146 A162F J Biology A modules B4, B5, B6 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 86,143 A162H J Biology A modules B4, B5, B6 (Written Paper) (Higher) 86,143 A163F L Biology A module B7 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 86,145 A163H L Biology A module B7 (Written Paper) (Higher) 86,145 A164A R Biology A controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 86,143 A164B R Biology A controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 86,143 A164C R Biology A controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 86,143 A171F K Chemistry A modules C1, C2, C3 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 90,146 A171H K Chemistry A modules C1, C2, C3 (Written Paper) (Higher) 90,146 A172F R Chemistry A modules C4, C5, C6 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 90,143 A172H R Chemistry A modules C4, C5, C6 (Written Paper) (Higher) 90,143 A173F Y Chemistry A module C7 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 90,145 A173H Y Chemistry A module C7 (Written Paper) (Higher) 90,145 A174A D Chemistry A controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 90,143 A174B D Chemistry A controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 90,143 A174C D Chemistry A controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 90,143 A181F J Physics A modules P1, P2, P3 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 137,146 A181H J Physics A modules P1, P2, P3 (Written Paper) (Higher) 137,146 A182F Y Physics A modules P4, P5, P6 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 137,143 A182H Y Physics A modules P4, P5, P6 (Written Paper) (Higher) 137,143 A183F H Physics A module P7 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 137,145 A183H H Physics A module P7 (Written Paper) (Higher) 137,145 A184A K Physics A controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 137,143 A184B K Physics A controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 137,143 A184C K Physics A controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 137,143 A191F H Science in society (Written Paper) (Foundation) 144 A191H H Science in society (Written Paper) (Higher) 144 A192F K Science of materials and production (Written Paper) (Foundation) 144 A192H K Science of materials and production (Written Paper) (Higher) 144 A193A Science work related portfolio (OCR Repository) M R 144 A193B Science work related portfolio (Postal Moderation) M P 144 A193C Science work related portfolio (Carried Forward) C 144 A194A K Further Additional Science A controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 145 A194B K Further Additional Science A controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 145 A194C K Further Additional Science A controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 145 Page = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 2

268 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page A201 F Biblical Hebrew: Language 86 A202 J Biblical Hebrew: Literature 86 A240 - GCSE Applied Business (J213) Result Carried Forward C 88 A241 K Business in action (Written Paper) 87,88 A242A K Making your mark in business (OCR Repository) M R 87,88 A242B K Making your mark in business (Postal Moderation) M P 87,88 A242C K Making your mark in business (Carried Forward) C 87,88 A Working in business (Written Paper) 88 A244A A Business and you (OCR Repository) M R 88 A244B A Business and you (Postal Moderation) M P 88 A244C A Business and you (Carried Forward) C 88 A265 Y Businesses and their communication systems (Written Paper) 89 A266A D Developing business communication systems (OCR Repository) M R 89 A266B D Developing business communication systems (Postal Moderation) M P 89 A266C D Developing business communication systems (Carried Forward) C 89 A267 H IC skills for business communication systems (Written Paper) 89 A291A Y eting and enterprise (OCR Repository) M R 89 A291B Y eting and enterprise (Postal Moderation) M P 89 A291C Y eting and enterprise (Carried Forward) C 89 A292 D Business and people (Written Paper) 89 A293 H Production, finance and the external business environment (Written Paper) 89 A341A Y A341B Y A341C Y A342B D A343 H A344A K A344B K Rights and responsibilities getting started as an active citizen (OCR Repository) Rights and responsibilities getting started as an active citizen (Postal Moderation) Rights and responsibilities getting started as an active citizen (Carried Forward) Identity, democracy and justice understanding our role as citizens (Written paper) Rights and responsibilities extending our knowledge and understanding (Written Paper) Identity, democracy and justice leading the way as an active citizen (OCR Repository) Identity, democracy and justice leading the way as an active citizen (Postal Moderation) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 M R 92 M P 92 C M R 92 M P 92 A344C K Identity, democracy and justice leading the way as an active citizen (Carried Forward) C 92 A351F M City life In the classical world (Written Paper) (Foundation) 93,94 A351H M City life In the classical world (Written Paper) (Higher) 93,94 A352F Epic and myth (Written Paper) (Foundation) 93,94 A352H Epic and myth (Written Paper) (Higher) 93,94 A353F A Community life in the classical world (Written Paper) (Foundation) 93,94 A353H A Community life in the classical world (Written Paper) (Higher) 93,94 A354A M Culture and society in the classical world (OCR Repository) M R 93,94 A354B M Culture and society in the classical world (Postal Moderation) M P 93,94 A354C M Culture and society in the classical world (Carried Forward) C 93,94 A381F A Applications of mathematics Foundation paper 1 (Pilot) 168 A381H A Applications of mathematics Higher paper 1 (Pilot) 168 A382F Y Applications of mathematics Foundation paper 2 (Pilot) 168 A382H Y Applications of mathematics Higher paper 2 (Pilot) 168 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 3

269 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page A401FP Latin language 1: Mythology and domestic life (Foundation) 126,127 A401HP Latin language 1: Mythology and domestic life (Higher) 126,127 A401FW Latin language 1: Mythology and domestic life (Welsh Language) (Foundation) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 126,127 A401HW Latin language 1: Mythology and domestic life (Welsh Language) (Foundation) 126,127 A402F A Latin language 2: History (Foundation) 126 A402H A Latin language 2: History (Higher) 126 A402FW A Latin language 2: History (Welsh Language) (Foundation) 126 A402HW A Latin language 2: History (Welsh Language) (Higher) 126 A403F F Latin prose literature (Foundation) 126,127 A403H F Latin prose literature (Higher) 126,127 A403FW F Latin prose literature (Welsh Language) (Foundation) 126,127 A403HW F Latin prose literature (Welsh Language) (Higher) 126,127 A404F J Latin verse literature (Foundation) 126,127 A404H J Latin verse literature (Higher) 126,127 A404FW J Latin verse literature (Welsh Language) (Foundation) 126,127 A404HW J Latin verse literature (Welsh Language) (Higher) 126,127 A405F L Sources for latin (Foundation) 126,127 A405H L Sources for latin (Higher) 126,127 A405FW L Sources for latin (Welsh Language) (Foundation) 126,127 A405HW L Sources for latin (Welsh Language) (Higher) 126,127 A451 F Computing systems and programming (Written Paper) 96 A452A Y Current trends in computing (OCR Repository) M R 96 A452B Y Current trends in computing (Postal Moderation) M P 96 A452C Y Current trends in computing (Carried Forward) C 96 A453A D Programming project (OCR Repository) M R 96 A453B D Programming project (Postal Moderation) M P 96 A453C D Programming project (Carried Forward) C 96 A501F A Mathematics Unit A (Foundation) 133 A501H A Mathematics Unit A (Higher) 133 A502F K Mathematics Unit B (Foundation) 133 A502H K Mathematics Unit B (Higher) 133 A503F F Mathematics Unit C (Foundation) 133 A503H F Mathematics Unit C (Higher) 133 A511A A Introduction to designing and making (OCR Repository) M R 97 A511B A Introduction to designing and making (Postal Moderation) M P 97 A511C A Introduction to designing and making (Carried Forward) C 97 A513A J Making quality products (OCR Repository) M R 97 A513B J Making quality products (Postal Moderation) M P 97 A513C J Making quality products (Carried Forward) C 97 A515A M Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making - electronics paper (Written Paper) 97 A515B M A515C M Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making - pneumatics paper (Written Paper) Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making - mechanisms paper (Written Paper) = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 4

270 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page A521A Introduction to designing and making (OCR Repository) M R 98 A521B Introduction to designing and making (Postal Moderation) M P 98 A521C Introduction to designing and making (Carried Forward) C 98 A523A F Making quality products (OCR Repository) M R 98 A523B F Making quality products (Postal Moderation) M P 98 A523C F Making quality products (Carried Forward) C 98 A525 K Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making (Written Paper) 98 A531A D Introduction to designing and making (OCR Repository) M R 98 A531B D Introduction to designing and making (Postal Moderation) M P 98 A531C D Introduction to designing and making (Carried Forward) C 98 A533A Y Making quality products (OCR Repository) M R 98 A533B Y Making quality products (Postal Moderation) M P 98 A533C Y Making quality products (Carried Forward) C 98 A Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making (Written Paper) 98 A541A H Introduction to designing and making (OCR Repository) M R 99 A541B H Introduction to designing and making (Postal Moderation) M P 99 A541C H Introduction to designing and making (Carried Forward) C 99 A543A M Making quality products (OCR Repository) M R 99 A543B M Making quality products (Postal Moderation) M P 99 A543C M Making quality products (Carried Forward) C 99 A545 K Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making (Written Paper) 99 A551A F Developing and applying design skills (OCR Repository) M R A551B F Developing and applying design skills (Postal Moderation) M P A551C F Developing and applying design skills (Carried Forward) C A552 A Designing and making innovation challenge W A553A F Making, testing and marketing products (OCR Repository) M R A553B F Making, testing and marketing products (Postal Moderation) M P A553C F Making, testing and marketing products (Carried Forward) C A554 J Designing influences (Written Paper) A561A M Introduction to designing and making (OCR Repository) M R 101 A561B M Introduction to designing and making (Postal Moderation) M P 101 A561C M Introduction to designing and making (Carried Forward) C 101 A563A A Making quality products (OCR Repository) M R 101 A563B A Making quality products (Postal Moderation) M P 101 A563C A Making quality products (Carried Forward) C 101 A565 M Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making (Written Paper) 101 A571A J Introduction to designing and prototyping (OCR Repository) M R 101 A571B J Introduction to designing and prototyping (Postal Moderation) M P 101 A571C J Introduction to designing and prototyping (Carried Forward) C 101 A573A R Making quality products (OCR Repository) M R 101 A573B R Making quality products (Postal Moderation) M P 101 A573C R Making quality products (Carried Forward) C 101 A Sustainability and technical aspects of designing and making (Written Paper) 101 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 5

271 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page A581 D From page to stage (Postal Moderation) M P 102 A581C D From page to stage (Carried Forward) C 102 A582 H Drama in the making (Postal Moderation) M P 102 A582C H Drama in the making (Carried Forward) C 102 A583 M From concept to creation (Visiting Examiner) VE 102 A591 M How the market works 103 A How the economy works 103 A593 A he UK economy and globalisation 103 A620 - GCSE Engineering (J322) Result Carried Forward C 105 A621A A621B A Study of an engineered product and 1B Engineering product (OCR Repository) 1A Study of an engineered product and 1B Engineering product (Postal Moderation) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 M R 104 M P 104 A621C A Study of an engineered product and 1B Engineering product (Carried Forward) C 104 A622B A Engineering processes (Written Paper) 104 A623A J A Real world engineering and 3B Making an engineered product (OCR Repository) M R 104,105 A623B J A Real world engineering and 3B Making an engineered product (Postal Moderation) M P 104,105 A623C J A Real world engineering and 3B Making an engineered product (Carried Forward) C 104,105 A624B L Impact of modern technologies on engineering (Written Paper) 104,105 A631A A631B A631C A632A A A632B A Extended literary text and imaginative writing (Northern Ireland) (OCR Repository) Extended literary text and imaginative writing (Northern Ireland) (Postal Moderation) Extended literary text and imaginative writing (Northern Ireland) (Carried Forward) Speaking and listening and spoken language (Northern Ireland) (OCR Repository) Speaking and listening and spoken language (Northern Ireland) (Postal Moderation) M R M R 108 M P M P 108 C C 108 M R M R 108 M P M P 108 A632C A Speaking and listening and spoken language (Northern Ireland) (Carried C C Forward) 108 A633F K Information and ideas (Northern Ireland) (Written Paper) (Foundation) 108 A633H K Information and ideas (Northern Ireland) (Written Paper) (Higher) 108 A640A F Speaking and listening (OCR Repository) M R M R 106,107 A640B F Speaking and listening (Postal Moderation) M P M P 106,107 A640C F Speaking and listening (Carried Forward) C C 106,107 A641A H Reading literary texts (OCR Repository) M R M R 106 A641B H Reading literary texts (Postal Moderation) M P M P 106 A641C H Reading literary texts (Carried Forward) C C 106 A642A D Imaginative writing (OCR Repository) M R M R 106 A642B D Imaginative writing (Postal Moderation) M P M P 106 A642C D Imaginative writing (Carried Forward) C C 106 A650A K Spoken language (OCR Repository) M R M R 107 A650B K Spoken language (Postal Moderation) M P M P 107 A650C K Spoken language (Carried Forward) C C 107 A651A Extended literary text and imaginative writing (OCR Repository) M R M R 107 A651B Extended literary text and imaginative writing (Postal Moderation) M P M P 107 A651C Extended literary text and imaginative writing (Carried Forward) C C 107 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 6

272 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page A661A Literary heritage linked texts (OCR Repository) M R 109 A661B Literary heritage linked texts (Postal Moderation) M P 109 A661C Literary heritage linked texts (Carried Forward) C 109 A662F A Modern drama (Written Paper) (Foundation) 109 A662H A Modern drama (Written Paper) (Higher) 109 A663F F Prose from different cultures (Written Paper) (Foundation) 109 A663H F Prose from different cultures (Written Paper) (Higher) 109 A664F J Literary heritage prose and contemporary poetry (Written Paper) (Foundation) 109 A664H J Literary heritage prose and contemporary poetry (Written Paper) (Higher) 109 A680F K Information and ideas (Written Paper) (Foundation) 106,107 A680H K Information and ideas (Written Paper) (Higher) 106,107 A691 J Working in response to the study of artworks by practitioners (Postal Moderation) M P 111 A691C J Working in response to the study of artworks by practitioners (Carried Forward) C 111 A692 L Working in response to a stimulus (Postal Moderation) M P 111 A692C L Working in response to a stimulus (Carried Forward) C 111 A693 Y Working in response to a commission in a community context (Visiting Examiner) VE 111 A701F Y French: Listening (Written Paper) (Foundation) 112,113 A701H Y French: Listening (Written Paper) (Higher) 112,113 A702A L French: Speaking (OCR Repository) M R / 112,113 A702B L French: Speaking (Postal Moderation) M P / 112,113 A702C L French: Speaking (Carried Forward) C 112,113 A703F R French: Reading (Written Paper) (Foundation) 112,113 A703H R French: Reading (Written Paper) (Higher) 112,113 A704 Y French: Writing E 112,113 A704C Y French: Writing (Carried Forward) C 112,113 A711F A German: Listening (Written Paper) (Foundation) 116,117 A711H A German: Listening (Written Paper) (Higher) 116,117 A712A F German: Speaking (OCR Repository) M R / 116,117 A712B F German: Speaking (Postal Moderation) M P / 116,117 A712C F German: Speaking (Carried Forward) C 116,117 A713F J German: Reading (Written Paper) (Foundation) 116,117 A713H J German: Reading (Written Paper) (Higher) 116,117 A714 R German: Writing E 116,117 A714C R German: Writing (Carried Forward) C 116,117 A721F Y Spanish: Listening (Written Paper) (Foundation) 150,151 A721H Y Spanish: Listening (Written Paper) (Higher) 150,151 A722A L Spanish: Speaking (OCR Repository) M R / 150,151 A722B L Spanish: Speaking (Postal Moderation) M P / 150,151 A722C L Spanish: Speaking (Carried Forward) C 150,151 A723F R Spanish: Reading (Written Paper) (Foundation) 150,151 A723H R Spanish: Reading (Written Paper) (Higher) 150,151 A724 Y Spanish: Writing E 150,151 A724C Y Spanish: Writing (Carried Forward) C 150,151 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 7

273 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page A731F Y Contemporary themes in geography (Written Paper) (Foundation) 114 A731H Y Contemporary themes in geography (Written Paper) (Higher) 114 A732F D Geographical skills (Written Paper) (Foundation) 114 A732H D Geographical skills (Written Paper) (Higher) 114 A733A H Local geographical investigation (OCR Repository) M R 114 A733B H Local geographical investigation (Postal Moderation) M P 114 A733C H Local geographical investigation (Carried Forward) C 114 A771A A Geographical enquiry (OCR Repository) M R 115 A771B A Geographical enquiry (Postal Moderation) M P 115 A771C A Geographical enquiry (Carried Forward) C 115 A772F M Key geographical themes (Written Paper) (Foundation) 115 A772H M Key geographical themes (Written Paper) (Higher) 115 A801 F Dutch: Listening 102 A802 J Dutch: Speaking W 102 A803 L Dutch: Reading 102,103 A804 R Dutch: Writing 102,103 A811 R Gujarati: Listening 118 A812 Y Gujarati: Speaking W 118 A813 D Gujarati: Reading 118 A814 H Gujarati: Writing 118 A821 K Persian: Listening 135 A822 A Persian: Speaking W 135 A823 M Persian: Reading 135 A Persian: Writing 135 A831 F Portuguese: Listening 138,139 A Portuguese: Speaking W 138,139 A833 A Portuguese: Reading 138,139 A834 F Portuguese: Writing 138,139 A841 J urkish: Listening 152 A842 L urkish: Speaking W 152 A843 R urkish: Reading 152 A844 Y urkish: Writing 152 A910 - GCSE Health and Social Care (J406) Result Carried Forward C 120 A911A M Health, social care and early years provision (OCR Repository) M R 119 A911B M Health, social care and early years provision (Postal Moderation) M P 119 A911C M Health, social care and early years provision (Carried Forward) C 119 A Understanding personal development and relationships (Written Paper) 119 A913A A Promoting health and well-being (OCR Repository) M R 119,120 A913B A Promoting health and well-being (Postal Moderation) M P 119,120 A913C A Promoting health and well-being (Carried Forward) C 119,120 A914B F Safeguarding and protecting individuals (Written Paper) 119,120 A953A A History around us / Modern world study controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 121 A953B A A953C A History around us / Modern world study controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) History around us / Modern world study controlled assessment (Carried Forward) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 M P 121 C 121 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 8

274 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle A954A K Study in Development and Study in Depth: with Elizabethan England (Written Paper) A954B K A954C K A954D K A955A Study in Development and Study in Depth: with Britain, (Written Paper) Study in Development and Study in Depth: with the American West, (Written Paper) Study in Development and Study in Depth: with Germany, c (Written Paper) Historical Source Investigation: A Study in British History: Public Health in Britain (Written Paper) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 Page A955B Historical Source Investigation: A Study in British History: Protest & Reaction in Britain (Written Paper) 121 B001A D Food and nutrition short tasks (OCR Repository) M R 123 B001B D Food and nutrition short tasks (Postal Moderation) M P 123 B001C D Food and nutrition short tasks (Carried Forward) C 123 B002A H Food study task (OCR Repository) M R 123 B002B H Food study task (Postal Moderation) M P 123 B002C H Food study task (Carried Forward) C 123 B003 K Principles of food and nutrition (Written Paper) 123 B011A M Child development short tasks (OCR Repository) M R 123 B011B M Child development short tasks (Postal Moderation) M P 123 B011C M Child development short tasks (Carried Forward) C 123 B012A A Child study task (OCR Repository) M R 123 B012B A Child study task (Postal Moderation) M P 123 B012C A Child study task (Carried Forward) C 123 B013 F Principles of child development (Written Paper) 123 B031 J Cross-curricular themes (Written Paper) 124 B032 L Application of knowledge (Written Paper) 124 B033A R Humanities independent enquiry: Controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 124 B033B R Humanities independent enquiry: Controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 124 B033C R Humanities independent enquiry: Controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 124 B061B F IC in today s world (Written Paper) 125 B062A J Practical applications in IC (OCR Repository) M R 125 B062B J Practical applications in IC (Postal Moderation) M P 125 B062C J Practical applications in IC (Carried Forward) C 125 B063B A IC in context (Written Paper) 125 B064A F Creative use of IC (OCR Repository) M R 125 B064B F Creative use of IC (Postal Moderation) M P 125 B064C F Creative use of IC (Carried Forward) C 125 B065A J Coding a solution (OCR Repository) M R 125 B065B J Coding a solution (Postal Moderation) M P 125 B065C J Coding a solution (Carried Forward) C 125 B141 M he nature of law. Criminal courts and criminal processes 128 B142B J Civil courts and civil processes. Civil liberties and human rights 128 B143 L Employment rights and responsibilities 128 B144 R Consumer rights and responsibilities 128 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 9

275 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page B180 - GCSE Leisure and ourism (J444) Result Carried Forward C 130 B181 F Understanding the leisure and tourism industries (Written Paper) 129 B182A F Moving forward in leisure and tourism (OCR Repository) M R 129 B182B F Moving forward in leisure and tourism (Postal Moderation) M P 129 B182C F Moving forward in leisure and tourism (Carried Forward) C 129 B Working in the leisure and tourism industries (Written Paper) 129,130 B184A A Meeting customer needs in the leisure and tourism industries (OCR Repository) M R 129,130 B184B A Meeting customer needs in the leisure and tourism industries (Postal Moderation) M P 129,130 B184C A Meeting customer needs in the leisure and tourism industries (Carried Forward) C 129,130 B230 - GCSE Manufacturing (J505) Result Carried Forward C 132 B231A M A Study of a manufactured product and 1B Manufacturing a product (OCR Repository) (1A and 1B) M R 131 B231B M A Study of a manufactured product and 1B Manufacturing a product (Postal Moderation) (1A and 1B) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 M P 131 B231C M A Study of a manufactured product and 1B Manufacturing a product (Carried Forward) (1A and 1B) C 131 B232B H Manufacturing Processes (Written Paper) 131 B233A K A Real world manufacturing and 3B Making a manufactured product (OCR Repository) M R 131,132 B233B K A Real world manufacturing and 3B Making a manufactured product (Postal Moderation) M P 131,132 B233C K A Real world manufacturing and 3B Making a manufactured product (Carried Forward) C 131,132 B234B M Impact of modern technologies on manufacturing (Written Paper) 131,132 B321B L he individual media studies portfolio (Postal Moderation) M P 134 B321C L he individual media studies portfolio (Carried Forward) C 134 B322 R extual analysis and media studies topic (moving image) (Written Paper) 134 B323 Y extual analysis and media studies topic (print) (Written Paper) 134 B324B D Production portfolio in media studies (Postal Moderation) M P 134 B324C D Production portfolio in media studies (Carried Forward) C 134 B351A Y Integrated tasks (OCR Repository) M R 134 B351B Y Integrated tasks (Postal Moderation) M P 134 B351C Y Integrated tasks (Carried Forward) C 134 B352A D Practical portfolio (OCR Repository) M R 134 B352B D Practical portfolio (Postal Moderation) M P 134 B352C D Practical portfolio (Carried Forward) C 134 B353 H Creative task W 134 B354 K Listening examination (Written Paper) 134 B391F H Methods in mathematics Foundation paper 1 (Pilot) 168 B391H H Methods in mathematics Higher paper 1 (Pilot) 168 B392F J Methods in mathematics Foundation paper 2 (Pilot) 168 B392H J Methods in mathematics Higher paper 2 (Pilot) 168 B401 R Classical greek language 1 (Mythology and domestic life) 95 B402 Y Classical greek language 2 (History) 95 B403 D Classical greek prose literature 95 B404 H Classical greek verse literature 95 B405 Y Sources for classical greek 95 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 10

276 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page B451 Y An introduction to physical education (Written Paper) 136 B452 D Practical performance and analysis 1 (Visiting Moderation) M V 136 B452C D Practical performance and analysis 1 (Carried Forward) C 136 B453 H Developing knowledge in physical education (Written Paper) 136 B454 K Practical performance and analysis 2 (Visiting Moderation) M V 136 B454C K Practical performance and analysis 2 (Carried Forward) C 136 B541 D Studies and applications in psychology B542 H Studies and applications in psychology B543 K Research in psychology 139 B561F M Sustainable decision making (Written Paper) (Foundation) 115 B561H M Sustainable decision making (Written Paper) (Higher) 115 B562A Geographical enquiry (OCR Repository) M R 115 B562B Geographical enquiry (Postal Moderation) M P 115 B562C Geographical enquiry (Carried Forward) C 115 B563F A Key geographical themes (Written Paper) (Foundation) 115 B563H A Key geographical themes (Written Paper) (Higher) 115 B569 Y Buddhism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 140,141 B570 D Buddhism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 140,141 B571 M Christianity 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 140,141 B Christianity 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 140,141 B573 A Christianity (Roman Catholic) 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 140,141 B574 F Christianity (Roman Catholic) 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 140,141 B575 D Hinduism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 140,141 B576 R Hinduism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 140,141 B577 R Islam 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 140,141 B578 Y Islam 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 140,141 B579 J Judaism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 140,141 B580 L Judaism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 140,141 B581 H Sikhism 1 (beliefs, special days, divisions and interpretations) 140,141 B582 K Sikhism 2 (worship, community and family, sacred writings) 140,141 B Christian scriptures 1 () 140,141 B584 A Christian scriptures 2 (Luke) 140,141 B585 F Jewish scriptures 1 (enakh) 140,141 B586 J Jewish scriptures 2 (almud) 140,141 B587 A Muslim texts 1 (Qur an) 140,141 B588 F Muslim texts 2 (Sunnah and Hadith) 140,141 B589 F Perspectives on world religions 140,141 B601 K Philosophy 1 (deity, religious and spiritual experience, end of life) 142 B602 M Philosophy 2 (good and evil, revelation, science) 142 B Ethics (relationships, medical ethics, poverty and wealth) 140,141,142 B604 A Ethics 2 (peace and justice, equality, media) 142 B671 K Sociology basics 150 B Socialisation, culture and identity 150 B673 M Applying sociological research techniques 150 B681FP R Management of the natural environment (Written Paper) (Foundation) 110 B681HP R Management of the natural environment (Written Paper) (Higher) 110 B682FP Y Plant cultivation and animal care (Written Paper) (Foundation) 110 B682HP Y Plant cultivation and animal care (Written Paper) (Higher) 110 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 11

277 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle B683FP D Commercial horticulture agriculture and livestock husbandry (Written Paper) (Foundation) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 Page 110 B683HP D Commercial horticulture agriculture and livestock husbandry (Written Paper) (Higher) 110 B684A H ELBS Portfolio (OCR Repository) M R 110 B684B H ELBS Portfolio (Postal Moderation) M P 110 B684C H ELBS Portfolio (Carried Forward) C 110 B711F R Science B modules B1, C1, P1 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 149 B711H R Science B modules B1, C1, P1 (Written Paper) (Higher) 149 B712F D Science B modules B2, C2, P2 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 149 B712H D Science B modules B2, C2, P2 (Written Paper) (Higher) 149 B713A K Science B controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 149 B713B K Science B controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 149 B713C K Science B controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 149 B721F A Additional Science B modules B3, C3, P3 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 147 B721H A Additional Science B modules B3, C3, P3 (Written Paper) (Higher) 147 B722F J Additional Science B modules B4, C4, P4 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 147 B722H J Additional Science B modules B4, C4, P4 (Written Paper) (Higher) 147 B723A F Additional Science B controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 147 B723B F Additional Science B controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 147 B723C F Additional Science B controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 147 B731F F Biology B modules B1, B2, B3 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 87 B731H F Biology B modules B1, B2, B3 (Written Paper) (Higher) 87 B732F L Biology B modules B4, B5, B6 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 87 B732H L Biology B modules B4, B5, B6 (Written Paper) (Higher) 87 B733A R Biology B controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 87 B733B R Biology B controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 87 B733C R Biology B controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 87 B741F Y Chemistry B modules C1, C2, C3 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 91 B741H Y Chemistry B modules C1, C2, C3 (Written Paper) (Higher) 91 B742F D Chemistry B modules C4, C5, C6 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 91 B742H D Chemistry B modules C4, C5, C6 (Written Paper) (Higher) 91 B743A H Chemistry B controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 91 B743B H Chemistry B controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 91 B743C H Chemistry B controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 91 B751F F Physics B modules P1, P2, P3 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 138 B751H F Physics B modules P1, P2, P3 (Written Paper) (Higher) 138 B752F L Physics B modules P4, P5, P6 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 138 B752H L Physics B modules P4, P5, P6 (Written Paper) (Higher) 138 B753A R Physics B controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 138 B753B R Physics B controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 138 B753C R Physics B controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 138 B761F M Further Additional Science B modules B5, C5, P5 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 148 B761H M Further Additional Science B modules B5, C5, P5 (Written Paper) (Higher) 148 B762F Further Additional Science B modules B6, C6, P6 (Written Paper) (Foundation) 148 B762H Further Additional Science B modules B6, C6, P6 (Written Paper) (Higher) 148 B763A A Further Additional Science B controlled assessment (OCR Repository) M R 148 B763B A Further Additional Science B controlled assessment (Postal Moderation) M P 148 B763C A Further Additional Science B controlled assessment (Carried Forward) C 148 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 12

278 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page B901 Y hinking and reasoning skills 165 B902 D hinking and reasoning skills case study 165 B931A H Analysing texts (OCR Repository) - M R 163 B931B H Analysing texts (Postal Moderation) - M P 163 B932A M Recreating texts (OCR Repository) - M R 163 B932B M Recreating texts (Postal Moderation) - M P 163 B933A K Comparing texts (OCR Repository) - M R 163 B933B K Comparing texts (Postal Moderation) - M P 163 B951 L Unit 1: Medieval history (Written Paper) B952 J Unit 2: Local history investigation (Postal Moderation) M P M P 164 B953 F Unit 3: International history (Postal Moderation) M P M P 164 B954 D Unit 4: Whose history? Presenting the past (Postal Moderation) M P M P 164 B955 H Unit 5: Change over time (Postal Moderation) M P M P 164 B956 M Unit 6: A society in depth (Postal Moderation) M P M P 164 B957 L Unit 7: Heritage management or heritage marketing (Postal Moderation) M P M P 164 B958 R Unit 8: Multimedia in history: Bringing the past to life (Postal Moderation) M P M P 164 B959 K Unit 9: Missing pages: he migrant experience (Postal Moderation) M P M P 164 B960 Y Unit 10: An archaeological enquiry (Postal Moderation) M P M P 164 F011 H Accounting principles 7 F012 K Accounting applications 7 F013 M Company accounts and interpretation (A2) 7 F Management accounting (A2) 7 F140 Y D and 3D skills, materials and techniques (Visiting Moderation) M V 7,8 F141 L Communication and meaning through visual language (Visiting Moderation) M V 7,8 F142 R Preparing and working to a brief (Visiting Moderation) M V 7,8 F143 Y he creative process (Visiting Moderation) M V 7,8 F144 D D design (Visiting Moderation) M V 7,8 F145 H Fashion and textiles (Visiting Moderation) M V 7,8 F146 K Graphic design (Visiting Moderation) M V 7,8 F147 M Lens-based media and multimedia (Visiting Moderation) M V 7,8 F Fine art (Visiting Moderation) M V 7,8 F149 A Professional practice and progression (A2) (Visiting Moderation) M V 8 F150 F Decorative imagery (A2) (Visiting Moderation) M V 8 F151 K Multimedia specialisms (A2) (Visiting Moderation) M V 8 F152 M Spatial design (A2) (Visiting Moderation) M V 8 F Fashion design (A2) (Visiting Moderation) M V 8 F154 A Graphic design specialisms (A2) (Visiting Moderation) M V 8 F155 F D design/crafts (A2) (Visiting Moderation) M V 8 F156 J Fine art specialisms (A2) (Visiting Moderation) M V 8 F157 L extiles (A2) (Visiting Moderation) M V 8 F191 F ranslation, comprehension and literature 13 F192 L ranslation, comprehension, composition and literature (A2) 13 F211 K Cells, exchange and transport (Written Paper) 13 F212 M Molecules, biodiversity, food and health (Written Paper) 13 F Practical skills in biology 1 (Postal Modeartion) M P 13 F214 A Communication, homeostasis and energy (A2) (Written Paper) 13 F215 F Control, genomes and environment (A2) (Written Paper) 13 F216 J Practical skills in biology 2 (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 13 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 13

279 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page F221 K Molecules, blood and gas exchange (Written Paper) 40 F222 M Growth, development and disease (Written Paper) 40 F Practical skills in human biology (Postal Moderation) M P 40 F224 D Energy, reproduction and populations (A2) (Written Paper) 40 F225 K Genetics, control and ageing (A2) (Written Paper) 40 F226 M Extended investigation in human biology (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 40 F240A H Creating a marketing proposal (OCR Repository) M R 14,15,16 F240B H Creating a marketing proposal (Postal Moderation) M P 14,15,16 F241A K Recruitment in the workplace (OCR Repository) M R 14,15,16 F241B K Recruitment in the workplace (Postal Moderation) M P 14,15,16 F242 M Understanding the business environment (Written Paper) 14,15,16 F he impact of customer service (Written Paper) 14,16 F244A K IC provision in a business (OCR Repository) M R 14,16 F244B K IC provision in a business (Postal Moderation) M P 14,16 F245A M Running an enterprise activity (OCR Repository) M R 14,16 F245B M Running an enterprise activity (Postal Moderation) M P 14,16 F246A Financial providers and products (OCR Repository) M R 14,16 F246B Financial providers and products (Postal Moderation) M P 14,16 F247A A Understanding production in business (OCR Repository) M R 14,16 F247B A Understanding production in business (Postal Moderation) M P 14,16 F248 F Strategic decision-making (A2) (Written Paper) 15,16 F249A J A business plan for the entrepreneur (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 15,16 F249B J A business plan for the entrepreneur (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 15,16 F250A L Managerial and supervisory roles (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 15,16 F250B L Managerial and supervisory roles (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 15,16 F251A R Launching a business on-line (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 15,16 F251B R Launching a business on-line (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 15,16 F252A Y Promotion in action (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 15,17 F252B Y Promotion in action (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 15,17 F253A D Constructing a financial strategy (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 15,17 F253B D Constructing a financial strategy (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 15,17 F254A R Launching a new product or service in Europe (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 15,17 F254B R Launching a new product or service in Europe (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 15,17 F255A Y raining and development (OCR Repository) M R 15,17 F255B Y raining and development (Postal Moderation) M P 15,17 F256 D Business law (A2) (Written Paper) 17 F257 H Managing risks in the workplace (A2) (Written Paper) 17 F291 M An introduction to business 17 F Business functions 17 F293 M eting (A2) 17 F Accounting (A2) 17 F295 A People in organisations (A2) 17 F296 F Business production (A2) 17 F297 K Strategic management (A2) 17 F321 D Atoms, bonds and groups (Written Paper) 18 F322 H Chains, energy and resources (Written Paper) 18 F323 K Practical skills in chemistry 1 (Postal Moderation) M P 18 F324 M Rings, polymers and analysis (A2) (Written Paper) 18 F Equilibria, energetics and elements (A2) (Written Paper) 18 F326 F Practical skills in chemistry 2 (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 18 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 14

280 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page F331 K Chemistry for life (Written Paper) 18 F Chemistry of natural resources (Written Paper) 18 F333 A Chemistry in practice (Postal Moderation) M P 18 F334 F Chemistry of materials (A2) (Written Paper) 18 F335 J Chemistry by design (A2) (Written Paper) 18 F336 A Chemistry individual investigation (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 18 F361 A L1 Latin language 19,22 F362 F L2 Latin verse and prose literature 19,22 F L3 Latin verse (A2) 19,22 F364 A L4 Latin prose (A2) 19,22 F371 F G1 Classical greek language 19,22 F372 J G2 Classical greek verse and prose literature 19,22 F373 L G3 Classical greek verse (A2) 19,22 F374 R G4 Classical greek prose (A2) 19,22 F381 Y CC1 Archaeology: Mycenae and the classical world 19,21 F382 D CC2 Homer s odyssey and society 19,21 F383 H CC3 Roman society and thought 19,21 F384 K CC4 Greek tragedy in its context 19,21 F385 D CC5 Greek historians 19,21 F386 H CC6 City life in Roman Italy 19,21 F387 K CC7 Roman Britain: life in the outpost of the Empire (A2) 19,21 F388 M CC8 Art and architecture in the greek world (A2) 19,21 F CC9 Comic drama in the ancient world (A2) 19,21 F390 A CC10 Virgil and the world of the hero (A2) 19,21 F391 D AH1 Greek history from original sources 19,20 F392 H AH2 Roman history from original sources 19,20 F393 K AH3 Greek history: Conflict and culture (A2) 19,20 F394 M AH4 Roman history: he use and abuse of power (A2) 19,20 F410 D Unendorsed coursework portfolio: Art and design (Visiting Moderation) M V 9 F411 H Coursework portfolio: Fine art (Visiting Moderation) M V 10 F412 D Coursework portfolio: Graphic communication (Visiting Moderation) M V 11 F Coursework portfolio: Photography Lens and light-based media (Visiting Moderation) M V 11 F414 J Coursework portfolio: extile design (Visiting Moderation) M V 12 F415 D Coursework portfolio: hree-dimensional design (Visiting Moderation) M V 12 F416 D Coursework portfolio: Critical and contextual studies (Visiting Moderation) M V 10 F421 K Controlled assignment (AS): Fine art (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,10 F422 H Controlled assignment (AS): Graphic communication (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,11 F423 K Controlled assignment (AS): Photography - lens and light-based media (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,11 F424 L Controlled assignment (AS): extile design (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,12 F425 J Controlled assignment (AS): hree-dimensional design (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,12 F426 K Controlled assignment (AS): Critical and contextual studies (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,10 F Personal investigation (A2): Fine art (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,10 F432 K Personal investigation (A2): Graphic communication (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,11 F433 A Personal investigation (A2): Photography - lens and light-based media (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,11 F434 R Personal investigation (A2): extile design (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,12 F435 L Personal investigation (A2): hree-dimensional design (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,12 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 15

281 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle F436 M Personal investigation (A2): Critical and contextual studies (Visiting Moderation) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 Page M V 9,10 F441 J Controlled assignment (A2): Fine art (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,10 F442 M Controlled assignment (A2): Graphic communication (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,11 F443 F Controlled assignment (A2): Photography - lens and light-based media (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,11 F444 Y Controlled assignment (A2): extile design (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,12 F445 R Controlled assignment (A2): hree-dimensional design (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,12 F Controlled assignment (A2): Critical and contextual studies (Visiting Moderation) M V 9,10 F451 J Computer fundamentals (Written Paper) 23 F452 R Programming techniques and logical methods (Written Paper) 23 F453 Y Advanced computing theory (A2) (Written Paper) 23 F454A D Computing project (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 23 F454B D Computing project (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 23 F501 M Introduction to critical thinking 23 F502 A Assessing and developing argument / 23 F503 F Ethical reasoning and decision making (A2) 23 F504 J Critical reasoning (A2) 23 F521 Y Advanced innovation challenge (Written Paper) / 24 F522 D Product study (Postal Moderation) M P 24 F523 H Design, make and evaluate (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 24 F524 M Product design (A2) (Written Paper) / 24 F548 H he engineered world (Viva voce) W 72 F549A K Engineering design (OCR Repository) M R 72 F549B K Engineering design (Postal Moderation) M P 72 F550A M Engineering applications of computers (OCR Repository) M R 72 F550B M Engineering applications of computers (Postal Moderation) M P 72 F551A A Producing engineering solutions (OCR Repository) M R 72 F551B A Producing engineering solutions (Postal Moderation) M P 72 F552A F Construct electronic and electrical systems (OCR Repository) M R 72 F552B F Construct electronic and electrical systems (Postal Moderation) M P 72 F553A J Manufacturing engineering (OCR Repository) M R 72 F553B J Manufacturing engineering (Postal Moderation) M P 72 F554A L Maintenance (OCR Repository) M R 72 F554B L Maintenance (Postal Moderation) M P 72 F555A R Innovation, enterprise and technological advance (OCR Repository) M R 72 F555B R Innovation, enterprise and technological advance (Postal Moderation) M P 72 F556A H Engineering businesses and the environment (OCR Repository) M R M R 73 F556B H Engineering businesses and the environment (Postal Moderation) M P M P 73 F557A K Applications of computer aided designing (OCR Repository) M R M R 73 F557B K Applications of computer aided designing (Postal Moderation) M P M P 73 F558A M Selection and application of engineering materials (OCR Repository) M R M R 73 F558B M Selection and application of engineering materials (Postal Moderation) M P M P 73 F559 Y Instrumentation and control engineering (Written Paper) 73 F560A D Maintaining engineering systems (OCR Repository) M R M R 73 F560B D Maintaining engineering systems (Postal Moderation) M P M P 73 F561A H Production and manufacturing (OCR Repository) M R M R 73 F561B H Production and manufacturing (Postal Moderation) M P M P 73 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 16

282 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page F562A K Innovative design and enterprise (OCR Repository) M R M R 73 F562B K Innovative design and enterprise (Postal Moderation) M P M P 73 F563 M Mathematical techniques and applications for engineers (Written Paper) 73 F564A Scientific principles and applications for engineers (OCR Repository) M R M R 73 F564B Scientific principles and applications for engineers (Postal Moderation) M P M P 73 F581 D ets in action 25 F582 H he national and international economy 25 F Economics of work and leisure (A2) 25 F584 A ransport economics (A2) 25 F he global economy (A2) 25 F611 M Simple systems (Written Paper) 26 F612 F Signal processors (Written Paper) 26 F613A J Build and investigate electronic circuits (OCR Repository) M R 26 F613B J Build and investigate electronic circuits (Postal Moderation) M P 26 F614 L Electronic control systems (A2) (Written Paper) 26 F615 D Communication systems (A2) (Written Paper) 26 F616A R Design, build and investigate electronic circuits (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 26 F616B R Design, build and investigate electronic circuits (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 26 F631 D Film text and context (Written Paper) 28 F632 H Foundation portfolio in film (Postal Moderation) M P 28 F633 K Global cinema and critical perspectives (A2) (Written Paper) 28 F634 M Creative investigation in film (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 28 F651 L he dynamics of speech (Written Paper) 27 F652 R exts and audiences (Postal Moderation) M P 27 F653 Y Culture, language and identity (A2) (Written Paper) 27 F654 H Media language (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 27 F661 D Poetry and prose [Closed ext] (Written Paper) 28 F662 F Literature post-1900 (Postal Moderation) M P 28 F663 L Drama and poetry pre-1800 [Closed ext] (A2) (Written Paper) 28 F664 R exts in time (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 28 F Speaking voices [Closed ext] (Written Paper) 27 F672 M Changing texts (Postal Moderation) M P 27 F673 R Dramatic voices [Closed ext] (A2) (Written Paper) 27 F674 J Connections across texts (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 27 F701A A French: Speaking (AS) Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 29 F701B A French: Speaking (AS) Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 29 F701C A French: Speaking (AS) Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 29 F702 M French: Listening, reading and writing 1 (Written Paper) 29 F703A A French: Speaking (A2) Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 29 F703B A French: Speaking (A2) Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 29 F703C A French: Speaking (A2) Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 29 F704 F French: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) (Written Paper) 29 F711A Y German: Speaking (AS) Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 32 F711B Y German: Speaking (AS) Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 32 F711C Y German: Speaking (AS) Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 32 F712 Y German: Listening, reading and writing 1 (Written Paper) 32 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 17

283 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle F713A D German: Speaking (A2) Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 W 32 F713B D German: Speaking (A2) Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 32 F713C D German: Speaking (A2) Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 32 F714 H German: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) (Written Paper) 32 F721A A Spanish: Speaking (AS) Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 66 F721B A Spanish: Speaking (AS) Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 66 F721C A Spanish: Speaking (AS) Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 66 F722 M Spanish: Listening, reading and writing 1 (Written Paper) 66 F723A Spanish: Speaking (A2) Externally marked (MP3 files uploaded to the OCR Repository) W 66 F723B Spanish: Speaking (A2) Externally marked (MP3 files submitted on CD) W 66 F723C Spanish: Speaking (A2) Visiting examiner (minimum 20 candidates) VE 66 F724 A Spanish: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) (Written Paper) 66 F731 R he cultural and social domains 30 F732 Y he scientific domain 30 F733 D Domain exploration: Applying synoptic skills (A2) 30 F734 H Culture, science and society: Making connections (A2) 30 F761 F Managing physical environments 30 F762 J Managing change in human environments 30 F763 L Global issues (A2) 30 F764 R Geographical skills (A2) 30 F791 D Global tectonics (Written Paper) 31 F792 H Rocks processes and products (Written Paper) 31 F793 K Practical skills in geology 1 (Postal Moderation) M P 31 F794 M Environmental geology (A2) (Written Paper) 31 F795 J Evolution of life, earth and climate (A2) (Written Paper) 31 F796 L Practical skills in geology 2 (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 31 F851 J Contemporary politics of the UK 33 F852 L Contemporary government of the UK 33 F853 R Contemporary US government and politics (A2) 33 F854 D Political ideas and concepts (A2) 33 F855 H US government and politics (A2) 33 F856 K Political ideas and concepts in practice (A2) 33 F Dutch: Listening, reading and writing 1 24 F882 A Dutch: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 24 F883 H Gujarati: Listening, reading and writing 1 33 F884 K Gujarati: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 33 F885 F Persian: Listening, reading and writing 1 58 F Persian: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 58 F887 F Portuguese: Listening, reading and writing 1 60 F888 J Portuguese: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 60 F889 A urkish: Listening, reading and writing 1 70 F890 F urkish: Listening, reading and writing 2 (A2) 70 F910 L Promoting quality care (Written Paper) 34,35,36 F911A R Communication in care settings (OCR Repository) M R 34,35,36 F911B R Communication in care settings (Postal Moderation) M P 34,35,36 F912A Y Promoting good health (OCR Repository) M R 34,35,36 F912B Y Promoting good health (Postal Moderation) M P 34,35,36 Page = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 18

284 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page F913 L Health and safety in care settings (Written Paper) 34,36 F914A R Caring for people with additional needs (OCR Repository) M R 34,36 F914B R Caring for people with additional needs (Postal Moderation) M P 34,36 F915A Y Working in early-years care and education (OCR Repository) M R 34,36 F915B Y Working in early-years care and education (Postal Moderation) M P 34,36 F916A D Health as a lifestyle choice (OCR Repository) M R 35,36 F916B D Health as a lifestyle choice (Postal Moderation) M P 35,36 F917A H Complementary therapies (OCR Repository) M R 35,36 F917B H Complementary therapies (Postal Moderation) M P 35,36 F918 K Caring for older people (Written Paper) 35,36 F919A M Care practice and provision (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 35,36 F919B M Care practice and provision (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 35,36 F Understanding human behaviour and development (A2) (Written Paper) 35,37 F921 A Anatomy and physiology in practice (A2) (Written Paper) 35,37 F922A F Child development (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 35,37 F922B F Child development (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 35,37 F923A Mental-health issues (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 35,37 F923B Mental-health issues (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 35,37 F924 A Social trends (A2) (Written Paper) 35,37 F925A F Research methods in health and social care (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 35,37 F925B F Research methods in health and social care (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 35,37 F961A J British history period studies Medieval and early modern (Written Paper) 38 F961B J British history period studies Modern (Written Paper) 38 F962A R European and world history period studies Medieval and early modern (Written Paper) 38 F962B R European and world history period studies Modern (Written Paper) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 38 F963A Y British history enquiries Medieval and early modern (Written Paper) 38 F963B Y British history enquiries Modern (Written Paper) 38 F964A H European and world history enquiries Medieval and early modern (Written Paper) 38 F964B H European and world history enquiries Modern (Written Paper) 38 F965 Y Historical interpretations and investigations (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 38 F966A D Historical themes Medieval and early modern (A2) (Written Paper) 38 F966B D Historical themes Modern (A2) (Written Paper) 38 F981 L Historical explanation British history (Written Paper) 39 F982 F Historical explanation Non british history (Written Paper) 39 F983 J Using historical evidence British history (Written Paper) 39 F984 R Using historical evidence Non british history (Written Paper) 39 F985 L Historical controversies British history (A2) W 39 F986 Y Historical controversies Non british history (A2) W 39 F987 R Historical significance (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 39 G001 Y Society and health (Written Paper) 40 G002 D Resource management (Written Paper) 40 G003 H Home economics (food, nutrition and health) investigative study (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 40 G004 Y Nutrition and food production (A2) (Written Paper) 40 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 19

285 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page G040A R Using IC to communicate (OCR Repository) M R 42,43,44 G040B R Using IC to communicate (Postal Moderation) M P 42,43,44 G041 Y How organisations use IC (Written Paper) 42,43,44 G042A D IC solutions for individuals and society (OCR Repository) M R 42,43,44 G042B D IC solutions for individuals and society (Postal Moderation) M P 42,43,44 G043A R Systems specification and configuration (OCR Repository) M R 42,44 G043B R Systems specification and configuration (Postal Moderation) M P 42,44 G044A Y Problem solving using IC (OCR Repository) M R 42,44 G044B Y Problem solving using IC (Postal Moderation) M P 42,44 G045A D Software development design (OCR Repository) M R 42,44 G045B D Software development design (Postal Moderation) M P 42,44 G046A H Communicating using computers (OCR Repository) M R 42,44 G046B H Communicating using computers (Postal Moderation) M P 42,44 G047A K Introduction to programming (OCR Repository) M R 42,44 G047B K Introduction to programming (Postal Moderation) M P 42,44 G048A M Working to a brief (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 43,44 G048B M Working to a brief (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 43,44 G049A Numerical modelling using spreadsheets (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 43,44 G049B Numerical modelling using spreadsheets (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 43,44 G050A A Interactive multimedia products (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 43,44 G050B A Interactive multimedia products (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 43,44 G051A F Publishing (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 43,45 G051B F Publishing (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 43,45 G052A J Artwork and imaging (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 43,45 G052B J Artwork and imaging (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 43,45 G053A A Developing and creating websites (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 43,45 G053B A Developing and creating websites (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 43,45 G054 F Software development (A2) (Written Paper) 45 G055 J Networking solutions (A2) (Written Paper) 45 G056A L Program design, production and testing (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 45 G056B L Program design, production and testing (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 45 G057A R Database design (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 45 G057B R Database design (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 45 G058A Y Developing and maintaining IC systems for users (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 45 G058B Y Developing and maintaining IC systems for users (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 45 G059A D IC solutions for people with individual needs (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 45 G059B D IC solutions for people with individual needs (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 45 G061 F Information, systems and applications (Written Paper) 46 G062 J Structured IC tasks (Postal Moderation) M P 46 G063 L IC systems, applications and implications (A2) (Written Paper) 46 G064A J IC project (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 46 G064B J IC project (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 46 G101 M Human society and the natural world (Written Paper) 41 G102 H People, community and power (Written Paper) 41 G103 K International and global controversies (A2) (Written Paper) 41 G104A M Interdisciplinary skills research enquiry (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 41 G104B M Interdisciplinary skills research enquiry (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 41 G151 M English legal system 46 G152 K Sources of law 46 G153 M Criminal law (A2) 46 G Criminal law special study (A2) 46 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 20

286 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page G155 A Law of contract (A2) 46 G156 J Law of contract special study (A2) 46 G157 Y Law of torts (A2) 46 G158 L Law of torts special study (A2) 46 G180A A Exploring leisure (OCR Repository) M R 47 G180B A Exploring leisure (Postal Moderation) M P 47 G181A F Customer service in the leisure industry (OCR Repository) M R 47 G181B F Customer service in the leisure industry (Postal Moderation) M P 47 G Leisure industry practice (Written Paper) 47 G183A A Event management (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 47 G183B A Event management (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 47 G184 F Human resources in the leisure industry (A2) (Written Paper) 47 G185A J Leisure in the outdoors (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 47 G185B J Leisure in the outdoors (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 47 G241 H Statistics 1 MEI (Z1) 66 G242 L Statistics 2 MEI (Z2) 66 G243 R Statistics 3 MEI (Z3) 66 G244A R Introduction to Quantitative Methods (with Coursework) /M P 61,166 G244B R Introduction to Quantitative Methods (with Carried Forward Coursework ) /C 61,166 G245 H Statistics 1 61 G246 K Decision Mathematics 1 61 G321 R Foundation portfolio in media (Postal Moderation) M P 56 G322 Y Key media concepts (V drama) (Written Paper) 56 G323 L Key media concepts (radio drama) (Written Paper) 56 G324 D Advanced portfolio in media (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 56 G325 H Critical perspectives in media (A2) (Written Paper) 56 G351 D Performing music 1 (Visiting Examiner) VE 56 G352 H Composing 1 (Postal Moderation) M P 56 G353 K Introduction to historical study in music (Written Paper) 56 G354 M Performing music 2 (interpretation) (A2) (Visiting Examiner) VE 56 G Composing 2 (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 56 G356 A Historical and analytical studies in music (A2) (Written Paper) 56 G380 A Investigating performing arts organisations (Postal Moderation) M P 57 G381 F Professional practice: Skills development (Postal Moderation) M P 57 G382 J Professional practice: Performance (Visiting Examiner) VE 57 G383 L Professional practice: Production (Visiting Examiner) VE 57 G384 R Getting work (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 57 G385 Y Exploring repertoire (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 57 G386 F Producing your showcase (A2) (Visiting Examiner) VE 57 G387 J Production demonstration (A2) (Visiting Examiner) VE 57 G401 K Creating performance (Postal Moderation) M P 57 G402 F Performance contexts 1 (Written Paper) 57 G403 Y Performance contexts 2 (A2) (Written Paper) 57 G404 D Performance project (A2) (Visiting Examiner) VE 57 G451 D An introduction to physical education (Written Paper) 58 G452 H Acquiring, developing and evaluating practical skills in physical education (Visiting Moderation) M V 58 G453 K G454 H Principles and concepts across different areas of physical education (A2) (Written Paper) he improvement of effective performance and the critical evaluation of practical activities in physical education (A2) (Visiting Moderation) November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 58 M V 58 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 21

287 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page G481 J Mechanics (Written Paper) 59 G482 L Electrons, waves and photons (Written Paper) 59 G483 R Practical skills in physics 1 (Postal Moderation) M P 59 G484 Y he newtonian world (A2) (Written Paper) 59 G485 D Fields, particles and frontiers of physics (A2) (Written Paper) 59 G486 H Practical skills in physics 2 (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 59 G491 D Physics in action (Written Paper) 59 G492 H Understanding processes, experimentation and data handling (Written Paper) 59 G493 K Physics in practice (Postal Moderation) M P 59 G494 M Rise and fall of the clockwork universe (A2) (Written Paper) 59 G495 H Field and particle pictures (A2) (Written Paper) 59 G496 K Researching physics (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 59 G541 L Psychological investigations 60 G542 R Core studies 60 G543 L Options in applied psychology (A2) 60 G544 Y Approaches and research methods in psychology (A2) 60 G571 F Philosophy of religion (AS) 62 G572 J Religious ethics (AS) 62 G573 Y Jewish scriptures (AS) 62 G574 H New testament (AS) 62 G575 M Developments in Christian theology (AS) 62 G576 A Buddhism (AS) 62 G577 F Hinduism (AS) 62 G578 J Islam (AS) 62 G579 L Judaism (AS) 62 G581 D Philosophy of religion (A2) 62 G582 Y Religious ethics (A2) 62 G583 D Jewish scriptures (A2) 62 G584 H New testament (A2) 62 G585 M Developments in Christian theology (A2) 62 G586 A Buddhism (A2) 62 G587 F Hinduism (A2) 62 G588 J Islam (A2) 62 G589 F Judaism (A2) 62 G620 L Science at work (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G621 R Analysis at work (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G622 Y Monitoring the activity of the human body (Written Paper) 63,64 G623 D Cells and molecules E/ 63,64 G624 H Chemicals for a purpose (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G625 K Forensic science (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G626 M he physics of sport (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G627 H Investigating the scientist s work (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G628 K Sampling, testing and processing (A2) (Written Paper) 63,64 G629 M Synthesising organic chemicals (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G Materials for a purpose (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G631 A Electrons in action (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G632 F he mind and the brain (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G633 J Ecology and managing the environment (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G634 L Applications of biotechnology (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 63,64 G635 R Working waves (A2) (Written Paper) 63,64 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 22

288 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page G641 Y Remote sensing and the natural environment (Written Paper) 65 G642 D Science and human activity (Written Paper) 65 G643 H Practical skills in science (Postal Moderation) M P 65 G671 Y Exploring socialisation, culture and identity 65 G672 J opics in socialisation, culture and identity 65 G673 Y Power and control (A2) 65 G674 D Exploring social inequality and difference (A2) 65 G720 M Introducing travel and tourism (Written Paper) 67,68 G721A Customer service in travel and tourism (OCR Repository) M R 67,68 G721B Customer service in travel and tourism (Postal Moderation) M P 67,68 G722A A ravel destinations (OCR Repository) M R 67,68,69 G722B A ravel destinations (Postal Moderation) M P 67,68,69 G723 F International travel (Written Paper) 67,68 G724A J ourist attractions (OCR Repository) M R 67,69 G724B J ourist attractions (Postal Moderation) M P 67,69 G725A L Organising travel (OCR Repository) M R 67,69 G725B L Organising travel (Postal Moderation) M P 67,69 G726A R Hospitality (OCR Repository) M R 67,69 G726B R Hospitality (Postal Moderation) M P 67,69 G727A Y Working overseas (OCR Repository) M R 67,69 G727B Y Working overseas (Postal Moderation) M P 67,69 G728 L ourism development (A2) (Written Paper) 68 G729A R Event management (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 68,69 G729B R Event management (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 68,69 G730A Y he guided tour (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 68,69 G730B Y he guided tour (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 68,69 G731A D Ecotourism (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 68,69 G731B D Ecotourism (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 68,69 G732A H Adventure tourism (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 68,69 G732B H Adventure tourism (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 68,69 G733A K Cultural tourism (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 68,69 G733B K Cultural tourism (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 68,69 G734 M eting in travel and tourism (A2) (Written Paper) 68 G735A Human resources in travel and tourism (A2) (OCR Repository) M R 69 G735B Human resources in travel and tourism (A2) (Postal Moderation) M P 69 H Accounting 7 H Applied Art and Design 7 H Biblical Hebrew 13 H Biology 13 H Human Biology 40 H Applied Business 14 H Business Studies 17 H Chemistry A 18 H Chemistry B (Salters) 18 H Classics 19 H Classics: Latin 22 H Classics: Classical Greek 22 H Classics: Classical Civilisation 21 H Classics: Ancient History 20 H Computing 23 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 23

289 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page H Critical hinking 23 H Design and echnology: Product Design 24 H Economics 25 H Electronics 26 H Film Studies 28 H English Language 27 H X English Literature 28 H English Language and Literature 27 H French 29 H X German 32 H Spanish 66 H General Studies 30 H Geography 30 H Geology 31 H Government and Politics 33 H Health and Social Care 34 H History A 38 H History B 39 H Home Economics (Food, Nutrition and Health) 40 H Humanities 41 H Applied IC 42 H IC 46 H Leisure Studies 47 H Statistics (MEI) 66 H Quantitative Methods (MEI) 61 H Law 46 H Media Studies 56 H Music 56 H Performing Arts 57 H Performance Studies 57 H Physical Education 58 H Physics A 59 H X Physics B (Advancing Physics) 59 H Art and Design 9 H Art and Design: Fine Art 10 H Art and Design: Graphic Communication 11 H Art and Design: Photography Lens and Light-based Media 11 H Art and Design: extile Design 12 H Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design 12 H Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies 10 H X Psychology 60 H Religious Studies 62 H Applied Science 63 H X Science 65 H Sociology 65 H ravel and ourism 67 H X Dutch 24 H Gujarati 33 H Persian 58 H Portuguese 60 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 24

290 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page H X urkish 70 H Applied Art and Design (Double Award) 7 H X Applied Business (Double Award) 14 H Health and Social Care (Double Award) 34 H Applied IC (Double Award) 42 H Applied Science (Double Award) 63 H ravel and ourism (Double Award) 67 H Accounting 7 H Applied Art and Design 8 H Biblical Hebrew 13 H Biology 13 H Human Biology 40 H Applied Business 15 H Business Studies 17 H Chemistry A 18 H Chemistry B (Salters) 18 H X Classics 19 H X Classics: Latin 22 H X Classics: Classical Greek 22 H X Classics: Classical Civilisation 21 H X Classics: Ancient History 20 H Computing 23 H Critical hinking 23 H Design and echnology: Product Design 24 H Economics 25 H Electronics 26 H Film Studies 28 H English Language 27 H English Literature 28 H English Language and Literature 27 H French 29 H German 32 H Spanish 66 H General Studies 30 H Geography 30 H X Geology 31 H Government and Politics 33 H Health and Social Care 35 H History A 38 H History B 39 H Home Economics (Food, Nutrition and Health) 40 H X Humanities 41 H X Applied IC 43 H IC 46 H Leisure Studies 47 H Law 46 H Media Studies 56 H Music 56 H Performing Arts 57 H Performance Studies 57 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 25

291 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page H Physical Education 58 H Physics A 59 H Physics B (Advancing Physics) 59 H Art and Design 9 H Art and Design: Fine Art 10 H Art and Design: Graphic Communication 11 H Art and Design: Photography Lens and Light-based Media 11 H Art and Design: extile Design 12 H Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design 12 H Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies 10 H X Psychology 60 H Religious Studies 62 H Applied Science 63 H Sociology 65 H ravel and ourism 68 H Dutch 24 H Gujarati 33 H Persian 58 H Portuguese 60 H urkish 70 H Applied Art and Design (Double Award) 8 H Applied Business (Double Award) 16 H Health and Social Care (Double Award) 36,37 H Applied IC (Double Award) 44 H Applied Science (Double Award) 64 H ravel and ourism (Double Award) 68 H Engineering 72 H Engineering 73 H854A Level 1 Foundation Project (OCR Repository) M R M R 74 H854B Level 1 Foundation Project (Postal Moderation) M P M P 74 H855A X Level 2 Higher Project (OCR Repository) M R M R 74 H855B X Level 2 Higher Project (Postal Moderation) M P M P 74 H856A J Level 3 Extended Project (OCR Repository) M R M R 74 H856B J Level 3 Extended Project (Postal Moderation) M P M P 74 H Mathematics for Engineering (Written Paper) - / 166 H Quantitative Methods (MEI) 166 H Mathematical techniques and applications for engineers 166 J Citizenship Studies (Short Course) 92 J French Spoken Language (Short Course) 113 J X German Spoken Language (Short Course) 117 J Spanish Spoken Language (Short Course) 151 J X Dutch Spoken Language (Short Course) 102 J Gujarati Spoken Language (Short Course) 118 J Persian Spoken Language (Short Course) 135 J Portuguese Spoken Language (Short Course) 139 J urkish Spoken Language (Short Course) 152 J Design and echnology: Product Design (Short Course) J Ancient History (Short Course) 81 J Information and Communication echnology (Short Course) 125 J Classical Civilisation (Short Course) 94 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 26

292 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page J X Latin (Short Course) 127 J Geography B (Short Course) 115 J Physical Education (Short Course) 136 J Classical Greek (Short Course) 95 J Religious Studies A (World Religions) (Short Course) 141 J X Religious Studies B (Philosophy and/or Applied Ethics) (Short Course) 142 J French Written Language (Short Course) 113 J German Written Language (Short Course) 117 J Spanish Written Language (Short Course) 151 J Dutch Written Language (Short Course) 103 J Gujarati Written Language (Short Course) 118 J Persian Written Language (Short Course) 135 J Portuguese Written Language (Short Course) 139 J urkish Written Language (Short Course) 152 J Ancient History 81 J Art and Design 82 J Art and Design: Fine Art 83 J Art and Design: Graphic Communication 84 J Art and Design: Photography Lens and Light-based Media 84 J Art and Design: extiles Design 85 J Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design 85 J Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies 83 J Art and Design: Applied 82 J Biblical Hebrew 86 J Applied Business 87 J Applied Business (Double Award) 88 J Business and Communication Systems 89 J Science A (wenty First Century) 146 J Additional Science A (wenty First Century) 143 J Biology A (wenty First Century) 86 J Chemistry A (wenty First Century) 90 J Physics A (wenty First Century) 137 J X Further Additional Science A 145 J Additional Applied Science 144 J Business Studies 89 J Science B (Gateway) 149 J X Additional Science B (Gateway) 147 J Biology B (Gateway) 87 J X Chemistry B (Gateway) 91 J X Physics B (Gateway) 138 J Further Additional Science B 148 J Citizenship Studies 92 J Environmental and Land Based Science 110 J Computing 96 J Classical Civilisation 93 J Latin 126 J X Classical Greek 95 J Design and echnology: Electronics and Control Systems 97 J302 BC Design and echnology: Food echnology 98 J Design and echnology: Graphics 98 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 27

293 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page J Design and echnology: Industrial echnology 99 J Design and echnology: Product Design J Design and echnology: Resistant Materials 101 J Design and echnology: extiles echnology 101 J Drama 102 J Economics 103 J X Engineering 104 J Engineering (Double Award) 104,105 J English Language (Northern Ireland) 108 J English 106 J English Language 107 J English Literature 109 J Expressive Arts 111 J Geography A 114 J Geography B 115 J Health and Social Care 119 J Health and Social Care (Double Award) 119,120 J History A (Schools History Project) 121 J X History B (Modern World) 122 J Home Economics (Food and Nutrition) 123 J Home Economics (Child Development) 123 J Leisure and ourism 129 J Humanities 124 J Information and Communication echnology 125 J Law 128 J Leisure and ourism (Double Award) 129,130 J Manufacturing 131 J Manufacturing (Double Award) 131,132 J Media Studies 134 J Music 134 J Mathematics A 133 J567F Mathematics B (Foundation) / / 133 J567H Mathematics B (Higher) / / 133 J Physical Education 136 J Psychology 139 J Religious Studies A (World Religions) 140 J Religious Studies B (Philosophy and Applied Ethics) 142 J X Sociology 150 J French 112 J X German 116 J Spanish 150 J Dutch 102 J X Gujarati 118 J Persian 135 J Portuguese 138 J urkish 152 J Applications of Mathematics (Pilot) 168 J Methods in Mathematics (Pilot) 168 J hinking and Reasoning Skills 165 J Living exts November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 28

294 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page J Applied History 164 R Art and Design (Postal Moderation) - M P /M P 155 R Art and Design: Fine Art (Postal Moderation) - M P /M P 155 R Art and Design: Graphic Communication (Postal Moderation) - M P /M P 155 R Art and Design: Photography Lens and Light-based Media (Postal Moderation) - M P /M P 155 R Art and Design: extile Design (Postal Moderation) - M P /M P 155 R Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design (Postal Moderation) - M P /M P 155 R Art and Design: Art and Design Appreciation (Postal Moderation) - M P /M P 155 R343A Business Studies (OCR Repository) M R M R 156 R343B Business Studies (Postal Moderation) M P M P 156 R350A X Child Development (OCR Repository) - M R 156 R350B X Child Development (Postal Moderation) - M P 156 R353A Computing (OCR Repository) - M R 156 R353B Computing (Postal Moderation) - M P 156 R357A Food Studies (OCR Repository) - M R 158 R357B Food Studies (Postal Moderation) - M P 158 R371A Design and echnology: Electronics (OCR Repository) - M R 157 R371B Design and echnology: Electronics (Postal Moderation) - M P 157 R372A Design and echnology: Graphics (OCR Repository) - M R 157 R372B Design and echnology: Graphics (Postal Moderation) - M P 157 R373A Design and echnology: Industrial echnology (OCR Repository) - M R 157 R373B Design and echnology: Industrial echnology (Postal Moderation) - M P 157 R374A Design and echnology: Resistant Materials (OCR Repository) - M R 157 R374B Design and echnology: Resistant Materials (Postal Moderation) - M P 157 R375A Design and echnology: extiles echnology (OCR Repository) - M R 157 R375B Design and echnology: extiles echnology (Postal Moderation) - M P 157 R392A English (OCR Repository) - M R 157 R392B English (Postal Moderation) - M P 157 R399A French (OCR Repository) - M R 158 R399B French (Postal Moderation) - M P 158 R406A Geography (OCR Repository) - M R 158 R406B Geography (Postal Moderation) - M P 158 R429A German (OCR Repository) - M R 159 R429B German (Postal Moderation) - M P 159 R434A History (OCR Repository) - M R 159 R434B History (Postal Moderation) - M P 159 R441A Information and Communication echnology (OCR Repository) - M R 159 R441B Information and Communication echnology (Postal Moderation) - M P 159 R445A Latin (OCR Repository) - M R 160 R445B Latin (Postal Moderation) - M P 160 R446A Classical Greek (OCR Repository) - M R 156 R446B Classical Greek (Postal Moderation) - M P 156 R448A Mathematics (OCR Repository) - M R 160 R448B Mathematics (Postal Moderation) - M P 160 R Physical Education (Visiting Moderation) - M V 160 R468A Religious Studies (OCR Repository) - M R 161 R468B Religious Studies (Postal Moderation) - M P 161 R489A Spanish (OCR Repository) - M R 161 R489B Spanish (Postal Moderation) - M P 161 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 29

295 ENRY CODES INDEX o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, Entry Code QN itle Page R591A Science (OCR Repository) - M R 161 R591B Science (Postal Moderation) - M P Mathematics Pure Mathematics Further Mathematics Mathematics (MEI) Further Mathematics (MEI) Further Mathematics (MEI) (Additional) Pure Mathematics (MEI) Y C1 Core mathematics 1 (AS) 48,49, D C2 Core mathematics 2 (AS) 48,49, L C3 Core mathematics 3 (A2) 48,49, R C4 Core mathematics 4 (A2) 48,49, FP1 Further pure mathematics 1 (AS) 48,50, A FP2 Further pure mathematics 2 (A2) 48,50, H FP3 Further pure mathematics 3 (A2) 48,50, H M1 Mechanics 1 (AS) 48, M M2 Mechanics 2 (A2) 48, M3 Mechanics 3 (A2) A M4 Mechanics 4 (A2) K S1 Probability and statistics 1 (AS) 48, F S2 Probability and statistics 2 (A2) 48, J S3 Probability and statistics 3 (A2) L S4 Probability and statistics 4 (A2) M D1 Decision mathematics 1 (AS) 48, Y D2 Decision mathematics 2 (A2) 48, H C1 MEI Introduction to advanced mathematics (AS) 52,53, K C2 MEI Concepts for advanced mathematics (AS) 52,53, A M C3 MEI Methods for advanced mathematics (with Coursework) (A2) /M P 52,53, B M C3 MEI Methods for advanced mathematics (with Carried Forward Coursework ) (A2) /C 52,53, C4 MEI Applications of advanced mathematics (A2) 52,53, D FP1 MEI Further concepts for advanced mathematics (AS) 52,54, H FP2 MEI Further methods for advanced mathematics (A2) 52,54, K FP3 MEI Further applications of advanced mathematics (A2) 52, A R DE MEI Differential equations (with Coursework) (A2) /M P B R DE MEI Differential equations (with Carried Forward Coursework ) (A2) /C M M1 MEI Mechanics 1 (AS) 52, A M2 MEI Mechanics 2 (A2) 52, F M3 MEI Mechanics 3 (A2) J M4 MEI Mechanics 4 (A2) H S1 MEI Statistics 1 (AS) 52, L S2 MEI Statistics 2 (A2) 52, R S3 MEI Statistics 3 (A2) Y S4 MEI Statistics 4 (A2) K D1 MEI Decision mathematics 1 (AS) 52, L D2 MEI Decision mathematics 2 (A2) 52, Y DC MEI Decision mathematics computation (A2) 52,53 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 30

296 o gain a final certificate for unitised specifications, ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page 4776A M NM MEI Numerical methods (with Coursework) (AS) /M P 52, B M NM MEI Numerical methods (with Carried Forward Coursework ) (AS) /C 52, NC MEI Numerical computation (A2) 52, R FP - Further pure mathematics with technology (A2) Foundations of Advanced Mathematics (MEI) Additional Mathematics Mathematics Pure Mathematics Further Mathematics Mathematics (MEI) Further Mathematics (MEI) Further Mathematics (MEI) (Additional) Pure Mathematics (MEI) 55 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 31

297 ENRY CODES INDEX 32

298 NEW AS LEVEL New AS Level Entry Codes and Rules of Combination his section contains the OCR AS Level (first teaching 2015) entry codes and rules of combination together with the assessment availability for 2015/16. Subjects are listed alphabetically. Contents AR, CRAF AND DESIGN 3 H200 AS GCE Art, Craft and Design 3 AR AND DESIGN: FINE AR 3 H201 AS GCE Art and Design: Fine Art 3 AR AND DESIGN: GRAPHIC COMMUNICAION 3 H202 AS GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication 3 AR AND DESIGN: PHOOGRAPHY 3 H203 AS GCE Art and Design: Photography 3 AR AND DESIGN: EXILE DESIGN 4 H204 AS GCE Art and Design: extile Design 4 AR AND DESIGN: HREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 4 H205 AS GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design 4 AR AND DESIGN: CRIICAL AND CONEXUAL SUDIES 4 H206 AS GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies 4 BIOLOGY A H020 4 AS GCE Biology A 4 BIOLOGY B (ADVANCING BIOLOGY) 5 H022 AS GCE Biology B (Advancing Biology) 5 BUSINESS H031 5 AS GCE Business 5 CHEMISRY A 5 H032 AS GCE Chemistry A 5 CHEMISRY B (SALERS) 5 H033 AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) 5 COMPUER SCIENCE 6 H046 Advanced Sub GCE Computer Science 6 ECONOMICS H060 6 AS GCE Economics 6 1

299 NEW AS LEVEL ENGLISH LANGUAGE 6 H070 AS GCE English Language 6 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LIERAURE (EMC) 6 H074 AS GCE English Language and Literature (EMC) 6 ENGLISH LIERAURE 7 H072 AS GCE English Literature 7 HISORY A H105 PHYSICS A H156 7 AS GCE History A 7 8 AS GCE Physics A 8 PHYSICS B (ADVANCING PHYSICS) 9 H157 AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) 9 PSYCHOLOGY 9 H167 AS GCE Psychology 9 SOCIOLOGY H180 9 AS GCE Sociology 9 2

300 AR, CRAF AND DESIGN H200 Note: AS GCE Art, Craft and Design QN: Candidates must take the following component: NEW AS LEVEL 01 Art, Craft and Design: Externally set task M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art, Craft and Design H200 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design H160 and Advanced GCE Art and Design H560. AR AND DESIGN: FINE AR H201 Note: AS GCE Art and Design: Fine Art QN: Candidates must take the following component: 01 Fine Art: Externally set task M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: Fine Art H201 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: Fine Art H161 and Advanced GCE Art and Design: Fine Art H561. AR AND DESIGN: GRAPHIC COMMUNICAION H202 Note: AS GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication QN: Candidates must take the following component: 01 Graphic Communication: Externally set task Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication H202 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication H162 and Advanced GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication H562. M V AR AND DESIGN: PHOOGRAPHY H203 AS GCE Art and Design: Photography QN: Candidates must take the following component: Note: 01 Photography: Externally set task M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: Photography H203 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media H163 and Advanced GCE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media H563. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 3

301 NEW AS LEVEL AR AND DESIGN: EXILE DESIGN H204 Note: AS GCE Art and Design: extile Design QN: Candidates must take the following component: 01 extile Design: Externally set task M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: extile Design H204 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: extile Design H164 and Advanced GCE Art and Design: extile Design H564. AR AND DESIGN: HREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN H205 Note: AS GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design QN: Candidates must take the following component: 01 hree-dimensional Design: Externally set task M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design H205 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design H165 and Advanced GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design H565. AR AND DESIGN: CRIICAL AND CONEXUAL SUDIES H206 Note: AS GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies QN: Candidates must take the following component: 01 Critical and Contextual Studies: Externally set task Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies H206 in the same examination series as AS GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies H166 and Advanced GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies H566. M V BIOLOGY A H020 Note: AS GCE Biology A QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Breadth in biology Depth in biology Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Biology A H020 in the same examination series as AS GCE Biology H021, GCE Biology H421, AS GCE Biology B H022, AS GCE Human Biology H023 and Advanced GCE Human Biology H423. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 4

302 NEW AS LEVEL BIOLOGY B (ADVANCING BIOLOGY) H022 AS GCE Biology B (Advancing Biology) QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Note: Foundations of biology Biology in depth Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Biology B (Advancing Biology) H022 in the same examination series as AS GCE Biology H021, Advanced GCE Biology H421, AS GCE Human Biology H023, Advanced GCE Human Biology H423 and AS GCE Biology A H020. BUSINESS H031 Note: AS GCE Business QN: Candidates must take the following two components: 01 he local business environment 02 he wider business environment Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Business H031 in the same examination series as AS GCE Business Studies H030 and GCE Business Studies H430. CHEMISRY A H032 AS GCE Chemistry A QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Note: Breadth in chemistry Depth in chemistry Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Chemistry A H032 in the same examination series as AS GCE Chemistry A H034, Advanced GCE Chemistry A H434, AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H035, Advanced GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H435 and AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H033. CHEMISRY B (SALERS) H033 Note: AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Foundations of chemistry Chemistry in depth Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H033 in the same examination series as AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H035, Advanced GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H435, AS GCE Chemistry A H034, Advanced GCE Chemistry A H434 and AS GCE Chemistry A H032. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 5

303 NEW AS LEVEL COMPUER SCIENCE H046 Note: AS GCE Computer Science QN: Candidates must take the following two components: 01 Computing principles 02 Algorithms and problem solving Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Computer Science H046 in the same examination series as AS GCE Computing H047 and GCE Computing H447. ECONOMICS H060 AS GCE Economics QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Note: hemes in Microeconomics hemes in Macroeconomics Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Economics H060 in the same examination series as AS GCE Economics H061 and GCE Economics H461. ENGLISH LANGUAGE H070 AS GCE English Language QN: Note: Candidates must take the following two components: 01 Exploring language 02 Exploring contexts Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE English Language H070 in the same examination series as AS GCE English Language H069 and GCE English Language H469. ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LIERAURE (EMC) H074 AS GCE English Language and Literature (EMC) QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Note: Non-fiction written and spoken texts he language of literary texts Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE English Language and Literature (EMC) H074 in the same examination series as AS GCE English Language and Literature H073 and GCE English Language and Literature H473. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 6

304 ENGLISH LIERAURE H072 Note: AS GCE English Literature QN: X Candidates must take the following two components: Shakespeare and poetry pre-1900 Drama and prose post-1900 Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE English Literature H072 in the same examination series as AS GCE English Literature H071 and Advanced GCE English Literature H471. NEW AS LEVEL HISORY A H105 AS GCE History A QN: Candidates must take two units as follows: one from: British period study and enquiry Y Alfred and the Making of England Y Anglo-Saxon England and the Norman Conquest Y England Y England Y England : Lancastrians, Yorkists and Henry VII Y England : the Early udors Y England : the Later udors Y he Early Stuarts and the Origins of the Civil War Y he Making of Georgian Britain 1678 c.1760 Y From Pitt to Peel: Britain Y Liberals, Conservatives and the Rise of Labour Y Britain Y Britain continued... = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 7

305 NEW AS LEVEL HISORY A (continued) (continued) Non-British period study Y he Rise of Islam c Y Charlemagne Y he Crusades and the Crusader States Y Genghis Khan and the Explosion from the Steppes c Y Exploration, Encounters and Empire Y Spain Y he German Reformation and the rule of Charles V Y Philip II Y African Kingdoms c.1400 c.1800: four case studies Y Russia Y he Rise and Decline of the Mughal Empire in India Y he American Revolution Y he French Revolution and the rule of Napoleon Y France Y Italy and Unification Y he USA in the 19th Century: Westward expansion and Civil War 1803 c.1890 Y Japan Y International Relations Y Russia Y Italy Y Democracy and Dictatorships in Germany Y he Cold War in Asia Y he Cold War in Europe Y Apartheid and Reconciliation: South African Politics Note: o gain a final certificate for this specification, Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE History A H105 in the same examination series as AS GCE History A H106 and Advanced GCE History A H506. PHYSICS A H156 Note: AS GCE Physics A QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Breadth in physics Depth in physics Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Physics A H156 in the same examination series as AS GCE Physics A H158, Advanced GCE Physics A H558, AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H159, Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H559 and AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H157. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 8

306 PHYSICS B (ADVANCING PHYSICS) H157 Note: AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Foundations of physics Physics in depth Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H157 in the same examination series as AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H159, Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H559, AS GCE Physics A H158, Advanced GCE Physics A H558 and AS GCE Physics A H156. NEW AS LEVEL PSYCHOLOGY H167 Note: AS GCE Psychology QN: X Candidates must take the following two components: Research methods Psychological themes through core studies Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Psychology H167 in the same examination series as AS GCE Psychology H168 and Advanced GCE Psychology H568. SOCIOLOGY H180 Note: AS GCE Sociology QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Socialisation, culture and identity Researching and understanding social inequalities Candidates are not permitted to certificate for AS GCE Sociology H180 in the same examination series as AS GCE Sociology H181 and Advanced GCE Sociology H581. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 9

307 NEW AS LEVEL 10

308 NEW A LEVEL New A Level Entry Codes and Rules of Combination his section contains the OCR A Level (first teaching 2015) entry codes and rules of combination together with the assessment availability for 2015/16. Subjects are listed alphabetically. Contents AR, CRAF AND DESIGN 13 H600 Advanced GCE Art, Craft and Design 13 AR AND DESIGN: FINE AR 13 H601 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Fine Art 13 AR AND DESIGN: GRAPHIC COMMUNICAION H602 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication AR AND DESIGN: PHOOGRAPHY 13 H603 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Photography 13 AR AND DESIGN: EXILE DESIGN 14 H604 Advanced GCE Art and Design: extile Design 14 AR AND DESIGN: HREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN H605 Advanced GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design AR AND DESIGN: CRIICAL AND CONEXUAL SUDIES H606 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies BIOLOGY A H Advanced GCE Biology A 15 BIOLOGY B (ADVANCING BIOLOGY) 15 H422 Advanced GCE Biology B (Advancing Biology) 15 BUSINESS H Advanced GCE Business 16 CHEMISRY A 16 H432 Advanced GCE Chemistry A 16 CHEMISRY B (SALERS) 17 H433 Advanced GCE Chemistry B (Salters) 17 COMPUER SCIENCE 17 H446 Advanced GCE Computer Science 17 ECONOMICS H Advanced GCE Economics 18 11

309 NEW A LEVEL ENGLISH LANGUAGE 18 H470 Advanced GCE English Language 18 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LIERAURE (EMC) H474 Advanced GCE English Language and Literature (EMC) ENGLISH LIERAURE 19 H472 Advanced GCE English Literature 19 HISORY A H505 PHYSICS A H556 PHYSICS B H Advanced GCE History A Advanced GCE Physics A Advanced GCE Physics B 22 PSYCHOLOGY 23 H567 Advanced GCE Psychology 23 SOCIOLOGY H Advanced GCE Sociology 23 12

310 AR, CRAF AND DESIGN H600 Advanced GCE Art, Craft and Design QN: Candidates must take the following two components: NEW A LEVEL B17 Note: 01 Art, Craft and Design: Personal investigation - M V 02 Art, Craft and Design: Externally set task - M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art, Craft and Design H600 in the same examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design H560 and AS GCE Art and Design H160. AR AND DESIGN: FINE AR H601 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Fine Art QN: Candidates must take the following two components: B17 Note: 01 Fine Art: Personal investigation - M V 02 Fine Art: Externally set task - M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: Fine Art H601 in the same examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design: Fine Art H561 and AS GCE Art and Design: Fine Art H161. AR AND DESIGN: GRAPHIC COMMUNICAION H602 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication QN: Candidates must take the following two components: B17 Note: 01 Graphic Communication: Personal investigation - M V 02 Graphic Communication: Externally set task - M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication H602 in the same examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication H562 and AS GCE Art and Design: Graphic Communication H162 AR AND DESIGN: PHOOGRAPHY H603 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Photography QN: Candidates must take the following two components: B17 Note: 01 Photography: Personal investigation - M V 02 Photography: Externally set task - M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: Photography H603 in the same examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media H563 and AS GCE Art and Design: Photography - Lens and Light-based Media H163. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 13

311 NEW A LEVEL AR AND DESIGN: EXILE DESIGN H604 Advanced GCE Art and Design: extile Design QN: Candidates must take the following two components: B17 Note: 01 extile Design: Personal investigation - M V 02 extile Design: Externally set task - M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: extile Design H604 in the same examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design: extile Design H564 and AS GCE Art and Design: extile Design H164. AR AND DESIGN: HREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN H605 Advanced GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design QN: Candidates must take the following two components: B17 Note: 01 hree-dimensional Design: Personal investigation - M V 02 hree-dimensional Design: Externally set task - M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design H605 in the same examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design H565 and AS GCE Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design H165. AR AND DESIGN: CRIICAL AND CONEXUAL SUDIES H606 Advanced GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies QN: Candidates must take the following two components: B17 Note: 01 Critical and Contextual Studies: Personal investigation - M V 02 Critical and Contextual Studies: Externally set task - M V Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies H606 in the same examination series as Advanced GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies H566 and AS GCE Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies H166. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 14

312 BIOLOGY A H420 Advanced GCE Biology A QN: H420A 01 Biological processes - 02 Biological diversity - 03 Unified biology - 04 Practical endorsement in biology - Visiting Monitoring - VM H420C 01 Biological processes Biological diversity Unified biology Practical endorsement in biology - Carried Forward - - Notes: Candidates must take one of the following options: Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from For further advice and guidance on the practical endorsement, please refer to the Admin Guide. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Biology A H420 in the same examination series as AS GCE GCE Biology B (Advancing Biology) H422. NEW A LEVEL Biology H021, Advanced GCE Biology H421, AS GCE Human Biology H023, Advanced GCE Human Biology H423 and Advanced B17 BIOLOGY B (ADVANCING BIOLOGY) H422 Advanced GCE Biology B (Advancing Biology) QN: H422A 01 Fundamentals of biology - 02 Scientific literacy in biology - 03 Practical skills in biology - 04 Practical endorsement in biology - Visiting Monitoring - VM H422C 01 Fundamentals of biology Scientific literacy in biology Practical skills in biology Practical endorsement in biology - Carried Forward - - Notes: Candidates must take one of the following options: Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from For further advice and guidance on the practical endorsement, please refer to the Admin Guide. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Biology B (Advancing Biology) H422 in the same examination series as AS GCE Biology H021 and Advanced GCE Biology H421, AS GCE Human Biology H023, Advanced GCE Human Biology H423 and Advanced GCE Biology A H B17 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 15

313 NEW A LEVEL BUSINESS H431 Advanced GCE Business QN: Candidates must take the following three components: B17 Note: 01 Operating in a local business environment - 02 he UK business environment - 03 he global business environment - Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Business H431 in the same examination series as AS GCE Business Studies H030 and Advanced GCE Business Studies H430. CHEMISRY A H432 Advanced GCE Chemistry A QN: he carry forward option will be available for the first time from For further advice and guidance on the practical endorsement, please refer to the Admin Guide. Chemistry A H034, Advanced GCE Chemistry A H434, AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H035, Advanced GCE Chemistry B Candidates must take one of the following options: H432A 01 Periodic table, elements and physical chemistry - 02 Synthesis and analytical techniques - 03 Unified chemistry - 04 Practical endorsement in chemistry - Visiting Monitoring - VM H432C 01 Periodic table, elements and physical chemistry Synthesis and analytical techniques Unified chemistry Practical endorsement in chemistry - Carried Forward - - Notes: Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered for the carry forward option. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Chemistry A H432 in the same examination series as AS GCE (Salters) H435 and Advanced GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H B17 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 16

314 CHEMISRY B (SALERS) H433 Advanced GCE Chemistry B (Salters) QN: H433A 01 Fundamentals of chemistry - 02 Scientific literacy in chemistry - 03 Practical skills in chemistry - 04 Practical endorsement in chemistry - Visiting Monitoring - VM H433C 01 Fundamentals of chemistry Scientific literacy in chemistry Practical skills in chemistry Practical endorsement in chemistry - Carried Forward - - Notes: Candidates must take one of the following options: Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from For further advice and guidance on the practical endorsement, please refer to the Admin Guide. NEW A LEVEL Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H433 in the same examination series as AS GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H035, Advanced GCE Chemistry B (Salters) H435, AS GCE Chemistry A H034, Advanced GCE Chemistry A H434 and Advanced GCE Chemistry A H B17 COMPUER SCIENCE H446 Advanced GCE Computer Science QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: H446A 01 Computer systems - 02 Algorithms and programming - 03 Programming project - OCR Repository - M R H446B 01 Computer systems - 02 Algorithms and programming - 04 Programming project - Postal Moderation - M P H446C 01 Computer systems Algorithms and programming Programming project - Carried Forward - - Notes: For this component all non exam assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Computer Science H446 in the same examination series as AS GCE Computing H047 and Advanced GCE Computing H B17 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 17

315 NEW A LEVEL ECONOMICS H460 Advanced GCE Economics QN: Candidates must take the following three components: B17 Note: 01 Microeconomics - 02 Macroeconomics - 03 hemes in economics - Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Economics H460 in the same examination series as AS GCE Economics H061 and Advanced GCE Economics H461. ENGLISH LANGUAGE H470 Advanced GCE English Language QN: H Exploring language - 02 Dimensions of linguistic variation - 03 Independent language research - Postal Moderation - M P H470C 01 Exploring language Dimensions of linguistic variation Independent language research - Carried Forward - - Notes: Candidates must take one of the following options: English Language H069 and Advanced GCE English Language H469. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE English Language H470 in the same examination series as AS GCE B17 ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LIERAURE (EMC) H474 Advanced GCE English Language and Literature (EMC) QN: H Exploring non-fiction and spoken texts - 02 he language of poetry and plays - 03 Reading as a writer, writing as a reader - 04 Independent study: analysing and producing texts - Postal Moderation - M P H474C 01 Exploring non-fiction and spoken texts he language of poetry and plays Reading as a writer, writing as a reader Independent study: analysing and producing texts - Carried Forward - - Notes: Candidates must take one of the following options: Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE English Language and Literature (EMC) H474 in the same examination series as AS GCE English Language and Literature H073 and Advanced GCE English Language and Literature H B17 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 18

316 ENGLISH LIERAURE H472 Advanced GCE English Literature QN: H Drama and poetry pre Comparative and contextual study - 03 Literature post Postal Moderation - M P H472C 01 Drama and poetry pre Comparative and contextual study Literature post Carried Forward - - Notes: Candidates must take one of the following options: for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered NEW A LEVEL Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE English Language H470 in the same examination series as AS GCE English Language H069 and Advanced GCE English Language H B17 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 19

317 NEW A LEVEL HISORY A H505 Advanced GCE History A QN: Before making entries, your centre must use the OCR s A Level Specification Creator (available from the OCR website) to confirm that the units make up a valid course. one from: opic based essay YA 01 OCR Repository - M R YB 02 Postal Moderation - M P YC 80 Carried Forward - - one from: British period study and enquiry Y Alfred and the Making of England Y Anglo-Saxon England and the Norman Conquest Y England Y England Y England : Lancastrians, Yorkists and Henry VII - Y England : the Early udors - Y England : the Later udors - Y he Early Stuarts and the Origins of the Civil War Y he Making of Georgian Britain 1678 c Y From Pitt to Peel: Britain Y Liberals, Conservatives and the Rise of Labour: Britain Y Britain Y Britain one from: Non-British Period Study - Y he Rise of Islam c Y Charlemagne Y he Crusades and the Crusader States Y Genghis Khan and the Explosion from the Steppes c Y Exploration, Encounters and Empire Y Spain Y he German Reformation and the rule of Charles V Y Philip II Y African Kingdoms c.1400 c.1800: four case studies - Y Russia Y he Rise and Decline of the Mughal Empire in India Y he American Revolution Y he French Revolution and the rule of Napoleon Y France Y Italy and Unification Y he USA in the 19th Century: Westward expansion and Civil War 1803 c Y Japan Y International Relations Y Russia Y Italy Y Democracy and Dictatorships in Germany Y he Cold War in Asia Y he Cold War in Europe Y Apartheid and Reconciliation: South African Politics continued B17 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 20

318 HISORY A (continued) (continued) hematic study and historical interpretations Y he Early Anglo-Saxons c Y he Viking Age c Y English Government and the Church Y he Church and Medieval Heresy c Y he Renaissance c.1400 c Y Rebellion and Disorder under the udors Y udor Foreign Policy Y he Catholic Reformation Y he Ascendancy of the Ottoman Empire Y he Development of the Nation State: France Y he Origins and Growth of the British Empire Y Popular Culture and the Witchcraze of the 16th and 17th Centuries - Y he Ascendancy of France Y he Challenge of German Nationalism Y he Changing Nature of Warfare Y Britain and Ireland Y China and its Rulers Y Russia and its Rulers Y Civil Rights in the USA Y From Colonialism to Independence: he British Empire Y he Middle East : Ottomans to Arab Spring - Notes: For this component all non exam assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered Restrictions: for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from Before making entries, your centre must use the OCR s A Level Specification Creator (available from the OCR website) to confirm that the units make up a valid course. o gain a final certificate for this specification, Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE History A H505 in the same examination series as AS GCE History A H106 and Advanced GCE History A H506. Candidates entering unit Y101 Alfred and the Making of England may not also enter unit Y302 he Viking Age c Candidates entering unit Y106 England : the Early udors may not also enter units Y306 Rebellion and Disorder under the udors or Y307 udor Foreign Policy Candidates entering unit Y107 England : the Later udors may not also enter units Y306 Rebellion and Disorder under the udors or Y307 udor Foreign Policy Candidates entering unit Y219 Russia may not also enter unit Y318 Russia and its Rulers Candidates entering unit Y302 he Viking Age c may not also enter unit Y101 Alfred and the Making of England Candidates entering unit Y306 Rebellion and Disorder under the udors may not also enter units Y106 England : the Early udors or Y107 England : the Later udors Candidates entering unit Y307 udor Foreign Policy may not also enter units Y106 England : the Early udors or Y107 England : the Later udors Candidates entering unit Y318 Russia and its Rulers may not also enter unit Y219 Russia NEW A LEVEL B17 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 21

319 NEW A LEVEL PHYSICS A H556 Advanced GCE Physics A QN: X - H556A 01 Modelling physics - 02 Exploring physics - 03 Unified physics - 04 Practical endorsement in physics - Visiting Monitoring - VM H556C 01 Modelling physics Exploring physics Unified physics Practical endorsement in physics - Carried Forward - - Notes: Candidates must take one of the following options: Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from For further advice and guidance on the practical endorsement, please refer to the Admin Guide. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Physics A H556 in the same examination series as AS GCE Physics A H158, Advanced GCE Physics A H558, AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H159, Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H559 and Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H B17 PHYSICS B (ADVANCING PHYSICS) H557 Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) QN: H557A 01 Fundamentals of physics - 02 Scientific literacy in physics - 03 Practical skills in physics - 04 Practical endorsement in physics - Visiting Monitoring - VM H557C 01 Fundamentals of physics Scientific literacy in physics Practical skills in physics Practical endorsement in physics - Carried Forward - - Notes: Candidates must take one of the following options: Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from For further advice and guidance on the practical endorsement, please refer to the Admin Guide. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H557 in the same examination series as AS GCE Physics A H158, Advanced GCE Physics A H558, AS GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H159, Advanced GCE Physics B (Advancing Physics) H559 and Advanced GCE Physics A H B17 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 22

320 PSYCHOLOGY H567 Advanced GCE Psychology QN: Candidates must take the following three components: NEW A LEVEL B17 Note: 01 Research Methods - 02 Psychological themes through core studies - 03 Applied psychology - Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Psychology H567 in the same examination series as AS GCE Psychology H168 and Advanced GCE Psychology H568. SOCIOLOGY H580 Advanced GCE Sociology QN: Candidates must take the following three components: B17 Note: 01 Socialisation, culture and identity - 02 Researching and understanding social inequalities - 03 Debates in contemporary society - Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Advanced GCE Sociology H580 in the same examination series as AS GCE Sociology H181 and Advanced GCE Sociology H581. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 23

321 NEW A LEVEL 24

322 GCSE (9-1) New GCSE (9 1) Entry Codes and Rules of Combination his section contains the OCR GCSE (9 1) (first teaching 2015) entry codes and rules of combination together with the assessment availability for 2015/16. Subjects are listed alphabetically. Contents ENGLISH LANGUAGE 26 J351 GCSE (9 1) English Language 26 ENGLISH LIERAURE 26 J352 GCSE (9 1) English Literature 26 MAHEMAICS 26 J560 GCSE (9 1) Mathematics 26 25

323 NEW GCSE (9-1) ENGLISH LANGUAGE J351 GCSE (9 1) English Language QN: Candidates must take one of the following options: J351A 01 Communication information and ideas - 02 Exploring effects and impacts - 03 Spoken language - OCR Repository - M R M R J351B 01 Communication information and ideas - 02 Exploring effects and impacts - 04 Spoken language - Postal Moderation - M P M P J351C 01 Communication information and ideas - 02 Exploring effects and impacts - 80 Spoken language - Carried Forward - - C Notes: For this component all non exam assessment must be submitted using the same entry option. Candidates who are re-taking the qualification and who want to carry forward their result for this component should be entered for the carry forward option. he carry forward option will be available for the first time from November he spoken language component is a separate compulsory endorsement, for further advice and guidance please refer to the Admin Guide. Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE (9 1) English Language J351 in the same examination series as GCSE English Language J355 and GCSE English Language (Northern Ireland only) J345. 6A A17 Nov 2017 BA17 ENGLISH LIERAURE J352 GCSE (9 1) English Literature QN: X - Candidates must take the following two components: 6A A17 Note: 01 Exploring modern and literary heritage texts - 02 Exploring poetry and Shakespeare - Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE (9 1) English Literature J352 in the same examination series as GCSE English Literature J360. MAHEMAICS J560 GCSE (9 1) Mathematics QN: Candidates must take one of the following options Foundation ier J560F 01 Paper 1-02 Paper 2-03 Paper 3 - Higher ier J560H 04 Paper 4-05 Paper 5-06 Paper 6 - Note: Candidates are not permitted to certificate for GCSE (9 1) Mathematics J560 in the same examination series as GCSE Mathematics A J562, GCSE Mathematics B J567, GCSE Applications of Mathematics J925 and GCSE Methods in Mathematics J926. 6A A17 Nov 2017 BA17 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 26

324 NEW LEVEL 3 CER New Level 3 Certificate Entry Codes and Rules of Combination his section contains the OCR Level 3 Certificate (first teaching 2015) entry codes and rules of combination together with the assessment availability for 2015/16. Subjects are listed alphabetically. Contents QUANIAIVE PROBLEM SOLVING (MEI) 28 H867 Level 3 Certificate Quantitative Problem Solving (MEI) 28 QUANIAIVE REASONING (MEI) 28 H866 Level 3 Certificate Quantitative Reasoning (MEI) 28 27

325 NEW LEVEL 3 CER QUANIAIVE PROBLEM SOLVING (MEI) H867 Note: Level 3 Certificate Quantitative Problem Solving QN: Candidates must take the following two components: Introduction to quantitative reasoning Statistical problem solving Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Level 3 Certificate Quantitative Problem Solving H867 in the same examination series as Level 3 Certificate Quantitative Reasoning H866. QUANIAIVE REASONING (MEI) H866 Note: Level 3 Certificate Quantitative Reasoning QN: Candidates must take the following two components: 01 Introduction to quantitative reasoning 02 Critical maths Candidates are not permitted to certificate for Level 3 Certificate Quantitative Reasoning H866 in the same examination series as Level 3 Certificate Quantitative Problem Solving H867. = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 28

326 ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page H Biology A 4 H Biology B (Advancing Biology) 5 H Business 5 H Chemistry A 5 H Chemistry B (Salters) 5 H Computer Science 6 H Economics 6 H English Language 6 H X English Literature 7 H English Language and Literature (EMC) 6 H History A 7,8 H Physics A 8 H Physics B (Advancing Physics) 9 H X Psychology 9 H Sociology 9 H Art, Craft and Design 3 H Art and Design: Fine Art 3 H Art and Design: Graphic Communication 3 H Art and Design: Photography 3 H Art and Design: extile Design 4 H Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design 4 H Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies 4 H420A Biology A (Visiting Monitoring) 15 H420C Biology A (Carried Forward) 15 H422A Biology B (Advancing Biology) (Visiting Monitoring) 15 H422C Biology B (Advancing Biology) (Carried Forward) 15 H Business 16 H432A Chemistry A (Visiting Monitoring) 16 H432C Chemistry A (Carried Forward) 16 H433A Chemistry B (Salters) (Visiting Monitoring) 17 H433C Chemistry B (Salters) (Carried Forward) 17 H446A Computer Science (OCR Repository) 17 H446B Computer Science (Postal Moderation) 17 H446C Computer Science (Carried Forward) 17 H Economics 18 H English Language (Postal Moderation) 18 H470C English Language (Carried Forward) 18 H English Literature (Postal Moderation) 19 H472C English Literature (Carried Forward) 19 H English Language and Literature (EMC) (Postal Moderation) 18 H474C English Language and Literature (EMC) (Carried Forward) 18 H History A 20 H556A X Physics A (Visiting Monitoring) 22 H556C X Physics A (Carried Forward) 22 H557A Physics B (Advancing Physics) (Visiting Monitoring) 22 H557C Physics B (Advancing Physics) (Carried Forward) 22 H Psychology 23 H Sociology 23 H Art, Craft and Design 13 H Art and Design: Fine Art 13 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 1

327 ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page H Art and Design: Graphic Communication 13 H Art and Design: Photography 13 H Art and Design: extile Design 14 H Art and Design: hree-dimensional Design 14 H Art and Design: Critical and Contextual Studies 14 H Quantitative Reasoning (MEI) 28 H Quantitative Problem Solving (MEI) 28 J351A English Language (OCR Repository) 26 J351B English Language (Postal Moderation) 26 J351C English Language (Carried Forward) 26 J X English Literature 26 J560F Mathematics (Foundation) 26 J560H Mathematics (Higher) 26 YA K opic Based Essay (OCR Repository) 20 YB K opic Based Essay (Postal Moderation) 20 YC K opic Based Essay (Carried Forward) 20 Y Alfred and the Making of England Y102 A Anglo-Saxon England and the Norman Conquest Y103 F England Y104 J England Y105 L England : Lancastrians, Yorkists and Henry VII 20 Y106 R England : the Early udors 20 Y107 Y England : the Later udors 20 Y108 D he Early Stuarts and the Origins of the Civil War Y109 H he Making of Georgian Britain 1678 c Y110 K From Pitt to Peel: Britain Y111 D Liberals, Conservatives and the Rise of Labour: Britain Y112 H Britain Y113 K Britain Y131 F Alfred and the Making of England Y132 D Anglo-Saxon England and the Norman Conquest Y133 H England Y134 K England Y135 M England : Lancastrians, Yorkists and Henry VII 7 Y England : the Early udors 7 Y137 A England : the Later udors 7 Y138 F he Early Stuarts and the Origins of the Civil War Y139 J he Making of Georgian Britain 1678 c Y140 L From Pitt to Peel: Britain Y141 J Liberals, Conservatives and the Rise of Labour Y142 K Britain Y143 M Britain Y201 M he Rise of Islam c Y Charlemagne Y203 F he Crusades and the Crusader States Y204 J Genghis Khan and the Explosion from the Steppes c Y205 L Exploration, Encounters and Empire Y206 R Spain Y207 J he German Reformation and the rule of Charles V Y208 L Philip II November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 2

328 ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page Y209 R African Kingdoms c.1400 c.1800: four case studies 20 Y210 Y Russia Y211 D he Rise and Decline of the Mughal Empire in India Y212 H he American Revolution Y213 K he French Revolution and the rule of Napoleon Y214 M France Y Italy and Unification Y216 A he USA in the 19th Century: Westward expansion and Civil War 1803 c Y217 M Japan Y International Relations Y219 A Russia Y220 F Italy Y221 J Democracy and Dictatorships in Germany Y222 L he Cold War in Asia Y223 R he Cold War in Europe Y224 Y Apartheid and Reconciliation: South African Politics Y he Rise of Islam c Y232 A Charlemagne Y233 M he Crusades and the Crusader States Y Genghis Khan and the Explosion from the Steppes c Y235 A Exploration, Encounters and Empire Y236 F Spain Y237 J he German Reformation and the rule of Charles V Y238 L Philip II Y239 R African Kingdoms c.1400 c.1800: four case studies 8 Y240 L Russia Y241 D he Rise and Decline of the Mughal Empire in India Y242 H he American Revolution Y243 Y he French Revolution and the rule of Napoleon Y244 D France Y245 H Italy and Unification Y246 K he USA in the 19th Century: Westward expansion and Civil War 1803 c Y247 M Japan Y International Relations Y249 A Russia Y250 F Italy Y251 J Democracy and Dictatorships in Germany Y252 L he Cold War in Asia Y253 F he Cold War in Europe Y254 J Apartheid and Reconciliation: South African Politics Y301 D he Early Anglo-Saxons c Y302 H he Viking Age c Y303 Y English Government and the Church Y304 D he Church and Medieval Heresy c Y305 H he Renaissance c.1400 c Y306 K Rebellion and Disorder under the udors Y307 M udor Foreign Policy Y he Catholic Reformation November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 3

329 ENRY CODES INDEX Entry Code QN itle Page Y309 A he Ascendancy of the Ottoman Empire Y310 F he Development of the Nation State: France Y311 J he Origins and Growth of the British Empire Y312 L Popular Culture and the Witchcraze of the 16th and 17th Centuries 21 Y he Ascendancy of France Y314 A he Challenge of German Nationalism Y315 F he Changing Nature of Warfare Y316 J Britain and Ireland Y317 L China and its Rulers Y318 R Russia and its Rulers Y319 Y Civil Rights in the USA Y320 D From Colonialism to Independence: he British Empire Y321 H he Middle East : Ottomans to Arab Spring 21 November BA15 January 1A16 6A16 = Not available this series = Any scaling applied to ask 1 will be applied on a pro-rata basis to ask 2 VM = Visting Monitoring = imetabled VE = OCR visiting examiner W = Exams that take place in a testing window 4

330 OCR Customer Contact Centre General qualifications elephone Facsimile For staff training purposes and as part of our quality assurance programme your call may be recorded or monitored. OCR 2015 Oxford Cambridge and RSA Examinations is a Company Limited by Guarantee. Registered in England. Registered office 1 Hills Road, Cambridge CB1 2EU. Registered company number OCR is an exempt charity.